Home
        - Spalding Software
         Contents
1.                                                                                                          SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Detailed Production Sheet Report  Work Center  RCV   Receiving Monday  September 25  2000  Associate Activity Allocation Activity Stop Actual Earned  Associate Code Code Team Code Document Element Units Time Hours Hours Perf   Washington  Joe 90041  CLOCKIN Clock In 07 30  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated 0 _ 09 25 1 92 1 72 _ 90   BREAK Break 0 25  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier TEUAS 1 58 1 39 88    LUNCH Lunch 0 50  RCC 2 Receive Common Carrier 0 01 00 125 1 37 _110   RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier O 01 40 0 67 _ 0 58 _ 88   BREAK Break 0 25  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier 0 _03 40 173 1 53 __88   PUT PI Put Away 7 _04 00 0 33 0 31 94   Pallets w  8 00 6 91 92   Williams  Tom 721223 RCC 2 Receive Common Carrier 0 02 30 1 50 1 65 110   BREAK Break 0 25  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier 0 _ 03 50 1 08 0 95 _ 88   PUT ICP Put Away 15 _04 30 0 67 0 67 _100   Pallets 15  3 50 3 27 101   Woods  Mary A13542  CLOCKIN Clock In 07 30  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated 0 09 30 _ 2 00 1 79 90   BREAK Break 0 25   LUNCH Lunch 0 50  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier I Tape  00  1 75 _ 88   RCON 2 Receive Consolidated 0 _ 01 45 1 50 1 34 _ 90   BREAK Break 0 25  PUT CORE Put Away 24 03 15 T25 1 07 86   Pallets 24  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated 0 03 45 050 045 90   CLEAN Cleanup 04 00 0 25  RCC 1 ACME Receive Common Carrier 326 _ 04 00 0 00 0 00 0   Shipments 5  Cartons 326  
2.                                         List of Mistakes Currently in the System    The entries in the mistakes table are available for selection on the type of work s  mistakes tab     a Add Mistake Record  4     vocon   B     Caneel       The only setting for a mistake is its description     Type of Work Table Settings Related to Quality    The results of quality audits are entered and tracked by type of work  Below is the  Type of Work General tab     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature e 273      Edit Type of Work Record  2    Order Filling      Mistakes   Datafelds         Enabling the Measurement of Quality for a Type of Work   To track quality for a  type of work  on the General tab check the box next to Track Quality for this Type  of Work     The track quality setting will allow units audited and units failed to be entered on  daily quality sheets  Datafields for the type of work will be set up in all three  DataDiaries for audited units  audited occurrences  failed units and failed  occurrences  Ifthe tracking of quality monetary cost and hours features are enabled   datafields will also be set up for failure cost and failure hours     Specifying the Reasons Why an Item Fails a Quality Audit   To specify why an  item fails an audit  on the Mistakes tab  select the mistakes that can occur when  performing the type of work     Below is the Type of Work Mistakes tab     274 e Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Fea
3.                List of Associates    Quality sheets are usually entered into ProRep from manually maintained logs kept  by an auditor  Select the associate who performed the audits and click Add     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature e 277    BM  Enter the Associate  that was audited  Lin won       xi  p pec OOOO    E  Edit Quality Line  1    fe  lnespecatysurnes  e    Enter the work center  where the work was  performed     Enter the Type of    Hots         Enter the Allocation    Optionally a   Document Number    can be entered             Add Quality Line Dialog Box    The quality sheets are entered in a similar manner to production sheets     Enter the number of  A Me a  jee Line  1  F   x   Enter the number of  units that failed the re  oeFingseconss  audit  o pem O     foe fice seecae O l  Enter the number  csse o      and type of mistakes Ee  made  poo             Add Quality Line Dialog Box    When entry of the audit is complete  click the Save button  After all audits  performed by the auditor have been entered click the Close button     278    Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature User   s Guide to ProRep      Quality Sheet for  Tuesday  October 31  2000     5 x     az    EEEN     OF2                     6  c29112   lt        Click the Save button to return to the list of auditors     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature e 279    This Page Intentionally Left Blan
4.            To add users  change user names or passwords  click the Manage Users button on  the initial ProRep screen  See Appendix B for more information on adding users       ProRep Systems x           Setup additional SUES EL  E D  ProRep PRData     users by clicking            s  Sol Southeastern Distribution Center    the Manage 0 eastern i  on ente Cancel    Users button     Manage Users    Add a new system         Changing the Logo    The logo displayed below appears in the upper right hand corner of all printed  reports and graphs     To change the logo select File  Settings  Application  Logo File    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Load System     i    l  l ql         Change User ID _         Settings  gt  Application  gt  Logo File       Maintenance  gt  Current System  gt  Hour Chime      3 License Key      Exit  Mon    This displays the logo file dialog box                 8 e Chapter 1  Installation User   s Guide to ProRep      Logo File       ix          r Logo File          Select the image that shoulthhe displayed at the top Image Size  se  Click the button to lof reports and graphs  ProRep    691 x 316 pixels Save      browse f or the   ogo  The image will be scaled  smaller or larger ti File Size     area on the reports and graphs  A smaller file  print faster than a larger file                 The Graphic will automatically scale to fit the space in the corner of the report
5.          Last 52  Weeks          A histogram can also be printed that shows the spread and range of associate  performances  Histograms graphically show how an associate   s performance  compares to that of coworkers     All Associates    Last 6 Weeks  Number of  From To Associates  0  9  0  10  19   20  29   30  39   40  49   50  59   60  69   70  79   80  89   90  99   100  109   110  119   120  129   130  139   140  149   150  159   160  169   170  179   180  189     OOoOo0oo0o0O0OO0OONNON gt   O00000    190  199     Last 52 Weeks  Number of  From To Associates  0  9  0  10  19   20  29   30  39   40  49   50  59   60  69   70  79   80  89   90  99   100  109   110  119   120  129   130  139   140  149   150  159   160  169   170  179   180  189   190  199     Oooo  ANN gt O000000    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Associate Performance Analysis       The pre defined report shown below provides a recap of the associate   s progress    throughout the year     18 e Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides    User   s Guide to ProRep           SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Associates  Year 1999   Ending  Saturday  January 29  2000    Total Hours and Performance  Account  Hanley  Ruth       of Hours  Percent  That Are  Measured _ Unmeasured Measured                                     1 886 57 2 077 05  1 708 57                   The associate   s performance is listed by month for a year  Alternatively  this report  could have listed the associate   s perfo
6.         1   tomorrow     or    any number of days before or after today    Today is the computer   s current date when the command line or function within a  script is run     Command Line Functions     APPLYTA date    Applies the Time and Attendance data into a day   s Production Sheet File     The date must be in the currently active weeks  The day   s files will be created  if  they don   t already exist     When Uploading Transactions and Applying Time  amp  Attendance from a command  line  ProRep prints the Upload Log Reports to a Command Line Log file in PDF  format instead of printing to the user   s default printer  The Upload Log Reports are  appended to the Command Line Log file if it already exists  A separate Command  Line Log file is created for each day     To view the Command Line Log File  click the day on the ProRep calendar and  select Data  gt  External Production Data  gt  View Command Line Log     There are extended Error Codes returned by ProRep to the calling program or batch  file  See the section Extended Return Codes below for more information    Also  the error messages that would normally be displayed on the screen can be  redirected to a log file  See the section Error Logs and Notifications below for more  information    BACKUPTABLES  filename     Backs up the system   s Tables  The tables are the settings that control how the  system is setup  and the DataDiaries     302 e Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep   
7.         DataDiary Form View        Create Daily Files                User  Jonathan Phenicie       Production Sheets  gt   External Production Data    Quality Sheets             Pint Daily Reports      View Saved Daily Reports  Approve Daily Data       Post Daily Data                    Week End Processing Menu Selection     When the week end processing is complete a report will be printed  This report is  conformation that week end processing has completed without errors        SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center    Week End Processing Report  Week  05 07 2000 to 05 13 2000    05 1 7 2000 2 37 55 PM  The Total of Al Accounts in the Work Center Master fle has been recalculated   05 17 2000 2 37 59 PM  The Total of All Accounts in the Associate Master file has been recalculated   05 17 2000 2 38 01 PM  The Total of All Accounts in the Allocation Master file has been recalculated   05 17 2000 2 38 02 PM  The Long and Short Term History for Work Centers has been recalculated   05 17 2000 2 38 02 PM  The Long and Short Term History for Associates has been recalculated    05A 7 2000 2 38 02 PM  The Historical Standards for Activities has been recalculated    05 1 7 2000 2 38 02 PM  0 old Production Sheet fles deleted whose dates were before 05 09 1999  05 17 2000 2 38 02 PM  Week End Processing   Completed          Week End Processing Report    After week end processing is complete  the next week becomes the active week     138    Chapter 9  Weekly Procedures User   s Guide to ProRep
8.        35  Order Entry   Measured Hours    39  Pick Adjustments   Earned Hours  40  Pick Adjustments   LINES    Pick Adjustments   Measured Hours   al tien CABO ae ee ee ee          The Form View window is used to manually enter and change data in a DataDiary   The only type of users that can modify the data are an administrator  operator and  data entry user     When this window is initially displayed  it is set to read only mode to minimize the  possibility of accidentally changing a number  To change the displayed data  un   check the Read Only box     If entry errors are made while editing the data  click the Restore button to quickly  change the data back to the original data stored in the DataDiary  Closing the  window without saving will also discard any changes     Importing Data from Another Application into a    DataDiary    User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep can read delimited files created by other computer programs  Data can be  imported data from files created with Microsoft Excel  Access and many other  applications  For example  budget data could be imported from an Excel spreadsheet  or actual weekly payroll results from a time and attendance system     When the data is imported from the delimited file  the imported data can replace the  data  be added to the data  or subtracted from the data currently in the DataDiary     Record Layout of the File to be Imported    The file to be imported must have each field separated by either commas or tabs   Each record 
9.        column  Receive Common Carrier Cartons gi J  9g   g       Receive Consolidato Cartons 9 999 999 99 9 999 9  9 99  Receive Small Shipments Cartons 9 999 9 999 9 9 999 9  9 999 9  9999 9  Put Awa Pallets 9 999 9 999 9 9999 9  9 999 9  9 999 9  fetal acah Cartons 5 999    Click anywhere   on a line to    select the line     99    P       999 9  9 999 919 99          m Line  Report  Variables     Add   Edit Insert   Delete   Options    Print   Options                             Report Layout Window    218 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    Predefined reports can be edited  However  a modified pre defined report must be  saved as a new layout  To save changes to a pre defined report  from the menu bar   select File  Save as New     Adding or Editing a Report Column    To add a new column  from the menu bar select Column and click Add  To edit a  column  click in the column heading and click the Edit button  The Column Setup  dialog box is a tabbed interface with three tabs  General  Headings  and Formula     E  Column  Units Processed       Column General Tab    The General tab contains controls for the visual characteristics of a column  Sub   Columns containing the previous year   s data and the percent increase or decrease  can be included in the column from this tab  The format of the fonts and numbers is  selected on this tab     Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 219          E 
10.       CADOCIMP DAT       Enter or click the browse button to select the path and name of the Lookup Import  File created by the other computer system  Next  click the Import button  The  records from the Lookup Import File are added into the lookup file which also  contains records from previous imports  The actual date and time of the import is  written into each document lookup file record     Manually Purging Records from the Lookup File    Records that are about 10 days old are automatically purged  deleted  from the  lookup file  Therefore  it is unlikely that you will need to ever manually purge old    Chapter 11  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer Systems e 161    records  However  if bad records are unintentionally added into the lookup file you  will want to remove them     To purge records from the lookup file  from the menu bar select Files  Maintenance   Document Lookup  Purge  The Purge Old Document Lookup Records dialog is  displayed       Purge Old Document Lookup Records xi    Start Date Time    AN 3 E  fi  1 00 EE 00 00 I  End Date Time     i     5 24 00 Fl 23 59 m    You can Purge old records from the Document Lookup file     You do this by  selecting a range of dates below  Purging will DELETE all records that were  imported between the date range        Cancel         When records are imported into the document lookup file  they are stamped with the  date and time they were imported  Enter the range of dates and times between which  to delete th
11.       Performance   Earned Hours   Measured Hours x 100        In the picking activity example above  the associate worked on the activity for 1 50  measured hours  Therefore  the performance is 83  as shown below     1 25 Earned Hours   1 50 Measured Hours x 100    83  Performance    Performance is a good measurement to use when evaluating and comparing  associates  It is primarily a measure of the effort and skill that associates use in  performing the tasks that they are assigned     Another measure that ProRep uses is Effectiveness  It is calculated by dividing the  earned hours by the total hours for the day  Effectiveness simultaneously takes into  account the performance on measured activities and the percent of the day spent on  unmeasured activities       Effective   Earned Hours    Measured Hours   Unmeasured Hours  x 100        For example  a work center had a total of 70 measured hours  10 unmeasured hours  and 61 earned hours  The percent performance of the work center is 87  while the  percent effective is 76  as shown below     61 Earned Hours    70 Measured Hours   10 Unmeasured Hours    76  Effective       There are two ways to increase effectiveness  One way is to increase the percent  performance on measured activities  The other way is to reduce the percent of  time spent on unmeasured activities     Effectiveness should rarely be used to evaluate and compare associates  In most  situations  the associates have little control of how they spend their time  
12.      1998    To modify the  graph   s  appearance click  Modify     To return to the list  of available graphs  click Cancel     Cartons Received Per Hour    0  January  February   March Auguat Septembestober Hove mber Dece mber       After the graph is displayed  any of the graph   s print settings in the Wizard   s dialog  boxes can be changed by clicking the Modify button  You will be returned to the  page of the wizard from which the view button was selected     Printing the Graph  To print the graph  from the View Graph window  click the Print button  This will  print the graph to the selected printer with the selected paper size and orientation     The graph is automatically sized to fit the page  After printing  the graph will be re   displayed in the View Graph window     234 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs User   s Guide to ProRep    Modifying and Creating Line Graphs    All user defined graphs in ProRep are created by defining a graph layout  The layout  specifies what information should be included on the graph and how it should be  displayed  The same layout is used to view all three types of line graphs     Y axis Increment    Vertical or Y   axis Label    Y axis Origin    User   s Guide to ProRep    Below is an example of a multiple years line graph that shows the major components    that are defined in the layout     Variables    Title Your Company   s Logo       1999    1998       SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  SSi   Receiving   Total    1997  a       1
13.      Select whether or not the software should also be installed to the PC workstation so  that ProRep can be run from this workstation     The software can be installed on any shared folder on the network  For the purpose  of clarity  the folder that is to contain the program files should be named ProRep as  shown in the following example     User   s Guide to ProRep    G  Users Shared ProRep    The installation process will create a folder in the ProRep folder named PRData as  shown in the following example     G  Users Shared ProRep PRData    The folder is the default folder that ProRep uses for its databases  During  installation  a sample ProRep database is copied into this folder     After installation  if the software was also installed to the workstation  there will be  a shortcut on the desktop for ProRep and an entry in the Start Programs menu     On each workstation that is to run ProRep  run the Setup exe program in the ProRep  folder on the network drive as described in the next section     Installing the Software from the Network Drive to a    Workstation    User   s Guide to ProRep    After the software program files are installed on the network drive  ProRep must be  installed on each workstation  The result is that most of the program files reside on  the network drive and a few DLLs and VBXs are copied to the workstation   s local  drive     To install ProRep to a workstation  from the workstation run the Setup exe program  in the folder on the network drive
14.      To select an element to be on the activity  move it from the Available box to the  Selected box     When an element is added  a system maintained datafield is created in the  DataDiaries for the element  The name of the datafield is the activity description  followed by a dash and the element description     Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 115    Deleting an Element from an Activity    Caution  Deleting an activity from an element changes the element   s datafield in the  DataDiaries from system maintained to user defined  ProRep looses all association  between the element   s datafield and the activity and element     If the element is added back into the activity again  ProRep will not re link the  element to the old datafield  Instead  a new datafield will be created for the element   Unless the activity   s or element   s descriptions have been changed  the new datafield  that is created will have the same name as the old datafield  In the window that lists  all of the datafields  both datafields will be listed  The old datafield will be listed as  user defined  The new datafield will not be listed as user defined  The element   s  old datafield can be deleted and it   s data added into the element   s new datafield     To remove an element from an activity  on the Elements tab  move it from the  Selected box to the Available box  The datafield that is associated with the element  is not deleted from the DataDiaries  The datafield becomes user defined and can be  
15.     Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems User   s Guide to ProRep      Clone a System x     r Summary        System Name  Cloned System  Start Year  2000  Start Calendar Date  02 01 42000    Work Center DataDiary Data Level  Day  371 data points per year   Work Center DataDiary Datafields  113    Associate DataDiary Data Level  Week  53 data points per year   Associate DataDiary Datafields  118    Allocation DataDiary Data Level  Week  53 data points per year   Allocation DataDiary Datafields  113    Space required on Disk Drive  38 409 714 bytes    To create this system press the Create button             Cancel         Help    lt  Back         All of the selections that have been made are displayed in this dialog box  Click  Back to change a setting  Click Create to accept these system settings     The cloned system will be created in a folder called cloned in the    Multiple Facilities Performing the Same Functionality    Cooperate control files and cloned systems are ideal for multiple similar operations  facilities  A company operating up to 999 identical distribution centers can have  identical ProRep systems in each location     Identical systems are created through cloning  a cloned system can then be zipped up  using ProRep s built in zipping system and e mailed  placed on a disk or network   and unzipped at a remote facility     Consolidating Information from Diverse Operations    Corporate wide reporting systems can be set up from very diverse operations  T
16.     Backing Up ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    After week end procedures are complete  it is highly recommended a back up of the  ProRep system is made  To perform a backup of the entire system select File   Backup  Zip   All System Files     Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help  Load System      Change User ID        Backup  Zip   gt  All system files _   E    Settings  gt  Tables      Maintenance  gt  Selected Day                         Back Up System Files Menu Selection    To perform a backup of the tables select File  Backup  Zip   Tables  This type of  backup is used mainly for technical support from Spalding Software     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help          Load System      Change User ID      All system fos    Settings  gt  Tables      Maintenance  gt  Selected Day     Wed       Back Up Table Files Menu Selection    To perform a backup of a selected day select File  Backup  Zip   Selected Day  This  type of backup is used mainly for technical support from Spalding Software     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help               Load System       z  Change User ID           x E   All system files    BT        Settings  gt  Tables        Maintenance  gt  Selected Day        Back Up Selected Day Files Menu Selection    The remaining steps are identical no matter which type of ba
17.     Groups   Work Center DataDiary       First Shift  Second Shift  Total Order Filling  Total Shipping                                                                                           The List of Active Work Center Groups    In the list of work center groups  is a group named All Accounts that is  automatically maintained by ProRep  It includes all of the work centers     To add a new work center group  click the Add button  To edit an existing work  center group  click on the group in the list and click the Edit button       Add Group Record  1    Consolidated Shipping    Penrod Industries       Edit Work Center Group Dialog Box    The first step in adding a group is to enter a description of up to 30 characters     Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 71    Adding or Removing Work Centers from a Group    The edit work center group dialog box has two boxes  The box on the left is a list of  work centers currently selected to be in the group  The box on the right left is a list  of work centers that are not in the group but can be added to the group  Highlighting  a work center and clicking the arrow buttons will move a work center to the  indicated box  Work centers can also be dragged from one box to another     Deleting a Work Center Group    To delete a work center group  from the list of groups click on the group and click  the Delete button  Deleting a group does not remove any data from the databases     Associate Account Groups    An associate gr
18.     To select the month to be  printed  click any day in  that month     Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 187    Selecting the range of time to be printed is the last step in the print wizard  Reports  can be printed for any date in the DataDiary  Click Print to print the report     The above report is an example of an account comparison time series report  This  particular report has sub columns for comparing this year to last year and the percent  change between the compared years     Account Comparison One Line Reports    A One Line report lists a one line total for each account or group for a specified    period of time   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  ssi   Unmeasured Hours Breakdown    Year 1998   Ending  Saturday  January 30  1999             The amount of time  covered by the report    is selected at printing  Total  Cycle Unmeasured  Total of   Percent    Account ini Meetings Counting Hours All Hours _  of Total  Receiving 785 14  10 189 00  Order Filling First Shift 975 18 6 984 03  Shipping First Shift 363 47  4 186 04  Customer Service  amp  Admin  414 37 5 321 84  Account or group First Shift 176 14 420 75 1 075 28 2 538 16  26 680 91  totals for the specified Order Filling Second Shift 101 14 409 94 511 28 1 488 12 12 872 52    period of time  Shipping Second Shift    29 80 246 01 487 27  5 944 05  Second Shift 130 94 488 14 409 94 757 29 1 975 39  18 816 57                                                 All Accounts 307 08 1 191 30 830 69 1 83
19.     Today  76   85    9   76   64   60           Effectiveness    6 weeks          Last    81   97   66   94   87   78           The Production Summary Report lists the daily totals for each associate and the  entire work center  It includes the total hours  performance and effectiveness  As a    16 e Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides    User   s Guide to ProRep       way of quickly determining if performance is improving it shows the last 6 weeks  and last 52 weeks average performance     The last page of the Production Summary Report list one line of total information for  each work center and the total of all work centers           Code  RCV  OFI  OF2  SHIP1  SHIP2  CSA    TotalofAll        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Production Summary Report    Total of All Work Centers Monday  September 25  2000       Actual Hours                 Effectiveness        Earned Un  Last Last  Today 6weeks 52 weeks       Performance  Last  Today 6 weeks       Name                                Receiving 92  96  16 59 18 00 1 50 85  89   Order Filling First Shift 89  95  20 42 22 88 11 37 60  78   Order Filling Second Shift 90  100  7 06 7 83 1 42 76  89   Shipping First Shift 83  90  11 72 14 08 1 42 76  82   Shipping Second Shift 91  101  5 36 5 92 0 83 79  93   Customer Service  amp  Admin 93  95  9 11 OS  6 25 57  86                          Total of All Work Centers 90  97  70 25 78 47 22 78 69  87           The performance  productivity and quality information pres
20.     e Measured Activities   are those jobs that have work standards  Typical  examples of measured activities are receiving  put away  picking and shipping     e Unmeasured Activities   are activities like break  meeting  training and other  activities for which setting a standard is impossible or impractical     Standards for measured activities can be entered and displayed as either units per  hour or minutes per unit  The ProRep system administrator specifies the method   They are mathematically equivalent  For example     60 Units per Hour   1 000 Minutes per Unit  120 Units per Hour    500 Minutes per Unit  The examples in this section use minutes per unit     In the calculation of performance  ProRep uses some terms that have consistent  definition among work measurement specialists  One of these terms is Earned Hours  which is defined as the amount of time it should take to do a job based on the  activity   s standard  Earned hours are calculated by multiplying the units produced  by the standard minutes per unit and converting the resulting earned minutes to  earned hours  Following is an example     Activity  Picking    Element Standard Units Produced   Earned Minutes Earned Hours  Minutes Per  Unit    aso   s        a         User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 4  How ProRep Works e 39    1 000  0 500       Performance is calculated by dividing the earned hours by the actual time  measured  hours  spent performing the activity and converting the result to a percentage 
21.    3 2      hel bl bi il ae       The number of weeks in each period is specified  They must total 52  Select the  number of weeks in each period and click Next     If the current fiscal year is a 53 week year  set the fiscal calendar to 52 weeks  After  the new system has been set up  maintain the fiscal calendar as described in Chapter  6 and change the number of weeks in the year from 52 to 53     Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System e 49    ProRep 4 0   BETA TEST BEES  File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help       Actiy Es rer x   r Summary     Fiscal Calendar Type  Month and Week in Month  First Period  February                   The last page of the wizard displays the selected settings  To make changes click  Back  Click Finished to create a new system     Fiscal Calendar settings can be changed once a system is up and running  Be sure to  read Chapter 6 before changing any fiscal calendar settings     Customizing ProRep to Your Needs    Most of the settings  parameters and information that customizes ProRep to work in  your organization is accomplished by setting up a number of tables  Following is a  list of the tables     e Work Centers   e   Associates   e Allocations   e Activities   e Elements   e Types of Work   e Work Center Account Groups  e Associate Account Groups   e Allocation Account Groups   e Datafields    Chapter 6 discusses Work Centers  Associates  Allocations  Groupings  and  Datafields at length  Chapter 7 discusses Activities Element
22.    Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides 15   Daily Reports  E EA E T O eich tat A E 15  Detailed Production Sheet Report          sssssesessseessseseesseseesreseesessteresseseesreserseseeseeseese 15  Production Summary Report            ccccccesecsseesseeeeeseeseceeeceseceseceseceeeceaeenaecaeeneeeeeeneeees 16   Associate Information aeniea i E E EO E A R E RTE 17  Pre Defined Associate Reports         ccccccceessesseeesceesceeeceecesecseceecesecaecaaecaeeseeeaeenneeess 17  User Defined Associate Reports          cccceeccescsssceseceseceecseeeseeeseeeeeeeseneesseeneeceeeneeses 20  Pre Defined Associate Graphs          c ccesceessessceesceeeceseeeeeeeenseceseceseceaecaecaaecaeeeneeeneesss 20  User Defined Associate Charts           cccccccesscessceseceseceseeesecseecseecaeeseecaeeeneeeneeeeeeneeeneeees 21   Work Center  Information censore e ketene gee echoes tee ee 22  Pre Defined Work Center Reports  0        ccccccccessseescesseeeseeeecesecesecaecaaecaaecaeeeaeeeneeeneeaes 22  User defined Work Center Reports           ccccecccesceesecesecesecseecseeeseeeneeneceneenereneenseenaeens 24  Pre Defined Work Center Charts             ccccccescessessseeseeesceeseeecesecesecaecaecaeecseeeaeeeneenes 25  User Defined Work Center Charts   0       cccccccccesseesseeseeeseeeeeeseeesecesecnseceaeceaecaeeeaeeeneenes 26   Allocation Informati  n esien ck cath hated aie cli Basie a a aeie 26   Corporate Wide Informations  2 2 54  sce Beh essee eet ie ee a cee eae cet acco esechs 28   
23.    ET  sr 50 0 0                ELAPSED TIMES ATIII Er PTI     CL    6 75 0 4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  iy MBE TS p78 D0 ODF PETE                                     ELAPSED FIMES PEEPI ITET                         CL    6 75 0 4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  MBE pyrr OR OPE ETAT                   Quality Sheet Files    PRORI          PRORI    User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix G  Production and Quality Sheet Import File Formats e 319    A quality sheet import file can contain data for only one day   s quality sheet  The file  consists of one Header Record and any number of Detail Records  The Header  Record specifies the date of the quality sheet into which the data is to be imported  and the disposition of existing records in the quality sheet file  Each Detail Record  corresponds to a line or record on an associate   s quality sheet     Header Record    Each header record must contain the following fields     RecType  Month  Day  Year  MergeFlag  ImportType    RecType is always    PROREP 4     ImportType is always    QUALITY       MergeFlag   A    0    deletes all records in the quality sheet file before importing   Either a    1    or a     1    appends or adds the records in the import file to the quality  sheet file without deleting any existing records in the quality sheet file     The Header Record can contain additional blank fields  commas  at the end of the  record  They are ignored     Header Record Examples     EP 4 7 
24.    START STOP TIMES          203855  PT  203855  PT          ve   1  ME                                           1p77713 45 4 SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  iET    14 15 0    OR    PROREP 4 11 30 2007  1 START STOP TIMES  pprrrirrra       203855  PT  203855  PT    iC             M                                     rrr  13 45 4 SLOTS 85 PIECES 103 CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  BET yp 7 re TAs LS  Op pyr gery          Elapsed Time Production Sheet Files    PROREP 4 11 30 2007 1     A production sheet import file can contain data for only one day   s production sheet   The file consists of one Header Record and any number of Detail Records  The  Header Record specifies the date of the production sheet into which the data is to be  imported and the disposition of existing records in the production sheet file  Each  Detail Record corresponds to a line or record on an associate   s production sheet     Header Record    Each header record must contain the following fields     RecType  Month  Day  Year  MergeFlag  ImportType  IDType    RecType is always    PROREP 4     ImportType is always    ELAPSED TIMES       MergeFlag   A    0    deletes all records in the production sheet file before importing   A     1    imports without deleting any existing records     IDType  optional      if not present or if 0  then the AssociateID in the records is the  Associate Code     If present a 1 5 indicates that the AssociateID in the records is the Badge       The Header Record 
25.    Selecting the Accounts and Groups to be Printed    To change the print sequences  from the Report Options window  select the Print  Sequences tab     EJ Report Options   Performance  amp  Productivity Summary BEE  General Print Sequence      Current Print Sequence    Accounts in Group     Total Shipping       2 Selected 4 Available    IV Print Lines with No Data       Report Options Print Sequences Tab    On an activity detail report  the accounts and groups for which separate reports will  be printed is controlled by the Print Sequences  When the report is printed  these  accounts and groups will appear in the list of those to be printed as the defaults  The  print sequences can be modified before printing     The list on the left contains what will be printed  The items in this list will be printed  in the order in which they are listed     The window on the right contains what is available to be printed  The right window  contains sub tabs for Account  Accounts in Group  and Totals  Items in both left and  right lists can be transferred back and forth using the left and right arrow buttons  between the windows     Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 223    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    224 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs    Pie charts and line graphs are very useful for analyzing trends and comparing the  performances of activities  work centers  associates and allocati
26.    User s Guide to    ProRep 4 0    By Spalding Software Inc     Productivity Reporting System    Version 4 6  SOFTWARE Copyright 1994 2008 Spalding Software Inc        User   s Guide to ProRep Contents e i    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    ii e Contents User   s Guide to ProRep    Contents       Chapter 1  Installation 1  Entering the Serial Number and License Key  0       cccccccecscesseescessceeeceecesecesecneecaeeeaeeeeeseeeeereserens 1  Installing the Software to a Network Drive          ceececccesecsseeeeeeeeesceeeceeeeeeceseeeeeeeeneeeeeneenaees 2  Installing the Software from the Network Drive to a Workstation    ccessseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeens 3  Installing the Software from the CD to a Workstation          cceeeccsecscsesceseeeceseeeeeecneeeenaeeeeeaeees 4  Setting the Default Folder for Files               c c cscscesesssssnseensscsseessoesecssesssenseesonsenecneesonscnevsnsesnseess 6  RUNNING PFOR EP sc  a E enc ost bs new tear S A EE bestcige R 7  Changing the  Logo   ts  sc  cc scesissecccccssedeniedse caves a R ER E R E a e ii 8  10101010  a AEE EEE AEAT AE E T A EA TE 9   Chapter 2  Introduction 11  OVERVIEW nenin E AE e E sg belted e E e E A Aa E cea eens 11  The  ProRep Desktop    scsnisisn ciirnrniii iiia n EE E E EE A REE E 12  Resources for Learning ProRep         c ccscesccsssceseceseceseescecseeeseeeeeeseceeceeeenseceseeaeeaecneeceeeeeeneeass 12   ProRep  Manualen eniinn rea a E i e SE heathen wanes 12  ProRep Tutorial vs  secari e ea EEA EErEE evel 13
27.    When all of the fields in the DataDiary records are used or active  space for  additional datafields must be allocated  To allocate space for more datafields  close    80 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    the list of datafields if it is open  then from the menu bar select File  gt  Maintenance   gt  Allocate Additional Datafields     ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Chonge User 1  J    se  aa     Print Calendar          Er Calendar to Clipboard  Serao Aa d Tue Wed       Zip and FTP to Spalding  gt     Settings    2   3       4                          Update Account Totals   Purge Deleted Datafields      Bisel te a Allocate Additional Datafields      Es Clone System        Create Corporate Control Files           Document Lookup     gt     1 5 Edit System Maintained Fields  Import System Maintained Fields  Correct Posted Data              Posted  2 2   External Production Import Scripts  gt   Transaction Staging File          Production Sh Daily Files       This displays the allocate datafields dialog box     Allocate Number of Datafields x   DataDiary Allocated Fields  Active Fields  New Allocation  f       Werk Center  a sft  Associate  fos Poo fos      Allocation  foo   fio           Allocate Datafields    For each of the three DataDiaries the current number of allocated and active  datafields is displayed  
28.   124    Chapter 8  Daily Procedures    ProRep must be prepared to receive the day   s data  This is done by creating the  daily files  Daily files can only be created in the current active week or the  following week  To create daily files highlight the desired day  click Data on the  menu bar  then Create Daily Files     ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers efx   File   Data   Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help  Acti DataDiary Table View        DataDiary Form View        Create Daily Files  _          User  Jonathan Phenicie    eek oa en  Sheets  Production Sheets  P2000  Edited 05 10 2000                        Production Sheets 5  Extemal Producton Data P  Quality Sheets 5       Bint Daily Reports  View Saved Daily Reports  Approve Daily Data      Post Daily Data            WeekEnd Processmg       Calendar Note        Create Daily Files Menu Selection     After the daily files are created the desktop calendar is re displayed           ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers    e tx   File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help   Active DataDiary   work Center           User  Jonathan Phenicie   EE May 4 ELL              Mon   Wed    Production Sheets  ifs   Edited OS10 2000  ES    17                      ProRep Desktop Calendar Control    User   s Guide to ProRep    Daily files include a production sheet file  If the quality measurement feature is  being used  a quality sheet file is also created     Correcting the
29.   Change User ID      Backup  Zip      Zip and FTP to Spalding  gt   Application  gt   mm  Maintenance  gt  Title      Exit History Weeks        Track Cost into           Incentive           Quality _      The following dialog box will be displayed     Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 103         Track Cost    To Track cost  check this box           Adding or Editing an Activity  To add or edit an activity  from the menu bar select Tables  Activities     ProRep     Ssi Southeastern Distribution Center  Tables    Activities       A list of previously defined activities is displayed     104 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep      es Activities BE x    Code   Description   Eamed Hours Calculation   TypeciWok  Record   Cose     BREA Break None  Unmea  fate  es 12   Cleanup   Cycle Counti ae     _ Hauling to Shipping _ Individual Standard Order Filling   ji fividual S Shiopi  _ Individual Standard Data Entry                                                                                                                   List of Previously Defined Activities    To add a new activity  click the Add button  To edit an existing activity  highlight  the activity click the edit button  The activity dialog is displayed       Edit an Activity Record    Activity General Tab    Specifying the Activity   s Identification Code    Enter a code that uniquely identifies this activity  The code can be any combination  of up to 10 letters and 
30.   Click Next to continue     290    Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep      Clone a System x       Start Date for Fiscal Year  2000           er Febery   Ff 2000   gt     Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat                      Select the first date in the fiscal year and click Next to continue     The following page of the wizard has three tabs     a Clone a System x     DataDiary System Size        Work Center   Associate   Allocation         Data Level          __  Allocated Fields              G Dalari date points peryear Ma oo  C Week  63 data points per year   C Perodior Month  26 datapoints penyear                       lt  Back         Help   Cancel         The work center DataDiary   s data level can not be selected  Itis always daily  The  number of allocated fields is from the system being cloned  Click the associate tab  to continue     Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems e 291      Clone a System       The associate DataDiary   s data level can be selected  The most common data level  used is weekly  if unsure of the of the desired level use the default selection of  weekly  Select the desired data level and click the allocation tab      amp  Clone a System    The allocation DataDiary   s data level can be selected  The most common data level  used is weekly  if unsure of the of the desired level use the default selection of  weekly  Select the desired data level and click next to continue        292
31.   Copying Charts into Other Applications             ccccccesecsseescenseesseeseeeneeeeceeeeeeeeerenseeneeneenseenaes 246  Chapter 17  Exchanging Data with other ProRep Systems 247  Exporting Data From a ProRep Systetm         cceccesccscceseessecseecseeeseeeseeeseeseceeeeneenseenaeenseenaeenaes 247  Importing Data from another ProRep System            cccccccsseessesseesseeeeeesceeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeneenseenaes 248  Creating an ODE Layout ceases Anke and ania needa 249   Importing an ODE Pile  vi  cash ene Aled E RA E R 251   Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features 253  Incentive Mod  le Parameters sonreir ice ees ieee ALOR oa a Re 253  Specifying if Associates Have the Same or Different Incentive Goals                    254   Specifying if Incentive Pay is Based on Associate Pay Rates or a Fixed Rate         254   Paying a Bonus for Reaching the Goal         cccccescceseceeceseceeceeecseecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerenrens 254   Options for Handling the Payment of Small Incentive Amounts               eeee 255   Minimum amount that must be earned before incentive is paid    eeeeeeeees 255   Minimum amount that is paid if any incentive is paid           ee eceeceeeereeeeeeereeeeees 255   Not Including Pay on Incentive Reports            cccceccesseesseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeneenaees 255   Using Social Security Numbers instead of Associate Numbers               ccceceseees 255   Excluding Associates from Incentive Pay Based on the Number of Hours Worked256   Controlling How Overtime
32.   The  file can be either a JPG  GIF  BMP  or WMF graphic     Support    With the initial purchase of the software license  a one year subscription to Spalding  Software   s ProRep support and update service is included  The subscription to this  service should be maintained to receive continued support     If you have problems with installation or use of the program you should  there are  several ways of obtaining help     e A bulletin board is maintained on the Spalding Software web site where users    can post questions and review answers to previously asked questions  The web  site location is     http   www spaldingsoftware com  e E mail your question to   support spaldingsoftware com  e You can send a fax to    770  449 0549  e You can call us at      770  449 0052    User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 1  Installation e 9    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    10 e Chapter 1  Installation User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 2  Introduction    Overview    User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep is a productivity measurement and reporting system  The original version  was a PC DOS application that was originally released in 1985  The current version  is a 32 bit Windows multi user application     ProRep provides information about the performance  productivity and quality of  associates  work groups and processes  It addresses management   s need for  information about current operational results and how these results compare to past  history     ProRep calculates the performan
33.   The Hours Audit Report lists one line of information for each work center that an  associate worked in along with a total for the entire day     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 179                                        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Hours Audit Report  All Associates sorted by name Monday  September 25  2000         Performance              Actual Hours              Effectiveness          Last Last Earne Un  Last Last  Code Name Work Center Today 6weeks 52 week  Hours Measured Measured Total Today 6weeks 52 week   C11131 Baxter  Linda Order Filling First Shift 86  94  91  6 08 7 08 0 92 8 00 76  81  77    C23433 Bell  William Customer Service  amp  Admin  91  88  88   4 87  5 33 2 67 8 00 61  70  73    A12456 Boggs  Charlie Order Filling First Shift 94  106  104  6 79 7 25 0 75 8 00 85  97  91    A21234 Carona  Maria Customer Service  amp  Admin  96  93  97  4 24 442 3 58 8 00 53  85  89    C76354 Grubbs  John Order Filling First Shift 94  77  78  0 79 0 80 7 20 8 00 9  66  66    A62215 Hanley  Ruth Shipping First Shift 84  90  92   4 211 5 00 0 25 5 25 80  81  84    A39987 McGuire  Carter Order Filling Second Shift 100  91  88  3 04 3 00 0 75 3 79 80  78  76    Shipping Second Shift 102  91  88  3 73 3 67 0 58 4 295 88  78  76    TOTAL 101  91  88  6 74 6 67 1 33 8 00 84  78  76    754566 Pugmire  Charles Order Filling First Shift 85  110  104  1 70  2 00 0 25 2 2 76  94  90    Shipping First Shift 76  110  104  
34.   Work Center DataDiary    OF x      Tile Number   User Defined   FileName                2 active of 999 maximum    Click on the desired pie chart  then click the View Chart button  This will activate  the pie chart wizard     Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 239    Four Color Pallets  are available   including black and  white patterns and  grey scale     Slices of the pie  chart can be  individual accounts  or datafields     The entire pie  chart s Data can be  either a datafield  a  variable  or a total  of all variables     240 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs         c View Pie Chart Number  902          Style       Slices are Accounts       Slices are Variables D atafields          Accounts        Single Account   Customer Service  amp  Admin   gt     f Accounts in Group      All Accounts              Data    Total of All Variables       Total of Variable       Measured Hours z     Single Datafield      Break   Unmeasured Hours z   Help      Beck                                    Selecting the Pie Chart Style    Pie charts can display the  slices  as accounts or variables datafields  Accounts are  set up elsewhere in ProRep  Variables  Datafields are set up when the chart layout is  defined     Selecting which Accounts are Charted    When the slices are variables  a specific account or a specific account group is  selected  When the slices are accounts  a specific account group is selected     Selecting the Pie Chart s Data    If the slices are accounts the pie s data c
35.   box is displayed     CE x        OK to Reorganize the DataDiary Masterfile s      i Cancel            Before the DataDiaries are actual reorganized to include space for the additional  datafields  they are automatically backed up  If space is to be increased in more than  one DataDiary  the first DataDiary is backed up and reorganized before the second  DataDiary is backed up and reorganized     Remember that entire this process can take from 10 minutes to an hour or more  depending on the size of each of the DataDiaries that need to be reorganized  When  a DataDiary is being backed up  the process can be canceled by clicking the Abort  button without causing harm to any of the DataDiaries  Any of the DataDiaries that  have been reorganized up to this point will contain the increased number of  Allocated Fields     If the power goes out  the server goes down or any other event causes an abnormal  termination while reorganizing a DataDiary  it is unusable  Therefore  it is  automatically restored from the backup copy the next time the DataDiary is  accessed     Deleting Datafields    If a datafield is no longer needed  you have several choices     e Keep the datafield and its data in the database  If information stored in this  datafield may be needed in the future  do not delete it     e Delete the datafield and move its data into another datafield  Note that once the  data is summed into another datafield  it can never be separated     e Delete the datafield and its data f
36.   ccccceessessseesceeeceeceseceneceecaeeeaeeeeeeneeeneenes 76   Adding or Removing Allocations from a Group         ceccecscecscessceeeceseceeceseeneeeneeeneenes 77  Deleting an Allocation Group          cccccesceessesseeesceseceeceeceseceaecsecseecaeecaeeeneeneeenseenreees 78  Datafields is donina a tcc EE a at aerate erat ete ee tab ieeee seen tee E 78  Adding or Editing a Datafield  0       cccceccccecsceeceeeceseeeceeeeeeeeesecesecesecaecnaecsaeeneeeneeees 79  Allocating Space for More Datafields            ccecceecseessessceescesecesceeceseceseensecneeeeeeneeees 80  Deleting Datafields      icc  ccccsce secccececisetdecevedicedeusedubeuidsseeeucevtectecdeceessceieecleeeddeteuiesteees 82   Purging Deleted Datafields from the DataDiary 00 0 0    cc eececeesecseeeecneeerenseeeeeneenees 84   Piscal  Calendar ys icles fects  E td cto dc oees E ies 84  Adding a New Y eart nnna an a Reese idends BS eh Bees tases 85  Specifying the First Day of a Fiscal Year            ccccscceseescceseceeceeecneeeeeeseeeeeeeeesereerens 87  Specifying a  53  week yearse  5 cc iecsccccesccdeeetdnsiecsscedetdecevce ei aa ei e iit 88   Fiscal  Calendar Stiittire erann ik nat a R Ai 88  Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities 93  Elements oenen on i e A E A a EEEE E EE E E E E E E 93  Adding or Editing an Element         s sssseeesseeeessesersesseeressteresreserseseesesseenessesesreserseeses 94  Deleting an Element sinsero nni ene e E a see E s 95  BeN AEE AEA T E AEA 96  Types of W Or kveoscvesscescsests 
37.   dees e n faves 234  Modifying and Creating Lime Graphs             ceeccescceseeesecceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeenseceseceseeaecaecneceeenes 235  Adding or Editing a Graph          ccccccecccecsseseeesceesceeceseeesecaecaecaeecaeeeaeeeneeneeeneeereees 235  Selecting the Data to be Plotted          cccccceeseeseeescesecesecesceseceseceaecseecaeecaeeeeeeneeeeeeees 237  Specifying the Graph   s Default View           ccecceeccessseeseeseceseceseceneceecseeeseeeseenseeeeeees 238    viii e Contents User   s Guide to ProRep    Viewing and Printing Pie Charts 0 0 0    eceecsssssessecseseeceeeeceaeeeeeecsaeeecaecaeesecaeeeeceaeeecaeeaeeaeens 238    Selecting the Pie Chart Style enseia ieni eni i 240   Selecting which Accounts are Charted          cccccccecsssescessceseceseceseceseceeeeeeseeeseeneeenes 240   Selecting the Pie Chart s Data          cccccsccessesssesscessceesceesceseceseceaecsaecseecaeeeseeeneeneeeaes 240   Selecting the Pie Chart Color           ccccccccssesseesseesceeseeeeceeeeeseceeceseceseenaecneeeeeeeeeneenes 240   Selecting the Date Range          cccccecseescessessceeseeeeeeseceseeesecaecnaecaeecaeecaeeeaeeneeeneeeeeeees 241   Printitig  Pie  CHarts2vicc  caste ee de ee cg ee A 242   Modifying and Creating Pie Charts            cccsccesccsseesseesecesecseecseeeseeeneeeeceneeeeeeseenseenseenseenaeenaes 242  Selecting the Data to be Charted   0        ccccsccessessseeseeesceeeceeenseceseeesecaecaeeneeeeeeneeees 244   Distributing Charts  sen snie eie Aco E E E N E aa ee 245
38.   sheets reprint the production sheets  A final proofing of the production sheets  can save a lot of time in the future     e Use the production sheet approval process  Do not post until all sheets for all  work centers have been approved by the supervisors     To correct posted data highlight the day  select File  Maintenance  Daily Files   Correct Posted Data     136 e Chapter 8  Daily Procedures User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 9  Weekly Procedures    After all the days in the active week are posted  the end of week processing should  be run  and a backup of ProRep   s data should be made     End of Week Processing    All Daily files for the week must be posted before performing end of week  processing  After week end processing is completed no new daily files may be  created for that week     End of week processing performs the following tasks     Recalculates the long and short term history for Work Centers   Recalculates the long and short term history for Associates    For Activities that use historical standards  they are recalculated   Deletes the oldest production sheets in the system   s long term history     Sets the next week as the active week     To perform end of week processing  highlight any day in the week  select Data  then  Week End Processing     Chapter 9  Weekly Procedures e 137    User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers BEE  File WEEE Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help  pet DataDiary Table View
39.  0 00 0 00 0  07 03 99 Account Order Filling Second Shift 0 0 00 0 00 0  06 05 99 Account Receiving 17423 114 19 152 58 5309  06 12 99 Account Receiving 16055 107 01 150 03 4825  06 19 99 Account Receiving 15329 105 30 145 57 4617  06 2699 Account Receiving 14512 97 99 148 10 4504  07 03 99 Account Receiving 9437 70 04 134 74 3413  06 05 99 Group  All Accounts  17423 114 19 152 58 5309  06 12 99 Group  All Accounts  16055 107 01 150 03 4825  06 19 99 Group  All Accounts  15329 105 30 145 57 4617 bee  i 06 2699 Group  All Accounts  14512 97 99 148 10 4504    oi Tablet AT Piet   Cinn  LAIL eee ose ial na  mna Wawra 2412 T  Ready  Bu0 NM    Exported ProRep report opened in Microsoft Excel    The information in columns A through D provide information about the data an each  line  This includes the date and account or group of the data on the line  Beginning  in column E of the Excel spreadsheet are the columns of data from the ProRep  report  Above each column is the column title as it appears on the ProRep report     196 e Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 14  Setting up User   Defined Formulas and  Expressions    One of ProRep   s most useful features is the ability to present data from the datafields in the DataDiary on user defined  reports and charts  The user specifies which datafields are used to produce the report or chart by including them in  mathematical formulas  The formulas are part of the report or chart   s layout    Form
40.  00  76  81   A12456 Boggs  Charlie 94  106  6 79  Gee  0 75 8 00  85  97   C76354 Grubbs  John 94  77  0 75 0 80 7 20 8 00  9  66   T54566 Pugmire  Charles 85  110  1 70  2 00 0 25 25  76  94   A65657 Rockford  June 89  95  5 09  ENES res  8 00  64  87   OFI Order Filling First Shift 89  95  20 42 22 88 eS 34 25 60  78                 The Production Summary Report lists the daily totals for each associate and the  entire work center  It includes the total hours  performance and effectiveness  As a    way of quickly determining if performance is improving it shows the last 6 weeks  and last 52 weeks average performance     The last page of the Production Summary Report list one line of total information for  each work center and the total of all work centers        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Production Summary Report   Total of All Work Centers Monday  September 25  2000      Performance        Actual Hours       Effectiveness                        Last Earned Un  Last Last  Code Name Today 6 weeks Hours  Measured Measured Today 6weeks 52 weeks  RCV Receiving 92  96  18 00 1 50 85  89   OFI Order Filling First Shift 89  95  22 88 11 37 60  78   OF2 Order Filling Second Shift 90  100  7 83 1 42 76  89   SHIP1 Shipping First Shift 83  90  14 08 1 42 76  82   SHIP2 Shipping Second Shift 91  101  992 0 83 79  93   CSA Customer Service  amp  Admin 93  95  913 6 25 57  86   TotalofAll Total of All Work Centers 90  97  78 47 22 78 69  87              Hours Audit Report  
41.  177    G    Getting Data Into Production Sheets  125  Getting Units for a Document from a File  93    User   s Guide to ProRep    Getting Units from Another Computer System While  Entering Production Data  139  Graphs   Adding or Editing a Graph  207   Changing the Scale  203   Copying Charts into Other Applications  216   Drawing Symbols at Each Point That is Plotted  205   Handling Points that Have a Value of Zero  205   Modifying and Creating Line Graphs  206   Plotting a Line   s Average Value  204   Plotting Arbitrary Horizontal Lines  204   Plotting by Day  Week or Month  203   Plotting Lines as a Percent Variance from Average   205   Plotting Only Within a Specific Range of Dates  206   Printing a Logo on a Graph  205   Printing the Graph  206   Selecting the Accounts or Groups to Plot  203   Selecting the Data to be Plotted  208   Selecting the Time Period When Plotting by Day   203   Selecting the Variables to Plot  203   Selecting the Years to Plot  203   Setting the Scale   s Starting Point  203   Specifying the Graph   s Default View  209   Using the Same Scale for Daily  Weekly and  Monthly Plotting  204   Viewing and Printing  199    H    Handling Points that Have a Value of Zero  205  Historical Standard  102   Hours Audit Report  113  158   How Allocation Group Totals are Calculated  68  How Associate Group Totals are Calculated  66   How Performance and Productivity are Measured  34  How Work Center Group Totals are Calculated  63    Importing  220  Data fro
42.  21 00 10 38          Detailed Production Report with Elements Included     128 e Chapter 8  Daily Procedures User   s Guide to ProRep       SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Production Summary Report                   Work Center  OF 1   Order Filling First Shift Monday  September 25  2000        Performance             Actual Hours             Effectiveness         Last Last Earned Un  Last Last Total of All  Code Name Today 6weeks 52 weeks Hours  Measured Measured Total Today 6weeks 52 weeks  Work Centers  C1131 Baxter  Linda 86  94  91  6 08 7 08 0 92 8 00 76  81  717   8 00   A12456 Boggs  Charlie 94  106  104  6 79 ee  0 75 8 00 85  97  91   8 00   C76354 Grubbs  John 94  771  78  0 75 0 80 7 20 8 00 9  66  66  8 00   T54566 Pugmire  Charles 85  110  104  1 70 2 00 0 25 2 25 76  94  90  8 00   A65657 Rockford  June 89  95  97  5 09 SD  XAS  8 00 64  87  88   8 00   OFI Order Filling First Shift 89  95  96   20 42 22 88 AEri 34 25 60  18  81                   Production Summary Report for a Work Center        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Production Summary Report       Total of All Work Centers Monday  September 25  2000        Performance       Actual Hours             Effectiveness        Last Un  Last Last  Code Name Today 6 weeks Measured Measured Today 6weeks 52 weeks   RCV Receiving 92  96  18 00 1 50 85  89   OF1 Order Filling First Shift 89  95  22 88 11 37 60  78   OF2 Order Filling Second Shift 90  100  7 83 1 42 76  89   SHIP1 Shipping First S
43.  67 __ 0 65 _ 98   i                                                                      oy  1  PIK CBP 30996 21 _1W 10 0 25 0 32 _ 129   9  21  1  BREAK 0 25  HAUL PL 6 11 15 0 83 O80 __96   26  HAUL ICP 40 12 30 1 25 1 23 99   10  CLEAN 01 00     0 50  575 301 100  Stuckey  Alice    29112  CLOCKIN Clock In 04 30  PIK ICP 31 Picking 26 07 35 _ 0 58 0 39 68   Lines 13  Carton  26  Order 1  PIK PI 31098 Picking 41 _OB 1S _ 0 67 _ 0 52 _78   Lines 18  Carton ETI  Order  t  wl UNCH Lunch 0 50       PIK ACMI 31105 Picking 23 _09 10 _ OAZ _ 0 33 _ 80           Orders 1    Page 8 of 34 100  41x85in  4 2  ae      If necessary  the daily data is corrected and reports are reprinted  When  the reports  are correct  the daily files are posted              The data in the daily files is eventually moved into three separate databases called  DataDiaries  The records in the DataDiaries consist of a series of datafields that hold  the units and hours results of performing the various activities such as picking   packing and data entry     e Work Center DataDiary  contains a record for each day for each work  center account     e Associate DataDiary   contains a record for each week for each associate  account     e Allocation DataDiary   contains a record for each week for each allocation  account     Each time that a daily production report is printed  the work center DataDiary is  updated with the day   s results  Posting the daily files updates all three DataDiaries     User defined dat
44.  9  Weekly Procedures User   s Guide to ProRep    A backup can be performed at any time  It is recommended that a backup be  performed at least once a week  Ifa backup needs to be restored  call Spalding  Software for instructions and advice     Automatic LAN Backups    Automatic LAN backups can be used to backup ProRep  It is not recommended  however  to use an incremental backup  Since some ProRep files do not change for  months or even years incremental backups will not restore a ProRep system     Complete backups of all ProRep system files performed by an outside program are  acceptable for backups     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 9  Weekly Procedures e 141    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    142 e Chapter 9  Weekly Procedures User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 10  Entering Data  Directly into ProRep    Ifyou want to enter non  production data like  budgeted hours or  planned volumes  see the  section in Chapter 12   Using the DataDiaries  that is titled Tracking  Data Not Associated  with an Activity    For each day that associates work  the associates    production data must be entered  into daily production sheets  The data can be manually typed or scanned directly  into a production sheet  or it can be imported from a file created by another computer  system     This chapter discusses the methods that can be used to enter data directly into  ProRep by either the individual performing the work or by a data entry associate at a  centralized location  The next 
45.  Affects Incentive Pay           cccscesseeseeseeseeeeeeeeeereeerens 256   Factoring Quality Failures into Incentive Pay         cccescsseeseceseceeecseeeseeeeeeseeeereeerens 257   Controlling the Incentive Payoff Rate             cceesceesceseceseceeceeeeneecaeeeseeeeeeeeeeereetens 258   Capping the Incentive Payoff             ccceeccesscescsssceseceseceecesecesecseecseecaeeensesneesseeeressrens 259   Creating a File with Incentive Pay Data for Payroll           cececceseesseeseeeeeeeeeereeerees 260   Creating a Spreadsheet File with Incentive Pay Results            c ccscecsseeseereeeeeeeeees 261   Using Manually Calculated Overtime Hours when Calculating Incentive Pay        262   Tracking the Incentive Calculation Results in the DataDiaries              c eee 262   Associate Table Settings Related to Incentives           ccceeccesecsseesceesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneenseenaes 263   Activity Table Settings Related to Incentives            cccecccesecsseesseeseeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeesereneeeneenseenaes 264  Calculating Incentives and Printing the Reports             ccccccssessseeeesseeseeeeeeeseeeeceecneeeteesseenaes 267  Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature 271  Activating the Quality  Feature cesce o se ageas a o a each i i 271   Mistake Table Settings Related to Quality          cccccccescsesecsseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseeneenseenaeenaes 272   Type of Work Table Settings Related to Quality         ccccccccecsseesceeseeeeceeeceteeeeeeeeenseeneesaeenaes 27
46.  Allocation s data to the following Allocation     J     Not Allocated           If the allocation   s data is not to be summed into another allocation  select Not  Allocated from the pull down list  If the data is to be moved into another allocation   select the allocation from the pull down list  To actually delete the allocation  click  the Delete button     Work Center Account Groups    User   s Guide to ProRep    A work center group is a list of two or more accounts in the work center DataDiary   Reports and graphs can be produced that show totals of all work centers in the  group  Also  all of the work centers in the group can be listed individually on  reports by selecting the group rather than by manually selecting each work center  one at a time     A work center can be included in any number of groups  There are a maximum of  999 work center groups  In the example below  the work center named Order Filling  First Shift is on both the First Shift group and the Total Order Filling group   Group Description  First Shift  Accounts in Group  Customer Service  amp  Administration  Order Filling First Shift  lt    Receiving  Shipping First Shift    Group Description  Total Order Filling  Accounts in Group  Order Filling First Shift  lt    Order Filling Second Shift    Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 69    How Work Center Group Totals are Calculated    No data in ProRep is kept by work center group  The data is kept separately in each  work center account  
47.  Associate Activity Allocation Activity Stop Actual Earned  Associate Code Code Team Code Document Element Units Time Hours Hours Perf   Washington  Joe 90041  CLOCKIN Clock In 07 30  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated 0 _ 09 25 1 92 1 72 90   BREAK Break 0 25  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier 0 IRS 1 58 1 39 88    LUNCH Lunch 0 50  RCC 2 Receive Common Carrier 0 _ 01 00 1 25 1 37 _110   RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier 0 01 40 0 67 _ 0 58 _ 88   BREAK Break 0 25  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier 0 _ 03 40 ire 1 53 _ 88   PUT Pi Put Awa  7 _04 00 0 33 0 31 94   Pallets if  8 00 6 91 92   Williams  Tom 721223 RCC 2 Receive Common Carrier 0 02 30 1 50 1 65 110   BREAK Break 0 25  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier 0 _ 03 50 1 08 0 95 _ 88   PUT ICP Put Awa  15 04 30 0 67 __ 0 67 _100   Pallets 15  3 50  3 27 101   Woods  Mary A13542  CLOCKIN Clock In 07 30  RCON Z Receive Consolidated 0 _09 30 __ 2 00 1 79 _ 90   BREAK Break 0 25   LUNCH Lunch 0 50  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier O 1S 200 1 75 _ 88   RCON Z Receive Consolidated 0 01 45 1 50 1 34 90   BREAK Break 0 25  PUT CORE Put Awa  24 03 15 1 25 1 07 _ 86   Pallets 24  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated 0 03 45 0 50 0 45 _ 90   CLEAN Cleanup 04 00 0 25  RCC 1 ACME Receive Common Carrier 326 04 00 _ 0 00 __ 0 00 0   Shipments 5  Cartons 326  RCC 2 CBP Receive Common Carrier 497 04 00 0 00 __ 0 00 0   Shipments 6  Cartons 497  RCC 1 CORE Receive Common Carrier 215 04 00 0 00 __ 0 00 0   ProRep   printed by ADMINSTRATOR on Acrobat PDF Writer Page  1 Printed  6
48.  Baxter    John Grubbs  June Rockford    72 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    How Associate Group Totals are Calculated    No data in ProRep is kept by associate group  The data is kept separately in each  associate account  When a group total is printed on a report or plotted on a chart  it  is calculated by summing the data for all of the associate accounts that are in the  group at that time  Therefore  if the list of associates in a group is changed  the next  time a report or graph is produced the group totals are calculated by summing the  data for the new list of associates     Adding or Editing an Associate Group    To set up a new or edit an existing associate account group  make sure that the  Active DataDiary is set to Associate     ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Associates    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Active DataDiary   associate       aa Rats  E          Then from the menu bar  select Tables  gt  Active DataDiary  gt  Groups     ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Associates    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help  WorkCenters      Associates _    Allocations        Active DataDi       Activities       Elements      Sul Types of Work       Mistakes           Expressions        Dotafels      Fiscal Genda          co             A list of previously defined groups is displayed     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 6  Creating and Mainta
49.  Colum nits Processed  _   x   General   Formula   Close    r Upper Band       I Show this band       Continue fom Previous eolumr 4  gt         aapt Bold          r Lower Band    Jv Show this band  J    Continue fom Frevious Eolumr    Arial 10 pts Bold         Units Processed          Column Heading Tab    The Headings tab has three heading bands upper  middle  and lower  The upper and  middle bands can span multiple columns  There is always a lower band     E  Column  Units Per Hour   _  OF x     Close         General   Headings    Type of Formula    Division       1 Variables   Jo Expressions     Constant                B   Measured Hours  C   Non Measured Hours  D   Earned Hours         gt     ERRE    1 Selected 19 Available       Divide by    2 Variables   Jo Expressions     Constant         B   Measured Hours 1   Steines   C   Non Measured Hours H D   Eamed Hours    E  F   lt  lt    G  H    gt  gt      ki  2 Selected 18 Available          Column Formula Tab    Formulas in activity detail reports differ slightly from the formulas used in  expressions  account comparison reports  and graphs  The formula for an activity  detail report column uses variables instead of datafields  Datafields are assigned to  the variables on each line     220 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    Adding and Editing lines on a report    To add a new line to a report  from the menu bar select Line and Add  This adds a  new line at the bottom of a repor
50.  Daily Files    Date    If the date needs to be changed highlight the day select File  Maintenance  Daily  Files  Change Date  and click on the correct date     Deleting Daily Files Without Posting    If daily files have been created in error  they can be deleted  Simply highlight the  day to be deleted  select File  Maintenance  Daily Files  Delete     Entering or Importing Data Into Production Sheets    After the daily files have been created  data is entered into the day   s production  sheets  The data can be entered directly into ProRep or imported from another  computer system      amp  Production Sheets for Wednesday  May 03  2000    OL x     Close    McGuire  william    12456 Boggs  Charlie   13542 Smith  Mary   21234 Carona  Maria   A399867 McGuire  Carter 10 8 00 102    462215 Hanley  Ruth      465657   Rockford  June Print List    C11131___ Baxter  Linda 4 8 00 107    023433 Bell  William   C29112 Stuckey  Alice          C76354 _Grubbs John___ 3 8 00 100  MAAE Lx   repens Crees Work Center   sHiF2 Shipping Second Shift z   721223 Wiliams  Tom 9 8 00 104  T      743267 Gonzalez  Jose Activity   PiK Picking z   154566  Pugmire  Charles tean o  Allocation  fice Integrated Computer Products z   Document    rick LIST  Al H   Stop Time  fio 30 B     indicates eared hours and performance cannot be calculat 8                                _            _                            Elapsed     Elements   LINES  75  CARTONS foo       A List of the Daily Production Sheets    
51.  Getting Units from a File Created by Another System           ccceccsceesseeceereeereeeeees 107   Reusing a Document   s Units in the Lookup File  00       cceccsceseesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeerens 107  Distributing Hours and Units to an Allocation ACCOUNT    ei eeeeeeeseeecneeeeeneeeeeeee 108  Specifying that the Activity has No Standard             cccceeceesceseceseceeeeeeeneeeneeeaeeees 109  Specifying that the Activity has an Individual Standard             ccecesceseeseeeseeeteeees 110  Specifying that the Activity has a Team Standard            eeeeceeeeseeeteceeeseeeneeeseees 110   Paying Incentive based on the Associate   s Past Performance            c ccceseeseeees 112  Calculating Performance for a Support Activity          ccescesecsseesceeeeeeeeeeeeereeereeseens 113  Automatically Prorating Measured Hours to an Activity  sses 113   Using the Same Standard for All Allocations           cccccceccceeseeeseeseeeseeseeeseenteenseenees 114  Automatically Calculating a Historical Standard   0    0    cccecceesseeseeesceeeeeseeeteenseenees 114  Including this Activity   s Units in the Total Units Produced              ccecseseeereeeees 114  Selecting How Standard Times are Entered and Displayed                ccesseseeeseereees 114    Contents e v    User   s Guide to ProRep    Adding an Element to an Activity        cccccceccesccesseesceeecesecesecseceaecaeeeneeeneenseeseeeeeeees 115    Deleting an Element from an Activity        ccccccccsseesseeseeesceesceeeeeeseeseesse
52.  Intentionally Left Blank    164 e Chapter 11  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer Systems User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries    ProRep holds all of it   s data in databases called DataDiaries  The DataDiaries  supply the data to ProRep for all reports and graphs  Up to 9 years of information  can be kept in a DataDiary  A ProRep system has three DataDiaries     e Work Center DataDiary  contains a record for each day for each work center  account     e Associate DataDiary   contains a record for each week for each associate  account     e Allocation DataDiary   contains a record for each week for each allocation  account     The records in the DataDiaries contain the system maintained datafields used to  track the units and hours results of performing the various activities such as picking   packing and data entry  Printing the daily production sheet reports updates only the  work center DataDiary with current results  Posting the production sheets updates  all three DataDiaries     User defined datafields can also be added into the DataDiaries to hold data that is  not entered into production sheets such as planned and budgeted numbers  The data  for these fields can be entered into the DataDiaries through keying  or importing the  data from a file created by a spreadsheet program or another computer system     Viewing Data in a DataDiary    To view the DataDiary  make sure that the correct Active DataDiary is selected     ProRep 4 0   SS
53.  Name      e  datadiar dddata export  als E        ProRep can export a report to most popular spreadsheets and databases including  Excel  Lotus  Access  and dBase     E Export Options x     Type of Export        The complete list of  file types that can  be created is  displayed in the  drop down list               Microsoft Access 1 1  MDB   Microsoft Access 2 0  amp  2 5  MDB   Microsoft Access 3 0  MDB   Microsoft Excel 2 1 KLS   Microsoft Excel 3 0  XLS   Microsoft Excel 4 0 KLS   Microsoft Excel 5 0  amp  7 0  KLS   Named Values  NYL    To complete the exporting process click the Export button  In this example we will  creat an Excel spreadsheet  Below is the file opened in Excel     X Microsoft Excel   0001 xls  elx    File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Saal              Receiving Receiving pane Receiving Rec  Common Common Carrier Consol Ci  Carrier Carrier idator id  Cartons   Hours   C               cartons   H  te AcctType     AcctDesc per Hour  06 05 99 Account Order Filling First Shift 0 0 00 0 00 0  06 12 99 Account Order Filling First Shift 0 0 00 0 00 0  06 19 99 Account Order Filling First Shift 0 0 00 0 00 0  06 26 99 Account Order Filling First Shift 0 0 00 0 00 0  07 03 99 Account Order Filling First Shift 0 0 00 0 00 0  06 05 99 Account Order Filling Second Shift 0 0 00 0 00 0  06 12 99 Account Order Filling Second Shift 0 0 00 0 00 0  06 19 99 Account Order Filling Second Shift 0 0 00 0 00 0  06 26 99 Account Order Filling Second Shift 0
54.  Pallets    30  Loading   Earned Hours       29  Loading   Measured Hours        36  Order Entry   Earned Hours  37   Order Entry   Lines    40  Pick Adjustments   Lines    35  Order Entry   Measured Hours   39  Pick Adjustments   Earned Hours       38  Pick Adjustments   Measured Hours                                          DataDiary Form View Window           Restore   ro ee    DAVE      BEE       VV Read Only    Account  Customer Service  amp  Admin        Shipping Second Shift    Date  Thursday  September 21  2000          Af Seterer e o H o    Th Fn Sat    Sun _ Mon    Tue Wed               The data for one account and one date is displayed in the left half of the window  In  the right half of the window  are controls for changing the displayed date and  account  To step through the accounts and dates  click the previous and next arrows   To jump to an account or date  use the controls to display it and then click on it     Tracking Data Not Associated with an Activity    Most of the datafields are automatically set up by ProRep when an activity such as  picking  packing or data entry is added  The datafields are set up in each of  ProRep   s three DataDiaries to hold the units and hours results of performing these    activities     166    Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries    User   s Guide to ProRep    User defined datafields can be set up to hold data that is not entered into production  sheets or otherwise produced within ProRep  Following are examples of typical  i
55.  Per Hour                      This window allows you to change the graph description  vertical axis label and  variables     e The graph description is only used for the name displayed in the list of  graphs     e The vertical or Y axis label describes the unit of measure that is  plotted     e The variables are formulas that use datafields from the DataDiary to  define what is plotted     Selecting the Data to be Plotted    The data to be plotted is selected by setting up variables  that are formulas for units   hours  percentages  units per hour  etc  Setting up variables is the most important  part of creating a graph  After selecting the Add or Edit button the following  window is displayed          Variable  Common Carrier       ral Break Indirect Hours  Cleanup Nonmeasured Hours   gt   Cycle Counting Nonmeasured Hrs  Cycle Counting Sku s   lt  lt   Haul to Shipping Earm Hrs  Haul to Shipping Meas Hours   gt   Haul to Shipping Pallets       Receive Comm Carrier Meas Hrs    a   Break Indirect Hours  Cleanup Nonmeasured Hours    Cycle Counting Nonmeasured Hrs  Cycle Counting Sku s    lt  lt      Haul to Shipping Eam Hrs  Haul to Shipping Meas Hours   gt   Haul to Shipping Pallets             Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 237    To allow saving  changes to a  graph   s scale  and other  viewing options  check this box     Then click the  Next button     The variable should be given a description that will appear in the title or legend  when the graph is viewed  Next  sel
56.  The DataDiary must contain enough unused allocated datafields to allow the  datafields for an activity to be set up  If an error message is displayed stating    There  are not enough datafields to hold the data for this activity     more datafields must be  added     Spalding   ProRep Userlnterface Object    The are not enough Datafields available to hold the data for this activity  You must allocate more fields before saving the Activity with the  current settings  You need 12 additional fields  and only have 11 available        To add more datafields  in Chapter 6 Creating and Maintaining the Tables  see the  section titled Datafields  and the topic Allocating Space for More Datafields     Tracking the Cost of an Activity    Optionally  the cost of performing activities can be tracked  By default  the cost of  activities is not tracked  There is a setting that specifies if cost is tracked  If the  track cost setting is specified  the cost of all activities is tracked  Cost datafields are  automatically set up in the work center  associate and allocation DataDiaries for each  activity  An activity   s cost if calculated by multiplying the associate   s hourly cost  by the hours spent performing the activity     To track the cost of performing an activity  select Settings  Current System  Track  Cost Info     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    igi Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help                            Te     Hg Sial oI
57.  There are two methods for entering data directly into a ProRep production sheet file   One method is to have associates fill out paper production sheets and have someone  at a central location key in the data from the sheets  The other method is to have  each associate at the completion of each activity enter their own data directly into a  PC ona LAN by either typing or scanning bar codes     Data can be imported into a production sheet file from many different types of  computer systems  For example  a warehouse management system  WMS  or a  pick to light system can supply data about each task that was performed  A time and    User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 8  Daily Procedures e 125    attendance system can supply data about each associate   s clock in  clock out and  lunch time     For more information see Chapter 10  Entering Production data directly into ProRep  and Chapter 11  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer Systems     Entering Data into Quality Sheets    After the daily files have been created  data is entered into the day   s quality sheets     Close        Woods  Mary  421234 Carona  Maria   A39987 McGuire  Carter   462215 Hanley  Ruth   A65657 Rockford  June      11131   Barter  Linda Print List   23433 Bell  Wiliam   C29112 Stuckey  Alice   C76354 Grubbs  John       C90041 Washington  Joe By Edit Quality Line  1  x   K92954 Stilwell  Yolanda  721223 williams  Tom Associate  Jossae7 McGuire  Carter M  743267 Gonzalez  Jose    T54566 _ Pugmire  Char
58.  To edit an existing allocation  group  click on the group in the list and click the Edit button       Add Group Record  2 x     Description   r Save   Cancel    ost Per Unit Customers    Accounts in Group    Central Business Products    Not Allocated   Core Specialty Supplies Acme Motor Supply  Integrated Computer Products       3 Selected 3 Available       Edit Allocation Group Dialog    The first step in adding a group is to enter a description of up to 30 characters   Adding or Removing Allocations from a Group    The edit allocation group dialog has two boxes  The box on the left is a list of  allocations currently selected to be in the group  The box on the right left is a list of    Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 77    Datafields    allocations that are not in the group but can be added to the group  Highlighting an  allocation and clicking the arrow buttons will move an allocation to the indicated  box  Allocations can also be dragged from one box to another     Deleting an Allocation Group    To delete an allocation group  from the list of groups click on the group and click the  Delete button  Deleting a group does not remove any data from the databases     Datafields are the fields in the records of the work center  associate and allocation  DataDiaries  Most of the datafields are automatically set up by ProRep when an  activity such as picking  packing or data entry is added  The datafields are set up in  each of ProRep   s three DataDiaries to h
59.  User   s Guide to ProRep    If the filename is not supplied the system will prompt for one  If supplied  the  filename needs to be fully qualified  An extension of  zip will be added if no  extension is provided     BACKUPFULL  filename     Backs up all the data files for the system  This includes the Tables and all the  Production sheet files  as well as the user defined reports     If the filename is not supplied the system will prompt for one  If supplied  the  filename needs to be fully qualified  An extension of  zip will be added if no  extension is provided     CONVERTDAY date    Converts transactions into a day   s Production Sheet File     The date must be in the currently active weeks  The day   s files will be created  if  they don   t already exist     EXPORTDAY date dxtype filename  blankdocs non   paid elements descriptions      Exports the data from the day   s production sheet file into spreadsheet and database  formats     The dxtype is one of the DataExport types in the table below   The filename should be fully qualified  including an extension     Set blankdocs to 1 to include lines that do not have a document  The default setting  of 0 will only output lines that do have a document number     Set non paid to 1 to include lines such as Clock in  Lunch  If 0  then those lines will  not be exported     Set elements to 1 to output the element names and the quantities for each element  If  0  then no element info will be exported     Set descriptions to 1 to 
60.  Without Data    ProRep   s default setting is to print all lines on a report  At times there will be lines  in a report with no data  a user may want to suppress the blank lines to shorten the  length of the reports  To suppress printing of the blank line  un check the Print  Lines with No Data box on the Print Sequence tab     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 213    E Report Options   Receiving Yolume Report This Year ys  Last Year    General Print Sequence      Current Print Sequence Account   Accounts in Group   Totals    Separators      Accounts in Group  All Accounts  Separators  Draw Line  Totals  All Accounts    Uncheck the Print  Lines with No  Data box to  suppress the  printing of blank  lines     3 Available       3 Selected  IV Print Lines with No Data       Activity Detail Report Layouts    Activity Detail reports list multiple activities for an account or group of accounts on  a single report  Each activity is listed on a separate line  The Activity Detail report  allows quick evaluation of performance and production data for many activities on a  single report     Below is an example of an activity detail report     214 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    Each account or    group is printed on SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    a seperate page  Group   All Accounts   Performance  amp  Productivity Summary  The amount of time Day  Thursday  August 19  1999  covered by t
61.  an Activity  99  ProRep Desktop  9  ProRep Manual  10  ProRep Tutorial  10  Purging Deleted Datafields from the DataDiary  75    Q  Quality Sheets  109    R    Real Time Self Entry  93  129  134  Reindexing the Lookup File  141  Removing Lunch and Other Non Paid Time  129  Report  Adding lines on a report  195  Adding or Editing a Column  184  Adding Report Column  193  Adjusting the Heading Height  187  Adjusting the Width of a Column  185  Assigning a Title  183  Assigning Datafields to the Variables  196    324 e Index    Building Column Headings  185  Centering a Column Heading Across Multiple  Columns  186  Changing a Column Heading   s Font  Size  or Color   186  Column Total or Average  181  Columns  181  Creating Separation Between Lines  196  Entering Text for a Column Heading  186  Formatting Numbers in a Column  185  Heading  181  Including a Percent Increase Decrease in a Column   185  Including a Variable in a Total or Subtotal Line  196  Including Last Year   s Data in a Column  185  Line Description  196  Modifying the First Column  184  Options  184  187  188  196  197  Print Sequence  181  Printing a Logo on a Report  188  Printing Grid Lines on a Report  188  Printing Notes on a Report  188  Selecting Paper Orientation  188  Selecting Paper Size  188  Selecting the Accounts and Groups to be Printed   188  Selecting the Data to Appear in the Column  186  Selecting the Fonts of Numbers in a Column  185  Specifying Column Totals or Averages  185  Specifying th
62.  associated with the  reflective activity     Specified Group    Earned hours are calculated  based on the performance of  a specific group of work  centers associated with the  reflective activity    User   s Guide to ProRep        _  e Reflective of Specified Group s Performance    Calculating Performance for a Support Activity    If an associate is working on a support activity that does not have a standard  they  can get earned hours for the activity that are based on the total performance of one or  more work centers  This type of activity is called a reflective activity  This feature  is usually only used with an incentive system     For example  an associate works primarily as a general material handler in a packing  area  This job includes bringing supplies to the packing stations  distributing work  to the packers and other miscellaneous tasks  It is not practical to set a standard for  the job  However  performance of the job impacts the performance of the packers  and overall productivity of the operation  Therefore  we would like pay the material  handler an incentive when performance of the area is above the goal  This is done  by specifying that the earned hours for the material handling activity is reflective of  the work center  Therefore if the work center performs at 110   the associate will  receive earned hours based on a 110  performance for the time they spent on  material handling     To specify that earned hours for an activity are calculated based on 
63.  calculated by summing the  data for the new list of allocations     Adding or Editing an Allocation Group    To set up a new or edit an existing allocation account group  make sure that the  Active DataDiary is set to Allocation     ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Allocations    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    dete Ontediy  atcoton E        LEL            Then from the menu bar  select Tables  gt  Active DataDiary  gt  Groups     File Data   Tables Reports Charts Import F    el  WorkCenters      Associates      Allocations        Active DataDi       Activities _     Elements      Sul Types of Work      Mistakes             Expressions      Datafields       g ee eee Fiscal Calendar       A list of previously defined groups is displayed     76 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    The allocation group   s  description     These buttons move the  highlighted account to  the opposite box     The list of accounts in  this group     These buttons move all  accounts to the opposite  box     User   s Guide to ProRep      Groups   Allocation DataDiary ioj x   o          All Allocations     Consolidated Shipping 4    Print List        2 active of 999 maximum       The List of Active Allocation Groups    In the list of allocation groups  is a group named All Accounts that is automatically  maintained by ProRep  It includes all of the allocations     To add a new allocation group  click the Add button 
64.  chapter shows representative example reports as part of the report  printing process  Chapter 3    The Information ProRep Provides    shows many  examples of both pre defined and potential user defined reports  However  the best  way to become familiar with the reports that are available is by experimenting with  the various selections and settings that are part of the report printing process     Daily Production Reports    Each day  after the production and quality data is entered  the daily reports can be  printed  If additions or corrections to the data are made  the reports can be reprinted     Only the ProRep system operator or administrator can print an original copy of the  production reports  However  when they print the report they can select that the  report is written to disk as a PDF file  This PDF copy of the daily production reports  can be viewed from within ProRep or by anyone who has the free Adobe Acrobat  Reader  While viewing the report  the whole report or selected sections can be  printed     When the daily production data is posted  a final copy of the daily production reports  are saved to a disk as a PDF file  The file is saved for several weeks  Therefore  a  report from three weeks ago or longer can be viewed and printed     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 177    Detailed Production Sheet Report    A separate detailed Production Sheet Report is printed for each work center  It lists  all associates who worked in 
65.  chart to the clipboard  click the Clipboard button  When the graph is on  the clipboard it can be inserted into other applications such as Microsoft Word or  PowerPoint     Below is a Microsoft Word document with the above line graph pasted into it     a J   View Inset Format Tools Table Window Help oOo            alalt selel  eklek ala mwla  2  hel    ae aI Bi z  u  27   E   2 2  Eb             Status Report          The Productivity problems that we had in March and April have been solved  We believe that  the drop in productivity was due to the new receiving procedures  In May and June our  productivity was significantly higher than it was last year as shown on the chart below        Receiving   Receive Common Carrier  2000 4999 1980          1504    Om m 7      4204    405 4          ns Per Hour    Pail   Pa     Page1 Sec 1 TA  AI nS col 8S    REC  MAK ET  OVA evra Ce       246 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 17  Exchanging Data with  other ProRep Systems    ProRep can exchange data in any of it   s DataDiaries with a DataDiary of another  ProRep system  This feature is most often used when ProRep is in use in multiple  facilities as well as a central office     Exporting Data From a ProRep System    User   s Guide to ProRep    Data from the active DataDiary can be exported to another ProRep system   s  DataDiary via an Operational Data Exchange  ODE  file  ODE files are proprietary  files to ProRep and can only be opened in another Pr
66.  full length  A record can be ended after any field after the Units  field  Fields can be skipped but must be blank filled     Document document number to be  looked Pee on    Quantity TEREA number of units or   number of units or quantity      Element lement   s unit of measure  Sines    Allocation Pate Location code          PR_FuncCode projected function or type  T work  PR_Date 63 N projected completion date  YYYYMMDD format    projected work center   PR_User1 81 10 C j d user defined  iel  i e  zone    PR_User2 91 10 C 5 d user defined  ie   i e  isle     Notes                           required  C   any printable ASCII character or numeric allowed  N   only ASCII numeric characters allowed    If the Element  unit of measure  data is provided  ProRep will only select records  from the lookup file that match both the document number and the activity   s element  descriptions  If the Element data is not provided  the match is only on the document  number and the units are assigned to the activity   s first element     PR_Userl and PR_User2 are user definable fields which can be used to further  breakdown the pending amount of work  For example  the Picking Area work center  could be broken down by Zone  Then each Zone could be broken down by Aisle     Importing Data from a Production Sheet Import File    See Appendix G  Production and Quality Import File Formats    User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 11  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer Systems e 163    This Page
67.  in two situations     e When it is difficult or time consuming to determine exactly how many units  each associate completed     For example  in shipping cartons are automatically sorted directly into 20 outbound  trailers  A seven person crew loads the trailers  They are not assigned to  specific doors  They move from door to door as needed  At the end of each  shift  a report is produced that lists each door number along with the number of  cartons that were sorted to it  The only way to determine the actual number of  cartons each associate loaded is to have each person keep a manual tally  This  would be a very tedious and time consuming  In this case  it would be best to  make loading a team activity  have each associate keep track of their time by  door  and enter each door   s cartons using the door number  1 to 20  as the team  number     e When productivity is significantly enhanced by associates helping or  cooperating with each other     For example  in receiving  there are eight unloaders  One unloader is assigned to  each trailer  They unload bar code labeled cartons with the label side up onto a  conveyor that carries them to one of two associates who scan each carton  It is  easy to determine how many cartons each unloader and scanner handled   However  the associates who scan are at odds with the associates that unload   The unloaders can save 1 25 seconds per carton if they do not place the cartons  on the conveyor label side up  The associate who scans must
68.  is to be printed     Setting up an Activity Detail report is very similar to setting up an Account  Comparison report  The information provided in this section assumes that the reader  is already familiar with how to set up an Account Comparison report  Therefore  it  is recommended that the previous section be read and understood before proceeding  on to this section     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 215    To create a new activity detail report or edit an existing report  from the main menu  select Reports then Activity Detail     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Charts Import Export Help  Active DataDiary   work Account Comparison        ee Activity Detail    4   Pimt Daly Reports        Sun h View Saved Daily Reports             Associate Analysis       Document History       A window that lists all the Activity Detail report layouts that have been defined is  displayed     a Activity Detail Reports  Ioj x           Number  Tile   File Name   Close  The report number  HA Activity Year to Year Comparison       DDAF21      which is also printed Performance  amp  Productivity Summa DDRF23   1   on the report  allows Units and Hours Detail Report DDRF24   1   easy identification of  reports with similar    names  Print Report  This is the title Export Data  given to the report      by the user     This is the name of  the file that the layout  is stored in  This file  is saved in
69.  mail server to use to send Error  Messages when doing Command Line  processes     The SMTP port number  From Text Ee The email address for the sender  Must be  valid on the SMTP server    The email address to send the message to        User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep e 313    This page intentionally left blank    314 e Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    Appendix G  Production and  Quality Sheet Import File Formats    This appendix is an overview of how to create a file that can be used to import data  into the daily Production and Quality sheet files     The type of files that can be imported are Comma Separated Values  CSV  with  commas between each field  All records must end in both a Carriage Return and a  Line Feed character  ASCII 13  amp 10  CR LF   Use of quotation marks around text  fields is optional  Records can contain additional blank fields  commas  at the end  of the record  They will ignored     Stop Time Production Sheet Files    User   s Guide to ProRep    A production sheet import file can contain data for only one day   s production sheet   The file consists of one Header Record and any number of Detail Records  The  Header Record specifies the date of the production sheet into which the data is to be  imported and the disposition of existing records in the production sheet file  Each  Detail Record corresponds to a line or record on an associate   s production sheet     Header 
70.  of  the lines  Allow another picker to  enter up to 40 lines     olx     m     Order Filling    Attempt to find     Carotte res a     AN  annot be reused    T  Can be shared with other associates           Distributing Hours and Units to an Allocation  Account    The hours  units and cost of the activity can be tracked by allocation  When a daily  production sheet file is posted  the activity   s data is always saved into the activity   s  datafields in the allocation DataDiary  If the activity   s data is allocated  the data is  saved into the allocation account specified on the production sheet  If the activity   s  data is not allocated  the data is saved into the allocation account named Not  Allocated     To specify how allocating is handled  on the General tab  in the When to Allocate  Production Data section  click one of the radio button selections     108 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep          Edit an Activity Record              Code  PKI Close    Available 93     eeded 0 Description  icing  General Calculations   Elements   Allocations   Datafields   Incentive l    Type of Work   Order Filling z   m Documents   V Prompt for Document  Description   Pick List    T  Allow Multiple Documents for one time period    Never   Do not prompt for an  allocation account        Sometimes    Prompt for the allocation  account  Allow selection of  a specific allocation or the  Not Allocated allocation              Lookup File   I  Search for Documen
71.  only during training  can be set up for  which the associate   s performance is either the greater of the actual performance or  the incentive performance goal  The result would be that if the associate performed  above goal they would get incentive  but if they performed below goal it would have  no negative impact on incentive that they might earn on other activities  To make  this selection  check the box next to Protect the Earned Hours for this Activity     Caution  This is a seldom used feature that should be used judiciously  There are  alternative ways to prevent incentive pay from being negatively impacted  The  earned hours calculation can be set to None or to Past Average Performance     Paying an Additional Incentive that is not Based on  Performance    In some situations  it is desirable to always pay an associate an extra amount for  performing certain activities  For example  an experienced associate normally works  on activities for which they do well and therefore earn incentive pay  A new  associate is hired and the experienced associate is asked to train the new associate   During the time that they are training the new associate the experienced associate is  working on the unmeasured activity of Trainer and therefore has no chance of  earning incentive pay     Obviously  the experienced associate might be reluctant to train new associates if it  means loosing incentive pay  To solve this situation  the Trainer activity can be set  up so that associates ar
72.  remain in the DataDiaries as a user   defined datafield     e Delete the activity and its data from the DataDiaries     All of the data in the datafields that hold hours information will be summed into  datafields that hold hours information for deleted activities  The element  datafields will remain in the DataDiaries as a user defined datafields     To delete an activity  from the window that lists the activities  click on the activity  and click the Delete button  The delete activity dialog box is displayed     OK to Delete  x     Press the Delete Button to delete the following item from the  N database     Activity to be deleted   EO   Emergancy Order Filling    Add Activity s data to the following Activity   PIK   Picking         Cancel         Delete Activity Dialog Box    If the activity   s data is to be summed into another activity  select the activity from  the pull down list  To actually delete the activity  click the delete button     122 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 8  Daily Procedures    The following steps need to be done for each work day     e Create Daily Files  This creates the production sheet file and the optional  quality sheet file     e Enter or Import Data Into Production Sheets    e Enter Data Into Quality Sheets  if the feature is implemented    e Print Daily Production and Quality Reports    e Correct Production and Quality data and re print reports  as needed     e Supervisor or manger approval of Product
73.  s   Haul to Shipping Direct Hours  Haul to Shipping Earn Hrs  Haul to Shipping Pallets    3 Selected 42 Available       ProRep will always add all the fields in the boxes first  then perform the desired  operation  division      The mathematical formula for the above example is     Total Cartons Received per Hour    Receive Comm Carrier Cartons   Receive  Consolidator Cartons   Receive Small Ship Cartons     Receive Common  Carrier Dir Hrs   Receive Consolidator Dir Hrs   Receive Small Ship Dir Hrs     Formulas can use expressions  fields  or constant numbers in any combination  The  formulas used in reports and charts also allow you to include columns in the  formula     The above example is a division formula  Multiplication and subtraction work in the  same manner     Percentage formulas are nearly identical to division formula  however  ProRep will  multiply the result of the division process by 100 to complete the operation     Chapter 14  Setting up User Defined Formulas and Expressions e 199    The percentage  formula divides the  upper selected box  by the lower  selected box and  then multiplies by  100     A complex formula  while not widely used  can add  subtract   multiply  and divide in  the same formula        a Add Expression Record  11 E Oix     Receiving Hours   of Total            E Receive Consolidator Cartons  fa Receive Consolidator Earn Hrs    Receive Small Shipmnt Meas Hrs Receive che ti Shipments    Receiving Entry Meas Hrs       Total of All Hours t
74.  selects the  one line per  account type of  account  comparison  report           User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 189    Select the year  to print  Any  year in the  system can be  used     This report is  being printed for  a quarter  any  Range of dates  can be used     Select One Line per Account Grouping Total for one period of time  Click Next to  Continue        EJ Print Account Comparison Report Number  9       E   e    9 a ea   ols Es els   ee fs Ss ee  eee   eee eee     2  ele  ele   BIR Bie    2          fe       9  2  2       i       To select the quarter to  be printed  click any day  in that auarter     Selecting the length of report is the last step in the print wizard  Reports can be  printed for any date in the DataDiary  Click Print to print the report    Activity Detail Reports    Activity Detail reports list multiple activities for an account or group of accounts on  a single report  Each activity is listed on a separate line  The Activity Detail report  allows quick evaluation of performance and production data for many activities on a  single report     190    Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports User   s Guide to ProRep    Each account or  group is printed on  a seperate page     The amount of time  covered by the  report is selected at  printing     Each activity is  printed ona  seperate line     User   s Guide to ProRep         Group   All Accounts             Day  Thursday  August 19  1999                SSI S
75.  services  Even for those organizations that would like to use the allocation feature  it  is not always practical  For example  in a retailer   s distribution center  if an  associate is filling an order with several different types of merchandise  it might not  be practical to record the time by merchandise department     Even if the allocation feature is used  there will be some activities that can not be  allocated  When an activity is set up  there is a setting that specifies whether it is  allocated     An account is automatically maintained in the allocation DataDiary for each  allocation  One additional account is also maintained for all units  time  and cost  that is not allocated  There can be a maximum of 999 allocation     Adding or Editing an Allocation    To set up a new or edit an existing allocation  select Tables  gt  Allocations        ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data   Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Active DataDi okLeme l aa wel Sn  Associates      7  SS    Activities        N Elements      Sur Types of Work        Mistakes                Expressions      Active DataDiary  gt        A list of previously defined allocations is displayed     Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 67       Close     Not Allocated  0 6  ACME Acme Motor Supply 3 3  CBP Central Business Products 2 2  CORE   Core Specialty Supplies 5 5  e  tegrated Compiler Prous TT i  PI Penrod Industries 4 4 Print List      I
76.  spend an  additional 3 50 seconds to turn the carton   Unloaders can increase their    110 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    To make this a team  activity  click the  team radio button     User   s Guide to ProRep        performance at the expense of the associates that are scanning  In this case it is  best to make the entire receiving process a team activity     To specify that an activity has a team standard  on the Calculations tab  in the How  Earned Hours are Calculated section  click the radio button for Team     On any given day  an associate can work on any number of team activities  in any  number of work centers and on any number of teams within the work center  This  means the makeup of a team working on an a team activity is dynamic  One minute  a team could consist of five people and the next minute seven people          Edit an Activity Record  ioj x   Datatields  Code   EX Close    Available  93       Needed 0 Description   Picking  General Calculations   Elements   Allocations    Datafields   Incentive      Earned Hours             p How Earned Hours are Calculated      None  WameasuredAchvity      Individual Standard   Team Standard   Past Average Performance   C Reflective of Recorded Work Center s Performance  C Reflective of Specified Work Center s Performance     Reflective of Specified Group s Performance          I Prorate Hours  based on earned hours  Display of Standard Times   IV AllAllocations use the same standards   
77.  that of  coworkers     Associate Cost Analysis    The Associate Cost Analysis shows each associate   s actual hourly cost along with  their performance  It also shows their equivalent hourly cost which is calculated by  dividing the actual hourly cost by their percent performance        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Associate Cost Analysis    Sorted by Last 6 Weeks History  All Associates    Actual Average Equivalent Hourl  Hourly Cost Total Cost Performance Cost at Current  Wage Rate    Last 52  Last 6   Last 52  Weeks  d 10        Carona  Maria A21234  McGuire  Carter A39987  Bell  William C23433  Rockford  June A65657  Grubbs  John C76354  Washington  Joe c90041  Baxter  Linda C11131  Gonzalez  Jose 743267  i 721223 j  K y  154566    A y 110    C29112 A i B 105   A62215 i i r 90    Stillwell  Yolanda K92954 98 i B 100   Woods  Mary A13542 74 y D 96    Boggs  Charlie A12456    i   106                             182 e Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports User   s Guide to ProRep    The report is sorted on the last 6 weeks equivalent hourly cost     To print an Associate Analysis Report  from the menu bar select Reports  Associate  Analysis     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Reports    View Saved Daily Reports    Associate Analysis          Select the type of analysis report to be printed  the order in which it is to be sorted   how the associates are to be grouped and whether to print a histogram     To exclude new hires and o
78.  the folder in which the file is created     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features e 261    Clicking on the Datafields tab displays the following settings     Print Settings       Save   Cancel    General   Hours   Rate Scale   Files Datatields         r Datafields used in calculating Incentives           Datafield that contains any Manual Overtime hours   rong o  m Datafields that hold Incentive results   Bonus Pay for Reaching Goal   rna  Incentive Pay for Performance   ions o H  Additive Pay   non  O  Incentive Earned Hours  none  o             Datafields Tab    Using Manually Calculated Overtime Hours when  Calculating Incentive Pay    ProRep can automatically calculate the number of overtime hours based on the  associate   s total hours for the week  For example  all hours over 40 hours per week  are overtime     If additional or alternative methods are used to calculate overtime  and they are to be  used when calculating incentives  the overtime hours must be entered into a user   defined datafield  For example  all hours worked over 8 hours per day are overtime     To specify the user defined datafield that contains the manually calculated overtime   select the datafield from the Datafield that contains any Manual Overtime hours pull  down list     Tracking the Incentive Calculation Results in the  DataDiaries   The incentive calculation results can be held in the associate and work center  DataDiaries  When an incentive report is printed  t
79.  the left half of the tab     Displaying the Activity   s Datafields    Clicking on the Activity   s Datafields tab displays the following list     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 119    a Edit an Activity Record    Picking      Measured Hours    Earned Hours     Lines     Cartons     Orders                   Activity Datafields Tab    This is a list of the datafields in the work center  associate and allocation DataDiaries  that hold the results of performing the activity  These datafields are automatically  set up and system maintained  The datafields can be used on user defined reports  and graphs     Clicking on the incentive tab displays the following settings     a Edit an Activity Record    Activity Incentive Tab    120 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    Using the Greater of the Goal or Actual  Performance for Incentive Pay    In some situations  an associate may be asked to perform an activity for which they  have not been trained and have little experience  If the job requires a significant  amount of training or experience to master  it might take a few weeks or months for  the associate to perform this new activity at their prior rate of performance   Therefore  while learning this activity they would probably not earn a consistent  incentive  In fact  the performance on the new task could negate good performance  on other activities     To solve this situation  a new activity  used
80.  the same  directory as the other  database system files        From this window a report can be printed  exported  viewed  added  edited  or  deleted     Adding a New Report    When a new report is added  the first window displayed is the Variables dialog box     216 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep      Variables x   Primary Units i    Measured Hours i    C  Non Measured Hours  variables are used     a placeholder  Earned Hours for datafiekis in formulas           Different datafieks are assigned  to the variables on each detail line  on the report           The variables have a permanent letter   For clairity it is recommended that the  variabksto be used are labeled with a  descrption  Examples are Unite  Hours   and Dollars            gt   2  2  vf Of 2 e                gt   mf Of of  gt   gt     If an existing report is edited  the Variables dialog box shown above is not  automatically displayed  Instead the Report Layout window is displayed  To  maintain the list of variables from the Report Layout window  click the Variables  button     Variables    A variable is a symbol or word representing a quantity  For example  in the  expression a   b   c   total  a  b  and c are variables  In ProRep  twenty variables  are available for use on an activity detail report  The variables have a permanent  letter  To help easily identify the variables  a label may be assigned  The labels  commonly used are descr
81.  uses different associate ID numbers  than ProRep  the ID numbers are entered as badge numbers  ProRep allows 5  additional ID numbers to be entered on the badge number tab     Use of badge numbers must be consistent  In the example above  the Time and  Attendance System ID is badge number 3  Therefore  all associates must have their  Time and Attendance System ID entered as badge number 3  If associates have a  second or third WMS ID  use 2 or three badge number fields     To help maintain consistent use of badge numbers  the badge descriptions can be  specified in the ProRep program information file called ddprini     The   represents  the ProRep system number of   through 9  This file can be edited with Notepad     The following information is entered into the ProRep program information file     Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 63     Badges    1 WMS User ID 1  2 WMS User ID 2  3 Time and Attendance ID  4 Pick to Light User ID    This will change the descriptions on the Badge Number tab as shown below       Edit Associate Record  1       Deleting an Associate    If an associate no longer works for the organization  you have several alternatives     e Keep the associate and their data in the database  Remember that there is room  for a specific number of associates based on the size of the license  Associates  may need to be deleted to make room for new associates     e Delete the associate and move their data into a generic associate such as     Former Asso
82.  vi e Contents User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 11  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer Systems159    Importing Data from a Warehouse Management System            cseeeessesceseeeserceceeeceseeeeeaeens 159  Importing Data from a Time and Attendance System  0      cc eeseeeeeesecreeeecneeeeceeeeceaeeneeaeens 159  Getting Units from Another Computer System While Entering Production Data                  159  Importing Data into the Document Lookup File    ee ceeeeeecseeeeceeeeeceseeeeeaeeaeeees 161  Manually Purging Records from the Lookup File          eescesecseesceeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeees 161   Packing the Lookup Filenin iiine ter eaen e eais e a ona 162  Reind  xing the  Lookup File   lt escccscnccs essen iinvigrenchiwsenneneieinees aes 162   Layout of the Lookup Import File    cc ceceeceeseeecceseceecesecesecaeecaeeeneeseeeeeeeerenerens 162  Importing Data from a Production Sheet Import File    eee eeeeeeecseeeeceeceeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeeaeens 163  Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries 165  Viewing Data in a DataDiary  0       cceccecccesccesecesecesecseecseeeneeeseeeeeeeeseeeseenseceseseeeseenseenaeenseenaes 165  Tracking Data Not Associated with an Activity 0    cecesccssssceesecseeeecneseececesersecnaeeeceaeeaeeaeens 166  Entering and Modifying Data in the DataDiaries 000 0     ceeeecsesecseeeecneeeececeeeceaeeeeeneeaeeeeeaeens 167  Importing Data from Another Application into a DataDiary         ee ceeeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeeceeeeeneens 169  Record Layout of the File to be I
83.  which contains the ProRep program files as shown  in the following example     G  Users Shared ProRep Setup exe    When installation is completed  there will be a shortcut on the desktop for ProRep        Menu items are also added to the Start Programs menu that are titled Spalding  Software s ProRep  and under that an entry for ProRep     Chapter 1  Installation e 3    Spalding Software s ProoRep 4 0  gt  ProRep    E  E  E  E  E  E  E    A    s     3        When ProRep is run from the workstation  ProRep by default will look for its  databases in the PRData folder on the network drive     Installing the Software from the CD to a Workstation    To install ProRep on a local drive  run the Setup exe program in the main folder of  the CD  Select install ProRep 4 0 Software from the dialog box     ProRep   4 0 Installation CD       This displays a dialog box that prompts for the location in which to install the  ProRep program files     4 e Chapter 1  Installation User   s Guide to ProRep     2  ProRep Installation       Unless there is another reason  accept the default folder     The installation process will create a folder named ProRep  In the ProRep folder  it  will also create another folder named PRData as shown in the following example     C   ProRep PRData    The PRData folder is the default folder that ProRep uses for its databases  During  installation  a sample ProRep database is copied into this folder     When installation is completed  there will be a shortcut on 
84. 2 57 4 513 55 45 470 87    Account Comparison Report   One Line per Account    Above is a one line per account report  When the report is printed  the user is  prompted for the amount of time to summarize and print on each line  In the example  above  each line is a yearly total  Each line could have represented a day  a week  a  quarter  a month  or any range of time     To print an Account Comparison report   select either the work center  associate  or  allocation DataDiary     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   Work Center         q             Associa  Allocati    Then from the menu bar select Reports  Account Comparison     188 e Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Reports    Account Comparison                                                                                                  il il 8 Yes _DDAF18  4  ceiving  amp  Shipping Summary 2 Yes   DDAF12  4  eceivi ili 19 Yes Al  eceiving Detail Report 1 Yes DDRF11  4  ivi i 5 Yes DDRF15  4  inci il 6 Yes DDAFI6  4  tal Hours and Performance 901 No  Pre defined nn 3 Yes  DDRFIS 4  reports are  identified by a  No in the user  defined column   Highlight the report to be printed  by clicking on the report title  and select Print   This will activate the print wizard     Print Account Comparison Report Number  9  This
85. 2005  1     QUALITY     203855  PTL CL    13 45 4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  203855  PTL MEET    14 15 0                                              PROREP 4 11 31 2005  1 QUALITY        203855  PTL CL    13 45 4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  203855 PT ry MEET  797 L419 Oy acre a                                                    320 e Appendix G  Production and Quality Sheet Import File Formats User   s Guide to ProRep    Index    A    Account Comparison Report  181  182  Layout  181  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer  Systems  109  130  139  Activities  30  89  Activity  Adding or Editing an Activity  91  Entering the Activity   s Description  92  Specifying that the Activity has a Team Standard  96  Specifying that the Activity has an Individual  Standard  96  Specifying that the Activity has No Standard  96  Specifying the Activity   s Identification Code  92  Specifying the Activity   s Type of Work  93  Tracking the Number of Times an Activity is  Performed  102  activity detail report  189  190  192  195  196  197  Activity Detail Report  181  189  190  Columns  190  Lines  190  Activity Detail Reports  Layouts  189  Adding  New System  39  Account Comparison Report  181  Activity  91  Adding or Deleting Associates from a Group  67  Allocation  61  Allocation to an Activity  103  Allocations from a Group  70  Associate Group  66  Datafield  71  Element  83  Element to an Activity  101  Lines on a report  195  Ne
86. 23 2007  1  QUALITY     PROREP 4    07 23 2007 1     QUALITY     EP Boel 23 7 2007  Oy QUALITY PARETET PETAT    Detail Records    AuditorID  AssociateID  WorkCenter  TypeofWorkCode  AllocationCode   Document  ErrorType  AuditedUnits  FailedUnits  NumberOfMistakes     MistakeCode 1   MistakeQty 1   MistakeCode 2   Mistake Qty 2         Mistake  Qty  NumberOfMistakes     ErrorType is either 1  Audit   2  Check  or 3  Catch     The detail records can be padded with blank MistakeCode  MistakeQty field pairs  for the purpose of making all records have the same number of fields     If a MistakeCode is blank and the MistakeQty is zero  0  or blank  the field pair is  skipped  If an MistakeCode is blank and the MistakeQty is greater than zero  0    the quantity is applied to the Activity   s first Mistake     To use the Auditor   s Home Work Center  enter a         in the WorkCenter field     Optional fields   AllocationCode    Document  max of 16 characters  additional characters are ignored     Detail Record Examples     203855  PTL CL    13 45 1 100 1 2  UNDER  1  OVER  1   203855  PTL MEET    14 15 Or  yry re  203855   CL    13 45 4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  203855  PTL CL    13 45 45  4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  203855  PTL CTL        4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94    Extra commas are OK   use home Work Center   45 elapsed minutes    units only  no time     Examples of Entire File           PROREP 4    11 31 
87. 3  Incentive Module Parameters Related to Quality          ccccccccecssesceeseeeeeeeeceeceeeesseeeeeneenseenaes 275  Recording the Results of Audits           ccccecccesccesecesecseecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseenseenaeenseenaes 276  Appendix C  User IDs and Passwords 281  Adde a Ne U SEE e a a E E A E E a 281  Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems 285    User   s Guide to ProRep    Contents e ix    x e Contents    What a Corporate Wide Reporting System Does   0        cccccesseseesseeseeeeeeeeeeeceseenseeeseesaeeneeenes 285    Corporate Wide Reports and Graphs          cccceccesceesseeeeesceeeceeeceseceseeesecnseeaeeeeeneeenes 286   How the Corporate Wide Reporting System Works            ccccccceeseescceeeceseceseceeecaeeeseeseeeneeenes 287  Using a Corporate Control File         cceccececsseessessceesceeseeseceseeeecesecesecesecsaecaaecseecaeeeaeesaeeneeeereees 288  Cloning a ProRep Systeri   tiae ant aana EE E ae EEEE AEE TESTER ESS 289  Multiple Facilities Performing the Same Functionality     0    ccc eececesceseeceeteeseeeeeeceeeeeereees 293  Consolidating Information from Diverse Operations            c esscsssecseeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeesneeeees 293  Appendix E  Entering Production Sheets with Elapsed Times 295  Specifying Elapsed Time Entry          ccccccecscesscessceseceeeceseceaecaecseecaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeenaees 295  Entering Data Using Elapsed Time Entry          ccccccesccesecsseesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeesecneceesecaeenseeeeeneeenes 296  
88. 3 66 4 83 0 92 5 7  64  94  90    TOTAL 79  110  104  5 37  6 83 1 17 8 00 67  94  90    A65657 Rockford  June Order Filling First Shift 89  95  97   5 09 5 75 2 25 8 00 64  87  88    C29112 Stuckey  Alice Order Filling Second Shift 84  105  108  4 0  4 83 0 67 5 5 74  87  92    Shipping Second Shift 73  105  108  1 6  2 25 0 25 25 65  87  92    TOTAL 80  105  108  5 68 7 08 0 92 8 00 71  87  92    90041 Washington  Joe Receiving 92  91  91  6 91 7 50 0 50 8 00 86  73  72    721223 Williams  Tom Receiving 101  110  112  3 27  3 25 0 25 3 5 93  99  102   Shipping First Shift 91  110  112   3 89 4 25 0 25 451 86  99  102   TOTAL 95  110  112  7 14 7 50 0 50 8 00 89  99  102   A13542 Woods  Mary Receiving 88  96  95  6 44 7 25 0 75 8 00 80  85  83    The following associates did not have any production information for any work centers   Code Name Home Work Center  143267 Gonzalez  Jose Order Filling Second Shift  K92954 Stillwell  Yolanda Shipping Second Shift  ProRep   printed by ADMINSTRATOR on Acrobat PDFWriter Page  29 Printed  6 21 00 10 38             Viewing Daily Production Reports    To view a days    production reports  click on the desired day on the desktop calendar   then from the menu bar select Reports  View Saved Daily Reports        ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern tribution Center   Work Centers    e Data Tables ifs  Charts Import Export Help       Active DateDiny   work Account Comparison        Activity Detail  _   4 Print Daily Reports        View Saved Daily R
89. 33   Work Center DataDiary  18  27   28  27 28  33  49  63   114   Work Center Information  18   Work Centers  14  20  22  23  28 29  28 29  31 33  33   39  45  49  53  63 65  97  99  113  115  117  119   126  158  199  235 36  257       Index e 325    Zz Zip  120    326 e Index User   s Guide to ProRep    
90. 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    To change the start date  or number of weeks in a  fiscal year  click on the   year and then click Edit     User   s Guide to ProRep    52 Sunday  January 30 2000 To Be Deleted  52 Sunday  January 28  2001        3 active of 9 maximum       The list of years is displayed showing which year will be added and optionally  which year will be deleted  A year is not actually added or deleted until the Save  button is clicked  to cancel the operation click the Cancel button  Warning  Once a  year is deleted the data can not be recovered     Specifying the First Day of a Fiscal Year    When a new ProRep system is created  the start date of the fiscal year is specified  If  it becomes necessary to change the fiscal year start date  from the list of years  click  the year and click the Edit button        Edit Parameters for Fiscal Year  2003 x     Weeks Per Year l Cancel      a H e            January  Sun Mon Tue Wed          Edit Fiscal Calendar Start Date Tab    On the Start Date tab  click on the desired start date in the calendar control and click  the Save button  The start date in all years will be adjusted based on the new start  date of the selected year     Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 87    Specifying a 53 week year    Because there are not exactly 52 weeks in a year  365   7   52 15  every so often a  fiscal year is 53 weeks long  If a year has 53 weeks  an extra week is added into the  la
91. 65 28 45 28 45 28 00 0 00 8 35 0 00 0 00 0 00  Boggs  Charlie A12456 100 0 95 7 95 7 40 01 37 51 37 51 35 90 0 00 7 15 0 00 0 00 0 00  Carona  Maria A21234 100 0 91 8 91 8 39 31 35 02 35 02 32 15 0 00 9 50 0 00 0 00 0 00  Gonzalez  Jose 143267 100 0 96 7 96 7 40 00 37 50 37 50 36 25 0 00 7 85 0 00 0 00 0 00  Grubbs  John C76354 100 0 100 0 100 0 40 00 37 50 37 50 37 50 0 00 6 87 0 00 0 00 0 00  Hanley  Ruth A62215 100 0 79 5 79 5 39 99 37 24 37 24 29 59 0 00 6 35 0 00 0 00 0 00  McGuire  Carter A39987 100 0 97 4 97 4 38 09 29 70 29 70 28 92 0 00 9 10 0 00 0 00 0 00  Pugmire  Charles T54566 100 0 102 7 102 7 40 00 32 94 32 94 33 83 0 89 8 15 7 25 0 00 7 25  Rockford  June AG5657 100 0 114 8 114 8 40 00 37 50 37 50 43 05 5 55 8 75 48 56 0 00 48 56  Stillwell  Yolanda K92954 100 0 98 1 98 1 40 00 36 52 36 52 35 81 0 00 6 98 0 00 0 00 0 00  Stuckey  Alice C29112 100 0 93 0 93 0 40 00 33 51 33 51 31 15 0 00 7 50 0 00 0 00 0 00  Washington  Joe 90041 100 0 95 7 95 7 37 90 29 14 29 14 27 90 0 00 7 80 0 00 0 00 0 00  Williams  Tom 721223 100 0 97 3 97 3 40 00 35 45 35 45 34 50 0 00 9 15 0 00 0 00 0 00  Woods  Mary A13542 100 0 104 3 104 3 40 00 33 80 33 80 35 26 1 46 6 72 9 81 0 00 9 81       Incentive Calculation Summary Report in Alphabetical Order    The Incentive Calculation Associate Detail Report has a page for each associate  showing how their incentive pay was calculated     Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features e 267          SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Incentiv
92. 76             This report shows day by day information for a week  The report could also show  week by week or month by month totals for any range of time     Another pre defined report shows the same information summarized by work center  for a month     22 e Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides User   s Guide to ProRep       SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Fiscal Month  August   Ending  Saturday  August 26  2000    Total Hours and Performance   Year vs Year    Actual Hours      of Hours  That Are Percent Percent  Measured Unmeasured Earned Hours Measured Effective   Performance          Receiving   Order Filling First Shift  Order Filling Second Shift   Shipping First Shift  Shipping Second Shift  Customer Service  amp  Admin     All Accounts 2 910 4 2 936 5  3 259 0  3 277 7                                                                                         The report also compares this year   s monthly totals to last year   s  This style of  report shows total information for all areas for any period of time     Shown below is an Activity Performance report that shows weekly totals  It could  have been printed with totals for a day  month  quarter  year or any user specified  period of time        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Week Ending  Saturday  September 23  2000    Activity Performance  Group  First Shift      ActualHours   Units Per Hour    Net   Unmeas  Earned Stan   Description Produced  Measured ured Total H
93. 80       165    150    artons Received Per Hour                      Lines can be plotted by  day  week  or month     Adding or Editing a Graph    To setup a new or edit an existing line graph  select either the work center  associate   or allocation DataDiary as the active DataDiary    Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 235          236 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help  Active DataDiary   work Center  gt        4 e     ate    Allocation           Then  from the main menu select Charts and then Line Graphs     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Reports Import Export Tools Help    Active DataDiary   Work Center    Pie Charts _    Ea    This displays a list of previously defined graphs         Options          Line Graphs   Work Center DataDiary  ioj x     Close    e DL               Cartons Picked Per Hour    Yes ODGFII 4    Cartons Received Per Hour 16 Yes DDGF116   4  Percent Performance  Effective  amp  Measured 901 No  Total Cartons Picked 3 Yes DDGF13   4    Total Hours 902 No    di    Delete   6 active of 999 maximum h    The procedure for adding or editing a line graph is nearly identical  To add a new  graph  click the add button  To edit an existing graph  click edit     User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep       A Edit Line Graph Number  16    Cartons Received Per Hour    Cartons Received
94. A OA A AA A 308  Command line examples  E a a a A E EEEE ESS 308  DataExport Translation Types for Exporting           esseesesessseesessrseessesersreresseseseseesesseeresseseesss 308  Spreadsheets  n ce p EEE EE R E E R a ia 308  Databases  isiscistecccecesissieczsss ene oveitie ti EEA R EEA EAE 309  Formatted Text  te s sitieg sfist  stati aspen lesan taed atone iotantiaatene ATAS 309   Text Formats oi gonso E E E T iu E eeaeeee roca tet 309   Word  Processinii rriren RRS a SR Ra ee 310  Extended Return Codes  cess nd csdeiahaiietig abigail R ela RER REER  311  Error Logs and Notifications           ccccccscesscessceeecesecesecesecseecseecseeeaeeeeeeeeneeceseceaeenseenseesaeeeeenes 312    Appendix G  Production and Quality Sheet Import File Formats 315    Stop Time Production Sheet Files  sosie Baek Ride ee ART 315  Header Record nemenciinda RERE ERAR E RER E i 315  Detail Records niireaneirn ierni n n i a a a E E a Hes 316  Elapsed Time Production Sheet Files  0          ccccescessecsseessesceceeeseeeceeseeeeeceseeseeeeseenaeenaeeseeeeeenes 317  Header Record  sts sceecse cass eestedeteeihaxsatea a eA eee a 317  Detail Recorder aaan a a a aa a n a A a a 318    User   s Guide to ProRep    Quality Sheet Filesecc    cee ne nes Sei A A A AAA eee 319    Header Recor des csenec teed ectec tin  oe E EA EEE Boeri EA 319  Detail Recordsi oter cht ee Ra es eee ee heb ate en eb beep AANE 319  Index 321    User   s Guide to ProRep Contents e xi    Chapter 1  Installation    This chapt
95. Cartons  Heading Lower Band  Consolidator Small Shipments  1998    February 48 068 47 501 12 16 748 16 243  3 1 2 451 2 372  _ 3 3 583 664   12 3  142 1  132 9  March 72 722 62 279  16 8 24 624 21 217  16 1 3 534 3 238  9 1 840 868   3 2  146 9  134 7  On the report above  the Upper Band containing the word    Receiving    is continued  from the Common Carrier column through the last column of the report  The Middle  Band containing the word    Cartons    is continued from the Common Carrier column  over the Consolidator and Small Shipment columns   The second tab of the column layout window is the Heading tab   E  Column  Receiving Cartons Common Carrier  General if  m Upper Band  MV Show this band   in  Gontnue fom Previous olor  Arial 10 pts Bold    m Middle Band  V Show this band Cartons  Selecting this check box I Continue from Previous Column    will center the text from Aviad 8 pls Bok      the previous column             above this column also  ieee Bend  JV Show this band Common Carrier  P Continue fom Previous Column          Arial 8 pts Bold            Column Heading Tab    User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 209    There is always a Lower Band  The Upper and Middle Bands are optional  Bands  are intended to show a hierarchy of information on the report  Text on the Upper  and Middle Bands can be centered over multiple columns     Entering Text for a Column Heading    When a new column is added to a report the text of the lo
96. Chapter 4  How ProRep Works 29  OVEIVIEW Sits Ahrens ih OG a a e e E E Ake eA tn eee Geek 29   BABIES 23 A tiste At ads ecco eck a a a n Bue Danes a cea 31   Work Center ieren eae toes SER ae To RT ee BS 31  ASSOCIATES nnee nenene oi ER E cen iE EE E E E aR 32  AMO CATIONS  E E A E E N A eISSN aS 8  33  ACtVItIES ai a a a a a a a a A O 34    User   s Guide to ProRep Contents e iii    n rit Secs  cscs seek ees BAER SIA Rec Sed a as EE ESI E Io a Be a TE 35    TypesOf Work oade iini see duace cde ERR E OAA E E E Wace tdeeess 35   Work Center Account Groups           ccesccesecsseeseeeseeeseeeeceecescenseeaecnaecaeecaeeeaeeeneeneeeeeees 36  Associate Account Groups        s sssseesssseseeseesererssteressesetsresetstssteresststestesttsteseenessteeesree 37  Allocation Account Groups         cscccsceessessceesceesceeceseceseecseecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeneenseenaeenseenaes 37  Dataticldsy  cts astra Peeve tea et ata EET ET R 37   How Performance and Productivity are Measured             ccccscessecseeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeneensees 39  Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System 43  Preparations Before Adding a New System           cccecccesccsseceseeesecseecseecseeeeeeseeeeeeeereneeneeneensees 43  Adding a New Systemer on e RE E R ae ohen ane Sie he E eS 43  Customizing ProRep to Your Needs           c cecccesseesssesceeeceseceseceeceeecaeeeseeeeeeeeeeereseeseeeneeeeeeaees 50  Changing the System Tithe nsspa irr i sce a i a E eE E i iae iini 51  Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Ta
97. DDPRINI     x file will cause error messages to be written to the specified file rather than  displayed on the screen     Text er    T amp AerrorLog The full filename of a file to be created when  Time and Attendance data is applied  If the  filename contains   characters  then a second  parameter separated by a comma defines how  the   characters should be replaced  YYMMDD  would replace with the Year Month and Day       UploadErrorLog Text er The full filename of a file to be created when  Uploads take place  If the filename contains    characters  then a second parameter separated  by a comma defines how the   characters  should be replaced    YYMMDD would replace with the Year Month  and Day    Examples      DataCollection   UploadErrorLog   Server24  PROREP Logs 5047 WM Error Logs txt  T  AErrorLog   Server24  PROREP Logs 5047 Kronos Error Logs txt                          DataCollection   UploadErrorLog   Server24  PROREP Logs 5047 WM Error Logs txt         MMDDYYYY  T amp   AErrorLog   Server24  PROREP Logs 5047 Kronos Error Logs txt         MMDDYYYY                                        312 e Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    If an error is encountered when Uploading Transactions or Applying Time  amp  Attendance from a command line it can  also be sent by email to specified email address  The following settings in the DDPRINI     x file will cause error  messages to be emailed to the specified address     SMTP   URL S The SMTP
98. Data  See ti a es ee 195  Chapter 14  Setting up User Defined Formulas and Expressions 197  Ionan niel EEEE los A E E E A E S eS MELE asks 197  Common Formulas ses sisi sts aan a Shane a a a aa les Bt eenescee es Nhe 197  Complex Formulassiic 2 55 ceti e bg oe oie ead Hetero nee 200   EXPT OSSIONS 32 5 2  e e a a e A E E A E ANE E 201  Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts 203  Account Comparison Report Layouts           c cccccesccssecesceseceseeesecseecaeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeneeneeneenseenaes 203  Adding  a  New Reportss23   sek ea BA A ee A RA a ek 204   Editing an Existing Report               ccccccsscessesssessessoesececsnecosscnssenseessesseessesssesstsnesseess 206  Assigning a Report Tithe  sicccscs secs  ccc nnn e i EE ai 207  Modifying the First Column  Date ACCOUML           cescesecseceteceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeereeerens 207   Adding or Editing a Column   0         ccccecccescceseceseceseceecseeeseeeseeseeeeeeseeeseeneenseenaeenaes 207  Including Last Year   s Data in a ColUmn         eeeecesecesecsceceeeseeeeeeseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeesrens 208  Including a Percent Increase Decrease in a Column 2 0 0    eeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeees 208    User   s Guide to ProRep Contents e vii    Formatting Numbers in a Column          cccccceescesseesseeeceeeceeeceeceeceseceseceaeenaeeeeeseeenes 208    Selecting the Fonts of Numbers in a Column           ccccecceesccesecsceeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 208  Specifying Column Totals or Averages          ccccecsceseeseeeecesecee
99. Data  gt  External Production Data  gt  View Command Line Log     There are extended Error Codes returned by ProRep to the calling program or batch  file  See the section Extended Return Codes below for more information    Also  the error messages that would normally be displayed on the screen can be  redirected to a log file  See the section Error Logs and Notifications below for more  information    Command line examples     T   programs ProRep32 exe 1 S  shared Prdata  IMPORTLOOKUP C  LOOKUP DAT    us server ProRep ProRep32 exe 2   us server ProRep PRData  UPLOADDAY  0    C  ProRep ProRep32 exe 1  EXPORTODE A  0  7 V  Export ODE    DataExport Translation Types for Exporting       Spreadsheets    Lotus 1 2 3 1A WKS  Lotus 1 2 3 2 0 WK1  Lotus 1 2 3 3 0 WK3  Lotus 1 2 3 4 0 WK4  Microsoft Excel 2 1 XLS  Microsoft Excel 3 0 XLS3  Microsoft Excel 4 0 XLS4  Microsoft Excel 5 0 7 0 XLS5  Microsoft Excel 97 2000 XP XLS8  Quattro WKQ  Quattro Pro WQl    308 e Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    Quattro Pro 5 0 for Windows WBI    Symphony 1 0 WRK  Symphony 1 1 WRI  Databases    Clarion DAT  dBase II DBF2  dBase III DBF3  dBase IV DBF4  Microsoft Access 1 1 MDB1  Microsoft Access 2 0 2 5 MDB2  Microsoft Access 3 0 MDB3  Microsoft Access 4 0 2000 MDB4    Formatted Text     Columnwise DIF DIF  Comma Separated Variable CSV  HTML Table HTM  Microsoft CSV CSVM  Named Values NVL  Standard Data Format SDF  Sylk SLK  Tab Separated Variable TSV  User Def
100. Data from Work Center DataDiary Masterfile        Elapsed  00 00 02 Remaining  00 00 10    Before a DataDiary is purged  it is automatically backed up  When a DataDiary is  being backed up  the process can be canceled by clicking the Abort button without  causing harm to the DataDiary     If the power goes out  the server goes down or any other event causes an abnormal  termination while reorganizing the DataDiary  it is unusable  Therefore  it is  automatically restored from the backup copy the next time the DataDiary is  accessed     All organizations maintain a fiscal calendar for accounting purposes  Some  organizations use the normal calendar that runs from January 1    to December 31      Most organizations use a fiscal calendar based on weeks  These types of fiscal  calendars begin each year on the same day of the week such as a Sunday  Many    User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    fiscal calendars begin in a month other than January  When a new ProRep system is  created  the fiscal calendar structure is established and the number of years of  information to keep in each DataDiary is specified     It is recommended that the fiscal calendar set up in ProRep is the same as that used  for accounting purposes  This will make it easier to compare budgets and actual  results reported by accounting to the data in ProRep   s DataDiaries     Adding a New Year    To add a new year or to change any of the settings for a year  make sure that the  correct the acti
101. Edit Type of Work Record  2  x     Datafields  Code  pr Save   Cancel    Available 20  Needed 13                      Description   Order Filling    General Mistakes   Datafields            m Mistake  Under Pick    Hours per Unit   fo co0    Cost per Unit   fo ca                3 Selected 1 Available    Type of Work Mistake Tab    Datafields for the type of work   s mistakes will be set up in all three DataDiaries for  mistake units and mistake occurrences     Tracking the Cost of Quality Failures    The cost of quality can be measured in money or time  The selections to specify if  and how the cost of quality is to be measured is part of the overall quality settings  described in Appendix B Setting Up the Quality Features  A monetary or time cost  can be specified for both a type of work failure and its mistakes     To specify the amount of money or hours that a failure costs  on the General tab  enter the monetary amount or hours  To specify the amount of money or hours that  each type of mistake costs  on the Mistakes tab highlight each mistake and enter the  monetary amount or hours     Usually the quality costs are associate with either the failure or the various types of  mistakes  Seldom would there be costs associated with both a failure and the types  of mistakes     For example  if an item is scrapped as the result of a quality failure without regard to  the reason for the mistake  the cost should be associated with the failure  If an item  that fails an audit can b
102. Elements  104  Specifying a 53 week year  79  Specifying an Allocation   s Description  62  Specifying an Allocation   s Identification Code  62  Specifying an Associate   s Home Work Center  55  Specifying an Associate   s Primary Grouping  55  Specifying an Associate   s Shift  55  Specifying Column Totals or Averages  185  Specifying that Document Numbers will be Entered  93  Specifying that the Activity has a Team Standard  96  Specifying that the Activity has an Individual Standard   96  Specifying that the Activity has No Standard  96  Specifying that the Activity   s Standard is Historical  99  Specifying that the Same Standards are used for All  Allocations  99  Specifying the Activity   s Identification Code  92  Specifying the Activity   s Type of Work  93  Specifying the Associate   s Identification Code  54  Specifying the Element   s Default Standard  102  Specifying the Elements that are Included in the  Activity Totals  102  Specifying the First Day of a Fiscal Year  79  Specifying the Graph   s Default View  209  Specifying the Order in Which Elements are Listed   101  Specifying the Password for Approving Production  Sheets  51  Specifying the Standards for an Allocation   s Elements   104  Specifying the Work Center   s Identification Code  50  Specifying the Work Center   s Shift  51  Specifying the Work Center   s Supervisor  51  Standard Times are Entered and Displayed  100  Starting a New Production Sheet for an Associate  126  Starting Real Time Self En
103. Enter the new datafield capacity for one or more of the  DataDiaries in the corresponding New Allocation box  This can be any number up  to 9 999     The larger the number  the more disk space that the DataDiary will consume   Therefore  a number smaller than 9 999 is usually specified  200 to 1 000 datafields  is typical   Selecting the right number of datafields for which to allocate space takes  some experience and thought     There are several competing objectives  The process of increasing the size of a  DataDiary to accommodate additional datafields can be time consuming since the  DataDiary must be reorganized  This process can take from 10 minutes to an hour  or more depending on the size of the DataDiary  Therefore  specifying a large  number of datafields reduces the need to repeat this process in the future  However   the larger the DataDiary the more disk space it consumes and the more time it takes  to generate reports and charts     Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 81    In a typical ProRep system  most of the datafields are system maintained  They are  automatically set up when an activity is added to hold the units and hours results   For a measured activity  an average of three to six datafields are required  For a non  measured activity  usually one datafield is required     After specifying the new number of datafields for which space should be allocated in  each of the DataDiaries  click the Save button and confirm the selection  A progress
104. Filling First Shift  13542 Woods  Mary Receiving  421234 Carona  Maria Customer Service  amp  Admin   A399987 McGuire  Carter Shipping Second Shift 2 2 00  462215 Hanley  Ruth Shipping First Shift  AG5657 Rockford  June Order Filling First Shift 2 00 sare  Baxter  Linda Order Filling First Shift Print List      Bell  William Shipping First Shift   ocker sat SrderFittine Second Shift 2  Grubbs  John Order Filling First Shi  Washington  Joe Receiving  Stilwell  Yolanda Shipping Second Shift     Williams  Tom Shipping First Shift  I    _  Gor e Order Filling Second Shift  154566  Pugmire  Charles Shipping First Shift                                  indicates earned hours and performance cannot be calculated due to Team and Reflective activities  List of Associates    Production Sheets     User   s Guide to ProRep    Each associate has one production sheet in this file  even if they work in multiple  work centers  The associate   s production sheet contains a record  or line  for each  activity that is performed     Starting a New Production Sheet for an Associate    To begin entering data for an associate  highlight the associate and click the Add  button  The Edit Production Line dialog is displayed            al  The associate    s work EEE Pe uction xl  center is pre filled with fora  Order Filing SecondSrit H  either the associate   s home E A     work center or the last    entered work center  a      sd  Not Allocated  1  ol       Edit Production Sheet Dialog Box    Each e
105. Hous for Goality Ferlires endiMistakes m Detetield  Anticipated Failure Units are calculated basedia       Short Term History      Long Term History          Quality Features Parameters Dialog Box    Check the Enable Quality Module check box to turn quality on  The quality feature  can be turned on for use at any time after a ProRep system is active          Quality x             To track the  monetary cost of  poor quality check  this box     Quality  E    Cance    This setting determines if the Quality module will be enabled  This will allow you to  create quality sheets and track quality data  Save             rk    Iso  you can optionally track cost and hours information in datafields  If you   enable these options datafields are created for each Type of Work to track cost  To track the labor canai  hours cost of poor    quality check this box  vena Huai Modde       Track Cost for Quality Failures and Mistakes in Datafields       ProRep can compare   current quality errors  to either short term or  long term averages   Long Term History  when calculating the  quality index     m Anticipated Failure Units are calculated based on     Short Term History       Quality Features Parameters Dialog Box    Mistake Table Settings Related to Quality    Mistakes are the types of error found as a result of quality audits  Below is the  mistakes table     272 e Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature User   s Guide to ProRep      Mistakes                                 
106. I Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help           Active DataDiary   work Center 7       ka       iter   isc ptember    Then from the menu bar select Data  View DataDiary        User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries e 165    Click on a date to  view its data     If the datafield is user   defined  data can be  entered  modified  or  deleted        ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File   Data   Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    is       Greate Daily Files              O18  glee              Mamtam Producton Sheets         Beal Time Selrenty      Extermal Production Data  Maintain Quality Sheets         gt                  Pint Daily Reports      View Sayed Daily Reports  Approve Daily Data      Post Daily Data            Week End Processing       Show Sheet History    The following window is displayed          View Data in Work Center DataDiary  Customer Service  amp  Admin     Thursday  September 21  2000             41   Break   Unmeasured Hours    44  Cleanup   Unmeasured Hours       21  Cycle Counting   Unmeasured Hours       48  Deleted Activities   Cost       47 Deleted Activities   Earned Hours    46  Deleted Activities   UnMeasured Hours  24  Hauling to Shipping   Earned Hours          45  Deleted Activities   Measured Hours       23  Hauling to Shipping   Measured Hours            31  Loading   Cartons    25  Hauling to Shipping  
107. Mininum amount that must be earned before incentive is paid   2 50    Minimum amount paid if any incentive is to be paid   5 00      Include Pay on reports  IV    Include Social Security number on reports  IV       Incentive Module Parameters General Tab    Specifying if Associates Have the Same or  Different Incentive Goals    To specify that the percent performance used as the incentive goal is the same for all  associates  from the Use Personal goal or System wide goal pull down list  select  System  Then in the System wide goal percent performance field enter the goal     To specify that the percent performance used as the incentive goal is different for  each associate  from the Use Personal goal or System wide goal pull down list  select  Personal  To set each associate   s performance goal  edit the associate   s entry in the  associate table and on the Incentive tab  enter the goal     Specifying if Incentive Pay is Based on Associate  Pay Rates or a Fixed Rate    To specify that every associate   s incentive pay is calculated using the same pay rate   from the Use Personal wage rate or System wide rate pull down list select System   Then in the System wide wage rate field  enter the pay rate     To specify that each associate   s incentive pay is calculated using their own rate   from the Use Personal wage rate or System wide rate pull down list select Personal   To set each associate   s rate  edit the associate   s entry in the associate table and on  the Payroll t
108. Minutes per Unit    Calculate standards based on historical average C Units per Hour          IV Include Units in the Total of All Activities                In the day   s production sheet file  time must be entered for each associate that  worked on the team activity  For each team activity  the work center and an  arbitrary team number between   and 99 are also entered  Units do not need to be  entered on each associate   s sheet  The units can be entered on one associate   s  production sheet  on several associate   s production sheets or on a non existent  virtual associate   s sheet that does not have any time information  This last method is  very common     The total units entered on all sheets must equal the total number of units actually  completed  Make sure that none of the units are double entered     When the Daily Production Sheet Report is printed  the first step is to add up all of  the team member   s units for each team activity  Then  the total team   s earned hours  is calculated based on the standards for each team activity  Finally  the total earned  hours for the team activity is divided among the team members in proportion to the  actual time spent on the activity  If the team   s overall performance for a team  activity is 95   each team member will have a 95  performance for that team  activity     In a day   s production sheet file  the units for a team activity remain on the sheet of  the team member on which they are entered  What was entered is w
109. O transactions  before the last one are ignored  After the  CO activity is  entered  ProRep prompts for the clock out time for the  day  The stop time of the most recently entered prior  transaction entered by the associate is adjusted to the  manually entered clock out time     LRnn Lunch The stop time of a non paid lunch period  The nn is an  optional parameter  The nn is the number of minutes to  be assigned to the lunch period transaction  For  example  if a  LR20 is entered  20 minutes will be used  for lunch  The recommended method is to include the nn  minutes for lunch      BRnn Break The stop time of a non paid lunch period  The nn is an  optional parameter  The nn is the number of minutes to  be assigned to the lunch period transaction  For  example  if a  LR20 is entered  20 minutes will be used  for lunch  The recommended method is to include the nn  minutes for lunch      PA Pause The start time for an activity that interrupts a job   PC Pause  Cancels the previously entered  PA  Pause    Clear    Clocking Out at the End of the Day    At the end of the day  associates normally enter a final clock out transaction  To  clock out  the associate scans or enters the special activity code of  CO  The current  clock time is pre filled as the stop time  The associate can manually change the stop  time to the correct clock out time for the day  The stop time of the prior transaction  entered by the associate is adjusted to the clock out time     This method allows associa
110. RCC 2 CBP Receive Common Carrier 497 04 00 0 00 _ 0 00 0   Shipments 6  Cartons 497  RCC 1 CORE Receive Common Carrier 215 _ 04 00 0 00 0 00 0   ProRep   printed by ADMINSTRATOR on Acrobat PDF Writer Page  1 Printed  6 21 00 10 38          The Detailed Production Sheet Report lists the details of all activities performed by  the associate  For each job that the associate performs  it shows the amount of time  and performance  On the last line for each associate  it shows the total hours and  performance for the day  This report is primarily intended for use by front line  supervisors and managers     Production Summary Report    The Production Summary Reports consist of two parts  The first part is a separate  one page summary for each work center  There is one line on the report for each  associate that worked in the work center  If an associate works in more than one  work center they will appear on each work center   s report        Work Center  OF 1   Order Filling First Shift                    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Production Summary Report    Monday  September 25  2000                         Performance       Actual Hours        Last Un   Code Name Today 6 weeks Hours  Measured Measured  C11131 Baxter  Linda 86  94  7 08 0 92  A12456 Boggs  Charlie 94  106  Da  0 75  C76354 Grubbs  John 94  77  0 80 7 20  T54566 Pugmire  Charles 85  110  2 00 0 25  A65657 Rockford  June 89  95  5 75 PEGI   OFI Order Filling First Shift 89  95  22 88 ES       34 25   
111. Receive Comm Carrier Cartons    Meeting Indirect Hours  Order Entry Dir Hrs    Pick Adjustments Earn Hrs   Pick Adjustments Lines   Picking Cartons   Picking Dir Hrs z     lt  lt    gt I    1 Selected 43 Available    Column Formula Tab    The first step in defining a formula is to click in the Type of Formula box on the  Formula tab and select a mathematical operation from the drop down list     210 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep       E  Column  Receiving Cartons Common Carrier    Addition       Haul to Shipping Pallets  Loading Cartons  Loading Dir Hrs  Loading Earn Hrs                After selecting the type of formula  datafields  expressions  and other columns can  be included in the formula  See Chapter 14    Setting up User Defined    Formulas and  Expressions for more information     Report Options  Miscellaneous report properties such as paper orientation  additional notes  and title  fonts are controlled from the Report Options window  You can access the Report    Options window by selecting the Options menu option or button     E  Report Options   Receiving and Order Filling Production Summary                         Report Options General Tab    User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 211    Adjusting the Heading Height    To adjust the height of the heading change the value in the Heading Height box on  the General tab  The heading height can also be adjusted using the mouse by  cl
112. Record    Each header record must contain the following fields     RecType  Month  Day  Year  MergeFlag  ImportType  IDType    RecType is always    PROREP 4     ImportType is always    START STOP TIMES       MergeFlag   A    0    deletes all records in the production sheet file before importing   Either a    1    or a     1    appends or adds the records in the import file to the production  sheet file without deleting any existing records in the production sheet file     IDType  optional      if not present or if 0  then the AssociateID in the records is the  Associate Code     If present a 1 5 indicates that the AssociateID in the records is the Badge       Appendix G  Production and Quality Sheet Import File Formats e 315          The Header Record can contain additional blank fields  commas  at the end of the  record  They are ignored     Header Record Examples              PROREP 4 11 30 2007  1 START STOP TIMES      PROREP 4    11 30 2007 1    START STOP TIMES      PROREP 4 11 30 2007 0 START STOP TIMES      Detail Records  Each record can contain the following fields   AssociateID  WorkCenter  ActivityCode  TeamNumber  Allocation Code   Document  StopTime   NumberOfElements  ElementCode 1   ElementQty 1    ElementCode 2   Element Qty 2        NumberOfElements   StopTime is 24 hour format   If there are no Elements for an activity like Meeting  enter a 0  zero  for the  NumberOfElements  In this case  no ElementCode  ElementQty field pairs need  be included in the recor
113. Starting a New Production Sheet for an Associate           ccieseeeesceseeeceeceeeceeeeenee 297  Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep 301  Command    Line    Syntax   isiestel oe exaniese a ieee Gal A a wate beans 301  Command Line Date  Parameters  ssc  ses Ain toele ih adie Midas eater ean  302  Command Line  Functions ieser e E a ig A a E sede E toes 302  APPLY TA  QUE aiae A EEE AE tai RA 302  BACKUPTABLES  filename  oniar ie a E ATE AAA AE AERA 302  BACKUPFULL  filename aissard a A E A 303  CONVERTDAY AME orei a es nE E S on estates oe mack vente    303  EXPORTDAY date dxtype filename  blankdocs non paid elements descriptions   303  EXPORTDDDATA datadiar date numdays filename  dxtype   ososesesseseeseeesenen 303  EXPORTODE datadiar date numdays filename    305  EXPORTTABLES dxtype folder  i  ecccecccccccesccsseesseesseesceeeceesceesenseenseeesecnsecnnecneeeeeenes 305  IMPORTASSOC filename naron ineno uao a a R 305  IMPORTDAY date filenat enero nne iei E E E 305  IMPORTLOOKUP filename crinis an E OR EAE ESR 305  IMPORTODE datadiar odenum  0   cccccccsccescseseesseeseeeseeseeesscesecusscnsecusecuseenseenseeeeenes 306   KIOSK 717 AREE A sesestectedepeaeys 306  KIOSKGROUP dE enoia a a A A S 306  KIOSKSELF dates ic E E E E ea aaah 306  PRINTDAY  Gate sei viccss cise R easel Bhi agen toast Ae 306   SCRIPT  filename   lt cscccsscecieccecsccctucscavessccshedlec sc ii E RRR E n i 306  UNCONVERTDAY dE aE a aaa Aa a T aE a aAA EE aa 307  UPLOADDAY VUE a E aA A RAAE A Ta E 
114. TAL 95  110  112  7 14 7 50 0 50 8 00 89  99  102   A13542 Woods  Mary Receiving 88  96  95  6 41 7 25 0 75 8 00 80  85  83   The following associates did not have any production information for any work centers   Code Name Home Work Center  T43267 Gonzalez  Jose Order Filling Second Shift  K92954 Stillwell  Yolanda Shipping Second Shift  ProRep   printed by ADMINSTRATOR on Acrobat PDFWriter Page  29 Printed  6 21 00 10 38  Hours Audit Report     After the reports are printed they should be reviewed by the supervisors   Corrections should be made as necessary  The reports can be printed as often as  needed     Files for Posting    Use of the daily data approval feature is optional  However  to avoid posting bad  data  the approval feature should be used     After the daily reports are printed and corrected  the daily files should be approved  for posting  Each work center   s data is approved separately  A work center   s data  can be approved either directly by the work center   s supervisor  or indirectly by a  central ProRep associate at the request of the supervisor     If supervisors are to approve their own work center   s data  an approval password  should be added to the work center   s record  The entry of this password will be  required during the approval process for the work center   s data     Chapter 8  Daily Procedures e 131    If a central ProRep associate is to approve the daily data for the work center   s  supervisor  no approval password should be entered 
115. They work  on the activities to which they are assigned     Effectiveness is primarily a measure used to evaluate supervisors and managers  In  many situations it can be used to monitor how well supervisors and managers utilize  their manpower resources  Sometimes  spending time on unmeasured activities has  an initial negative impact on effectiveness but results in a long term positive impact   For example  spending additional time on training and supervision may eventually    40 e Chapter 4  How ProRep Works User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    result in performance increases that more than compensate for the increase in  unmeasured time     In some situations  using effectiveness to evaluate supervisors and managers is not  advised  For example  spending more time on safety meetings or cleanup will  probably lower effectiveness  However  these may be beneficial and worthwhile  activities     Using performance and effectiveness are very convenient for evaluating associates  and supervisors because they summarize the results of all activities down to single  numbers  They primarily provide information about the amount of diligence  effort  and skill associates and supervisors use to get the job done     However  performance and effectiveness do not provide a true measure of  productivity  For example  an automobile assembly line   s speed is set to produce  cars at a constant rate  If the methods and standards are changed so that fewer  assemblers are requ
116. When a group total is printed on a report or plotted on a chart   it is calculated by summing the data for all of the work center accounts that are in the  group at that time  Therefore  if the list of work centers in a group is changed  the  next time a report or graph is produced the group totals are calculated by summing  the data for the new list of work centers     Adding or Editing a Work Center Group    To set up a new or edit an existing work center account group  make sure that the  Active DataDiary is set to Work Center     ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Active Beal    J        jel EIAI  tember H                Associate  Allocation          Then from the menu bar  select Tables  gt  Active DataDiary  gt  Groups     ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Ren Node          9 En  e    Elements      Sur Types of Work      Tue Wed    Mistakes 3   4  Expressions        Dotafels      Fiscal cana  gt     8    oo                   A list of previously defined groups is displayed     70 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    The work center group   s  description     These buttons move the  highlighted account to  the opposite box     The list of accounts in  this group     These buttons move all  accounts to the opposite  box     User   s Guide to ProRep  
117. a  This example shows an  Expression for the Projected cartons received  This expression uses another  expression multiplied by a constant of 1 05 to calculate a 5  projected increase in  cartons received     202    Chapter 14  Setting up User Defined Formulas and Expressions User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 15  Modifying and  Creating Report Layouts    Each Account Comparison and Activity Detail Report has its own report layout file   The layout specifies what information is included on the report and how it should be  formatted     Many different types of pre defined report layouts are built into ProRep These  report layouts can be modified and saved as a user defined report layout   Completely new report layouts can also be created     Account Comparison Report Layouts    User   s Guide to ProRep    There are four types of Account Comparison Reports  Three of these report types  are Time Series reports  They list the results for an account or group on a day by   day  week by week  or month by month basis  The other type of report is a One  Line per Account report  The same layout is used to print all account comparison  report types    Both Time Series and One Line Per Account report types are printed by using the    same report layout  Below is an example of a month by month Account  Comparison report that shows the major components that are defined in the layout     Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 203    Heading Upper Band  Heading Middle Band    P
118. a central or corporate office that collects the  data     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems e 285    Corporate Wide Reports and Graphs    Corporate wide reports and graphs are produced at the central office  These can then  be sent to the branch offices for comparison  Chapter 13 of the manual describes in  detail how to setup and use reports        Spalding Global Logistic Services    Total Order Filling Summary  Week Ending  Saturday  July 06  2002    Cartons Per Order Total Hours artons Per Total Houi          965 33  1  456 14                             A One Line Report Showing Order Filling for Five Regional Offices    The same information is used to create graphs  Chapter 14 of the manual describes  in detail how to setup and use graphs        Spalding Global Logistic Services    Percent Performance   2002    Atlanta Boston Chicago     o m 2            quaoieg                February March Ape May June uly August September October November December January    Month       ProRtep   printed by Q an Aerotiat POFYNitar Wicket Wack Ling Orph 4 Data  00112000 1019    A Percent Performance Graph Comparing Three Regional Offices          Typically a corporate wide system will import data once a week  although  data can be  imported at any time as long as the remote locations have exported the data  Chapter 15 of the  manual describes the import and exporting of data in detail     286 e Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems User   s G
119. a for other associates  This used level requires  that the associate number is entered as the user ID     Self Full Screen Entry allows individual associates to  enter Production data directly onto their production  sheet  Associates can not enter data for other  associates  This used level requires that the associate  number is entered as the user ID     Appendix C  User IDs and Passwords e 283    X  Add a User Record       Eea             Phone Number is an  optional field     This area displays  information about the Administrator  user s last log in toa  ProRep system        After a user s record is saved the user can log in immediately     284 e Appendix C  User IDs and Passwords User   s Guide to ProRep    Appendix D  Corporate Wide  Reporting Systems    The following chapter is an overview of a corporate wide reporting system  Specific  procedures performed in the software are document elsewhere in the manual  The  material below simply illustrates the functionality using the features built into  ProRep     What a Corporate Wide Reporting System Does    To use the corporate wide reporting feature of ProRep the following requirements  must be met     e ProRep must be running at each location and at corporate     e A means to transfer computer files from each location to corporate  must be in place  e mail  LAN  WAN  or Intranet is recommended      Northeast Office Northwest Office       Southeast Office Southwest t Office    Corporate Wide Reporting Systems always have 
120. ab  enter the rate in the Hourly Cost field     Paying a Bonus for Reaching the Goal    A specific monetary amount can be paid to associates that reach the incentive goal   This is commonly called a bonus  The bonus can be in place of or in addition to the    254 e Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features User   s Guide to ProRep    normal incentive pay  To pay a bonus  in the Bonus amount if goal is reached field   enter the amount     Options for Handling the Payment of Small  Incentive Amounts   When an associate   s performance is slightly over the goal  the calculated earned  incentive pay may be so small that it is not worthwhile to actually process the    payment  There are two setting on the General tab that control the actual amount of  money paid to the associate     Minimum amount that must be earned before  incentive is paid  Is used to avoid making a payment for small incentive amounts  For example  if the    minimum amount that must be earned is  2 00  associates with an incentive amount  of  1 99 or less are not paid any incentive     Minimum amount that is paid if any incentive is  paid    Increases any calculated earned incentive amount up to this minimum amount   Continuing with our example above  if the minimum payment is  5 00  associates  with an earned incentive of at least  2 00 but less than  5 00 are increased to a  5 00  incentive payment     Not Including Pay on Incentive Reports  By default  actual incentive pay is shown on the incentive reports  T
121. afields can also be added into the DataDiaries to hold data that is  not entered into production sheets such as planned and budgeted numbers  The data  for these fields can be entered into the DataDiaries through keying  or importing the  data from a file created by a spreadsheet or other system     Except for the daily reports  the DataDiaries supply all of the data that appears on  reports and graphs  Up to 9 years of information can be kept in the DataDiaries     There are a number of pre defined reports and graphs that can be printed or viewed   The user can specify the span of time covered by the reports and several other  criteria     Users can also create customized reports and graphs  These user defined reports and  graphs can be used to focus on an area of interest  User defined reports and graphs  are often used to track productivity which is usually expressed in units per hour    The data for work centers  associates and allocations can also be consolidated and  rolled up to produce reports that are specific to any area and level of management     30 e Chapter 4  How ProRep Works User   s Guide to ProRep    Tables    User   s Guide to ProRep    If ProRep is implemented in more than one facility  the daily or weekly results can   be exported to a file that is then imported at corporate into a company wide ProRep  DataDiary  From this diary  comparative and cumulative reports and graphs can be  produced     Most of the settings  parameters and information that custom
122. akes are associated  with types of work when the quality feature is used  See the types of work section  in this chapter for more information     To add or edit a mistake select Tables  Mistakes     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Tables         A list of previously defined mistakes will be displayed     96 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    Types of Work    User   s Guide to ProRep      Mistakes      Desci Bec    F  ver Pick                                                                         To add a new mistake click Add  to edit a mistake click Edit       Add Mistake Record  4 E       Enter a description for the type of the mistake and click Save     An activity can be assigned a type of work for the purpose of grouping like  activities  For example  some pre defined reports are printed with the activities  listed in type of work order with subtotal breaks  If the Quality Measurement feature  is used  the results of audits are entered and tracked by type of work     Following are two of the types of work in our example system   Type of Work  Data Entry  Activities  Order Entry  Pick Adjustments  Receiving Data Entry  Type of Work  Receiving  Activities  Receive Common Carrier  Receive Consolidated    Receive Small Shipments    Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 97    There can be a maximum of 99 types of work  The use of the type of work feature is  optional  It is not necessary to set up types of work  alth
123. al Hours and Performance   Year vs Year   Unmeasured Hours Breakdown DDAF19   4       List of Account Comparison Report Layouts    Each report layout is stored in a separate file and is identified by a unique number   When the report is printed it will contain the title of the report as well as the report  number  The title of the report can be changed  but the report number will always  stay the same  The name of the file that contains the report layout is also shown in  this window     To add a new report  select the Add button  The report layout window is displayed     Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 205    E  Add Account Comparison Report Number  9  ioj x   File Column Options       Title  JR eport  6 OK    D inches 1  I     1       1     I 1 i 1 i 1       1       1 l l    l  Date Account                 Column               r Report     Add   Edit   Inser   Bojai   Options      n            The first column of every account comparison report is a column that will contain  line labels  When printed  this column will contain either a date or an account group  name     Editing an Existing Report  To edit an existing report  highlight the report name and select Edit  In the following  example  we will be editing an existing report     Predefined reports can be edited  However  a modified pre defined report must be  saved as a new layout  To save changes to a pre defined report  from the menu bar   select File  Save as New     After selecting Edit  the rep
124. al and contains the percent increase decrease  from last year     Print Sequence   The list of groups and or accounts that the report is printed for     Column Total or Average   Either a total or an average of the numbers in the  column can be printed on the last line of the report     Adding a New Report    To setup a new account comparison report or edit an existing one  from the main  menu  select Report and Account Comparison     204 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Charts Import Export Help      RRINE Account Comparison      Active DataDiary   work    Activity Detail _      4 i Print Daily Reports         Sun                View Saved Daily Reports  Associate Analysis       Document History       This displays a list of existing Account Comparison report layouts       Account Comparison Reports   Work Center DataDiary  ioj x     Title   Number   User Defined    Customer Service  amp  Administration Detail Report _  _  _  Yes __  DDAFI    4 __   Key Indicators Productivity Report 11 DDAF111   4  Put Away  amp  Order Filling Detail Report 8 DDAF18   4  Receiving  amp  Shipping Summary 2 DDRAF12   4    Receiving and Order Filing Production Summary 19 DDAF119   4  Receiving Detail Report DDAF11   4  Receiving Volume This Year vs  Last Year DDAF15   4  Shipping Detail Report DDAFI6   4  Total Hours and Performance   Tot
125. alculated section  click the radio button for Past Average Performance       Edit an Activity Record olx     To make the  performance for this  activity the same as the  associate    s past average  performance  click the  past average radio  button        m Datafields         Code   El    Available 93         Needed 0 Description   Pekan    General Calculations   Elements   Allocations   Datafields   Incentive             r Earned Hours    How Earned Hours are Calculated           None  Whmeasured Actyityy      Individual Standard    Team Standard      Past Average Performance      Reflective of Recorded Work Center s Performance  C Reflective of Specified Work Center s Performance     Reflective of Specified Group s Performance          T Prorate Hours  based on earned hours  Display of Standard Times             M AllAllocations use the same standards   Minutes per Unit  I Calculate standards based on historical average Units per Hour          IV Include Units in the Total of All Activities                Past average performance is based on the associate   s short term average  The default  value for the short term average is the past 6 weeks     112 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    Recorded Work Center   Earned hours are calculated  based on the performance of  the work center in which the  associate performs the  reflective activity     Specified Work Center   Earned hours are calculated  based on the performance of  a specific work center 
126. alog     SCRIPT  filename     Runs a list of commands contained in a file    If filename is not present it is assumed to be PROREP SCR in the data_folder  If the  filename is present  the file must either be in the data_folder or the filename must be  fully qualified     The file contains other command line options  without the leading   character     Example script file contents to upload and apply Time and Attendance for yesterday  APPLYTA  1    306 e Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    UPLOADDAY  1    UNCONVERTDAY date    Un converts transactions out of a day   s Production Sheet File     The date must be in the currently active weeks  The day   s files will be created  if  they don   t already exist     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep e 307    UPLOADDAY date    Uploads the WMS and other production data into a day   s Transaction file     The date must be in the currently active weeks  The day   s files will be created  if  they don   t already exist     When Uploading Transactions and Applying Time  amp  Attendance from a command  line  ProRep prints the Upload Log Reports to a Command Line Log file in PDF  format instead of printing to the user   s default printer  The Upload Log Reports are  appended to the Command Line Log file if it already exists  A separate Command  Line Log file is created for each day     To view the Command Line Log File  click the day on the ProRep calendar and  select 
127. also draw symbols on the screen or on a color  printer  from the Options page of the view line graph wizard  click the Plot Symbols  at Each Data Point check box     232 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs User   s Guide to ProRep    This is an example of  plotting symbols at each  data point   note  if the  graph is printed on a black  and white printer the  symbols will be  automatically printed      Ten percent above  average     Ten percent below  average     User   s Guide to ProRep       Printing a Logo on a Graph    To include a logo on a graph  from the Options page of the view line graph wizard   check the Print Logo on Chart check box  The logo is copied from a graphic image  file  The file must be named LOGO BMP  LOGO WMF or LOGO GIF and it must  be one of the following types  Windows Bitmap   bmp   Windows Metafile   wmf   or CompuServe GIF   gif   The logo file must be in the folder where the ProRep  program is installed     Plotting Lines as a Percent Variance from Average    To compare statistics with different units of measure  lines can be drawn as their  percent difference from their average value  For Example  did an 8  increase in  units produced require an 8  increase in production hours  To plot the variances   from the Options page of the view line graph wizard  check the Plot as Percent  Variance check box     10        10    Handling Points that Have a Value of Zero    When a plot point is zero there are three options as explained below     Ignore Plot fr
128. an Phenicie  e May x 2000             Tue Wed m  Cee 5  After a day is a I  posted  the text on Posted Posted a Posted  the calendar for that 7 11 AN  day displays Posted          Production Sheets  Posted Edited 06 12 2000    19       20       26                         ProRep Desktop Calendar Control     After all of the days in the week are posted  week end processing should be  performed     Showing Production Sheet History    Production sheet history is a summary of all production sheet data entered for a day   Highlight the desired day  select Data  Show Sheet History     134 e Chapter 8  Daily Procedures User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    Data    Tue  Approve Dany Data Bi    Show Sheet History    E  Production Sheet History for     01 15 2001 10 41 19 AM  01 15 2001 10 49 40 AM                                        Statistics of the actions performed upon the production sheet     Correcting Posted Data    Once data has been posted it should NEVER have to be changed     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 8  Daily Procedures e 135    Correcting posted data is possible but should be avoided  It is a time consuming   difficult  and threatens data integrity  The following list gives pointers to avoid the  need to change posted data     e Do not post immediately after printing  Allow enough time for supervisors to  review the reports     e Print daily reports before posting  If any changes are made to the production
129. an be either the total of the data for all  variables  a single variable or a single datafield     If the slices are variables or datafields  the pie s data can be either a total of all  variables on the chart or a total of the datafields in a single variable     Selecting the Pie Chart Color    There are for color schemes available for pie charts  The bright and muted color  choices are designed for on screen and color printing  The grey scale and pattern  color choices are designed for black and white printers     Click Next to continue  The next page of the wizard is displayed     User   s Guide to ProRep      e View Pie Chart Number  902 x   r Dates              r Fiscal Month     anuary   Ending  Saturday  January 29  2000       s   Janay J  2000 _    lt      Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri       r Date Range   C Day   C Week       Month or Period  Quarter      Half Year     Year   Custom   C AllYears in System                            Help         Selecting the Date Range    Any length of time can be charted  ProRep will chart from a single day to all years  in the DataDiary     Click View to view the pie chart              To modify the Pie  Chart  5 appearance View Chart   Work Center DataDiary  click Modify  i       All Accounts   Measured Hours  Fiscal Month  January   Ending  Saturday  January 29  2000    Pie Charts can only  be printed while  they are being            Create a PDF file a  2 Picking   Measured Hours  using ProRep  s PDF 40 90    1  116 37  writer by clic
130. ataDiary    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   Work Center 5        q g     Associate    Allocation             Then from the menu bar  select Charts  Pie Charts     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Import Export Tools Help  Active DataDiary  work Center Line Graphs        Options      A list of previously defined Pie Charts is displayed  Click the Add or Edit button to  create or change a pie chart                       242 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs User   s Guide to ProRep      a    Pie Charts   Work Center DataDiary    e e fatned_L ie Nae    902  No                                                                                                                      The procedure for adding or editing a pie chart is nearly identical  To add a new pie  chart  click the add button  To edit an existing pie chart  click edit     Add Pie Chart Number  1    Enter the title of the   chart   Variables are created   from datafields    Variables are used to    define the data that  the slices represent        This window allows you to change the chart description and variables     e The pie chart description is sometimes used as the chart s title  depending on the type of data that is displayed     e The variables are formulas that use datafields from the DataDiary to  define what data is charted     User   s Guide 
131. be included in any number of groups  There are a maximum of  999 work center groups  In the example below  the work center named Order Filling  First Shift is on both the First Shift group and the Total Order Filling group     Group Description  First Shift  Accounts in Group  Customer Service  amp  Administration    36 e Chapter 4  How ProRep Works User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    Order Filling First Shift  lt    Receiving  Shipping Fist Shift    Group Description  Total Order Filling  Accounts in Group  Order Filling First Shift  lt    Order Filling Second Shift    Associate Account Groups    An associate group is a list of two or more accounts in the associate DataDiary   Reports and graphs can be produced that show totals of all associates in the group   Also  all of the associates in the group can be listed individually on reports by  selecting the group rather than by manually selecting each associate one at a time     ProRep automatically maintains an associate account grouping for each work center   When an associate is assigned to a work center  the associate account is added to  their home work center   s account grouping  If an associate   s work center is  changed  they are deleted from the old work center grouping and added to the new  one     Associate groups can be created for several different purposes  Same possible  examples of associate groups are     e Employment status such as full time  part time  seasonal and temporary     e Lengt
132. bles 53  oin e O E E ENEE ESA R ere MEG E E E 53  Adding or Editing a Work Center           cccecceeccesceeseceseceseceeecaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeessenaees 54  Specifying the Work Center   s Identification Code   0       ceeceeseeseeseeeteeeeeeeeeseeeneeenes 55  Entering the Work Center   s Description         s sssssesesseserseeserseesteressesresseserseeseeeessreresse 55  Specifying the Work Center   s Supervisor          cceceesceesseesceesceesceeeceseceseenseenaeceeeaeeenes 55  Specifying the Password for Approving Production Sheets              ccccesceeseesteeseeees 55  Specifying the Work Center   s Shift    cccccccsseesseeseeeseeesceeseeseceseeeseenaeeseeeeeeaeeenes 56   Setting the Work Center   s Normal Work Hours               c cesseeseeesceseceteeeseeeseeneeeaeeenes 56  Specifying Which Types of Work are Performed in a Work Center               ee 57  Deleting a Work E E A A E A T 57  PNSSOCIALES oat eaaa a a a a a a a a a a ES 58  Adding or Editing Associates              cccccesccssscesecesecseecseeeseeeeecseeeseeeeeeseeeeresseenaeeeseeaees 58   Adding or Updating Associate Information by Importing 0 0 0 0    ee eeeseeeeeeeeneeereeee 59  Specifying the Associate   s Identification Code          ecccecccessesseceseceeeteceeeseeeseeeeeenes 60  Entering the Associate   s Name        cccsccccsesssessceescesseeeecesecesecsaecaeeeaeeeaeeneeeneeeaeenseeeeees 60  Specifying an Associate   s Home Work Center           ccccccceessesseeesceseceseeeseeeeeeneeeaeeenes 60  Sp
133. breaks  can not be prorated  First  the total paid hours are entered   Then the total hours for each work center are entered  The amount of time that is  prorated to activities in a work center is calculated as the work center total hours  minus     the non prorated hours     Total hours are entered differently than all other times in ProRep  When entering a  prorated amount of time use decimal time  for example 2 hours and 30 minutes  should be entered as 2 5 hours     Total hours are entered differently than all other times in ProRep  When entering a  prorated amount of time use decimal time  for example 2 hours and 30 minutes  should be entered as 2 5 hours     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix E  Entering Production Sheets with Elapsed Times e 299    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    300 e Appendix E  Entering Production Sheets with Elapsed Times User   s Guide to ProRep    Appendix F  Command Line  Processing in ProRep    The following chapter is an overview of how to run ProRep functions automatically  from a command line or a script     Several of ProRep   s functions can be launched using a command line switch  When  these functions are launched in this manner  the default printer is used  and no  prompts are displayed     ProRep sets the DOS Error Code when it is launched with a command line  process  It will return an Error Code of 0 if successful  Any other value indicates an  error  See the Extended Return Codes for more information when using the  command lin
134. by any other ProRep transaction     Share Units Allow the remaining units not reported on other ProRep  transactions to be used by this transaction     160 e Chapter 11  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer Systems User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    There are no special procedures required to start using the look up feature  If there  is no lookup file  the file is automatically created during the import procedure  described below     The information is kept in the lookup file for approximately ten days  Every time a  record from the lookup file is used  the date it was used  the associate number and  the number of units completed are written to the record     Importing Data into the Document Lookup File    The Lookup Import File created by the WMS is imported into the ProRep lookup  file t least once per day  Information can be imported as many times during the day  as required  To import information into the lookup file  from the menu bar select  Import  Document Lookup        ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   Work Center  Operational Data Exchange  ODE  File     reed          Ope Comma Separated Variable  CSV  File _                           The Document Lookup Import dialog box is displayed        Document Lookup Import x        Lookup database    Enter the name of the file to import into the Document Cancel      Import    Import Filename
135. cally defined and user defined datafields can be included on user   defined reports and charts     38 e Chapter 4  How ProRep Works    User   s Guide to ProRep    How Performance and Productivity are Measured    Performance is measured by comparing actual work output per period of time to a  pre defined expected output per period of time  This expected production rate is  called a standard     There are several methods that can be used for setting standards  The primary  methods are     e Time Studies   An engineered standard setting technique that uses timed  observations of actual work as it is being performed that are analyzed and rated     e Motion Studies   An engineered standard setting technique that uses tables of  predetermined times to build a standard based on the defined sequence of  movements involved in performing the work     e Historical Analysis   Uses actual past results as the basis for standard   There are two ways in ProRep to assign a standard to an activity     e Manually enter the activity   s standard that is developed using one of the  aforementioned standards setting methods     e Have ProRep automatically calculate the activity   s standard based on its  historical rate of production  Historical standards are recalculated at the end of  each week and are based on average rate of production over the past 6 weeks   or other user definable number of weeks      Typically in a ProRep system  there are both measured activities and unmeasured  activities 
136. can contain additional blank fields  commas  at the end of the  record  They are ignored     Examples           ELAPSED TIMES             or          PROREP 4    11 30 2007 0     ELAPSED TIMES             PROREP 4 11 30 2007 1     User   s Guide to ProRep             or                      ELAPSED TIMES lp pee TETE rnd    Appendix G  Production and Quality Sheet Import File Formats e 317    203855  PTL  203855  PTL                               203855  PTL       PROREP 4 11 30 2007 1        Detail Records    Each record can contain the following fields     AssociateID  WorkCenterCode  ActivityCode  TeamNumber  AllocationCode   Document  ElapsedHours  ProrationOverride  NumberOfElements   ElementCode 1   ElementQty 1   ElementCode 2   ElementQty 2         NumberOfElements     ProrationOverride is usually always a    0     zero  or blank  This indicates that the  Prorate Hours setting in the Activity table controls if the actual hours are prorated  based on earned hours  If this field is set to     1    in any record for an associate  the  activity table setting is ignored and no proration will take place     If there are no Elements for an activity like Meeting  enter a 0  zero  for the  NumberOfElements  In this case  no ElementCode  ElementQty field pairs need  be included in the record  Optionally  the detail records can be padded with blank  ElementCode  ElementQty field pairs for the purpose of making all records have  the same number of fields     If an ElementCode is b
137. caused the interruption     The elapsed time between the Pause   PA  and the next Activity Code that is entered  is subtracted from the time it takes to complete the original job  The time that is  subtracted is charged to the interrupting activity  Examples of other activities for  which this feature is often used include meetings  down time and rush jobs     Breaks   BR  and lunches   LR  are also entered by entering special pre defined  activity codes  Breaks and lunches can be handled using the    pause    method to  capture their exact time  However  this can result in a planned 15 minute break  actually being 14 or 16 minutes  Most users want lunches and particularly breaks to  be the exact number of minutes that are allowed for them     When Associates are   entering their own   production data  a break   activity must be set up   with a code of BREAK   To force a break to be exactly 15 minutes  enter the number of minutes as additional  characters at the end of break   s special activity code  The code for a 15 minute  break is  BR15     There are several Special Activity Codes that cause ProRep to take specific actions  when entering transactions  Following is a list of the special activity codes and an  explanation of their uses     152 e Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to Spalding    Special Activity Codes     CI Clock In The start work time for the day     CO Clock Out The stop work time for the day  All  C
138. ccescceseessecseeeseeeseeseeeereees 145  Entering a Break and Other Activities Occurring in the Middle ofa Job                 148  Removing Lunch and Other Non Paid Time            ccceecceesseeseeesceeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeees 148  Associates Entering Their Own Data        ccccccccecssesssesseeseceeecesecesecaecseecaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesaeenseeeneees 149  Starting Real Time Self Entry          ccc ceccccecsseessessceesceeseneeceseceeecaecaecaeeeseeeaeeeeeeneeees 149  Entering Break  Lunch and Other Interrupting Events              ceeeeseeseeeeeeteeeteenees 152   Special Activity Codes 2     5 ccccbecvstede cass eves se sasteevsee dines lee iis oii ii a iien 153  Clocking Out at the End of the Day  0       ccccccecccecsceeseeseceseeeeeeseeneenseenaecnneeeeeneeenes 153  Associates Sharing a PO e Ter e a a a ea e ea a aaae paee apie riea 153  Assigning a PC to an Associate           eesseeesseeseeseesersreseeressesresresetstsresreseesreseenessrseesss 154  Viewing an Associate   s Transaction            sesseeessseeessesersreseesssteressesersreserseseseessesees 154  Modifying Previously Entered or Missed Transactions            c   ccscceseceseeseeseeeeeees 154  Displaying the Time It Should Take to Complete an Activity           ccecesseteesteeees 154   Closing Real Time Self Entry         ccccccceesccsseesseeeeeeceeeceeeceecesecsseensecnaecnseceeeseeenes 155  Entering Data Into Quality Sheets          cccccescesecsecseeeseeeseeeseeeeeseenseeeeeseenaeeseeeeaeenaeeseeeeeenes 155   
139. ce between the lines  To exaggerate the movement of the line  the value of  increment could be set to  5 and the starting point to 24  This will result in the scale  ranging from 24 to 30  To change the scale   s starting value  from the Settings for  Line Graph page of the wizard  click in the Y Axis Origin box and enter a value   The maximum value that can be plotted is automatically calculated and displayed     Plotting Arbitrary Horizontal Lines    Arbitrary flat lines can be drawn to indicate goals  minimum levels  maximum  levels  etc  Up to 3 flat lines can be plotted  They are labeled Upper Dashed Line   Middle Solid Line  and Lower Dashed Line  Any or all of these can be plotted  Any  value can be set for these lines  To plot an arbitrary flat line  from the settings for  Line Graph page of the wizard click in the desired style of line   s box and enter a  value  To stop plotting the line  un check the check box next to the line style     Using the Same Scale for Daily  Weekly and  Monthly Plotting    All of the settings displayed in the Data Level to Plot section at the bottom of the  Settings for Line Graph page of the wizard  are only associated with the currently  selected plot level  That is  the settings that are used for weekly plotting are  independent of the settings used for monthly plotting  To copy the currently  displayed settings into both of the other plot levels  click the Apply to All Levels  button     Clicking the Next button will display the Optio
140. ce of individuals and teams by comparing the  results of each task that is performed to each task   s standard  The standards can be  pre defined or engineered standards that are input directly into ProRep  The  standards can also be automatically generated by ProRep based on past history     The daily production data that is input into ProRep can come from a variety of  sources  The data can be entered directly into ProRep by an associate scanning or  keying in their own data at the completion of each task or by the associates  maintaining a handwritten log that is later entered by someone else  The data can  also be imported from other computer software such as a warehouse management  system  a pick to light system  or a time and attendance system    Key operational statistics are saved in multi dimensional databases of time series  data for each associate  work center  process and allocation  Performance   productivity and quality information is kept for several years  From these databases   pre defined and user defined reports and charts can be produced that cover any  period of time such as a day  week  month or year     Reports and charts can show current results as well as make comparisons to plans   budgets or last year   s results  Consolidations and roll ups can also be produced so  that each level of management can analyze their own results     Typically  ProRep is installed on a network server and all supervisors and managers  are provided access to ProRep  As a r
141. ceive Small Shipments Individual Standard Receiving And Put Away 3  STAGE Staging Individual Standard Shipping 8  TRAIN Training None  Unmeasured Activity  Indirect Activities 15           16 active of 999 maximum  List of Active Activities    There are several different ways in which the performance for an activity can be  calculated     e No Performance   The activity does not have a standard  Examples are  unmeasured activities like training  meeting and breaks     e Individual Performance   The activity has a standard  The performance for  each associate performing the activity is calculated separately  Most activities  are of this type     e Team Performance   The activity has a standard  The performance for a  team of associates performing the activity is calculated by summing the units  and time  Each member of the team receives the same performance  Team  activities are common in receiving  shipping and other areas where associates  cooperate to complete a job     e Past Average Performance   The activity does not have a standard  The  performance for the associate performing the activity is set to their past  average performance on all activities over a specified range of prior weeks   Past average performance is only useful with an incentive system  For  example  it allows an associate that normally earns an incentive to continue  receiving an incentive while training a new associate     User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    e Reflective Performanc
142. ces     e Keep the work center and its data in the database  If this work center was  established as a new shift for peak season and it will be re established next peak  season  do not delete it     e Delete the work center and move its data into another work center  Note that  once the data is summed into another work center  it can never be separated     e Delete the work center and its data from the database  Caution  Choose this  option with great care  Once the data is deleted it cannot be restored     To delete a work center  click on the work center and click the Delete button  The  delete work center dialog is displayed     Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 57    Associates     amp  OK to Delete  x     Press the Delete Button to delete the following item from the  N database     Work Center to be deleted     BHP3   Shipping Third Shift    Add Work Center s data to the following Work Center      None  pe       Delete Work Centers    Except in rare occasions  you will want to select another work center that the data  should be summed into when the work center is deleted  Select this work center  from the pull down list  To actually delete the work center  click the Delete button     An associate is any person for whom units and or hours information is to be input  into ProRep  An account is automatically maintained in the associate DataDiary for  each associate     The number of associates in a ProRep system is limited to the number of associates  for whi
143. ch a license has been purchased  A larger license for more associates can be  purchased from Spalding Software     Adding or Editing Associates    To set up a new or edit an existing associate  select Tables  gt  Associates        ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help               Active e N  aje wel   kl A   pro Allocations T  Activities          N Elements      Sur Types of Work        Mistakes           Expressions      Active DataDiary    A list of previously defined associates is displayed     58 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    Receiving  RCV  i 1993020  Customer Service  amp  Admin   CSA    Temporary 1991 08 24  Shipping Second Shift  SHIP2  Contingent 19904 O47  Shipping First Shift  SHIP1  Contingent 1995 02 27  Order Filling First Shift  OF1  Temporary 1992 0915  Order Filling First Shift  OF1  Part Time Permanent 1994 2 01  Customer Service  amp  Admin   CSA    Full Time Permanent 1995 05 28  Order Filling Second Shift  OF2  Full Time Permanent 1989 02 04  Order Filling First Shift  OF1  Part Time Permanent 1992 0812  Receiving  RCV  Temporary 1992 09 28  Stillwell  Yolanda Shipping Second Shift  SHIP2  Full Time Permanent 1995 2 04  Williams  Tom Shipping First Shift  SHIP1  Full Time Permanent 1993 07 01  Gonzalez  Jose Order Filling Second Shift  OF 2  Full Time Permanent   1989 1148  Pugmire  Charles   Ship
144. chapter discusses methods of importing data from  other software     There are two methods for directly entering production data  The first method  discussed in this chapter is used to enter data for the associate   s entire day at the  same time  This method is also used to correct data previously entered into a  production sheet by any means  Using the second method  associates enter their own  data immediately at the completion of each activity     Key Entry into Production Sheets    A good tool for  making a  production sheet  form is Microsoft  Excel     User   s Guide to Spalding    This method is used to type in data for the associate   s entire day at the same time  It  is also used to correct data previously entered into a production sheet by either direct  entry or importing the data from another computer system such as a WMS  pick to   light or time  amp  attendance system     When using this methodology for entering production data  associates fill out a  paper production sheet  At the end of the day  the paper production sheets are turned  into a data entry associate who types in the data into a ProRep production sheet     Each day has its own production sheet file  Before data can be entered into a  production sheet  the daily files  which includes a production sheet file  must be  created for that day  To create the daily files  highlight the date on the calendar and  select Data  Create Daily Files  See Chapter 8  Daily Procedures for more  information on how 
145. ciates     Note that once the data is summed into another associate   it can never be separated     e Delete the associate and their data from the database  Deleting an associate   s  data does not remove any data from the work center or allocation DataDiaries   This is the most common choice     To delete an associate  from the list of active associates  click on the associate and  click the Delete button  The delete associate dialog is displayed     64 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    OK to Delete  x     Press the Delete Button to delete the following item from the  IN database     Associate to be deleted     jxg2954   Stillwell  Yolanda    Add Associate s data to the following Associate     Jiwone  i          Delete Associate Dialog Box    Usually  you will want to select a generic associate that the data should be summed  into when the associate is deleted  Select this associate from the pull down list  To  actually delete the associate  click the Delete button     Associate Import File Format    A Comma Separated Variable  CSV  file with commas     separating each field is  required  Optionally  it can contain quotes     around text fields  Sometimes this  type of file is called a delimited text file or a comma delimited file  The file does not  need a specific name     Excel and Access can create this type of file  Also  Spalding Software s Datalmport  program  included with ProRep  can be used to convert many different file t
146. ckup is being used     A dialog box is displayed prompting for the name and location of the backup file to  be created     Chapter 9  Weekly Procedures e 139    ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  Hile Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help     f    User  Jonathan Phenicie             ork Center       Active DataDiary   w       Select File to hold the Backup    Save in     9 ProRep System Backup z    c        Filename       ProBack1 Zip  Save as type   ir Files    Zip z  Cancel    y       Backup File Save Dialog Box    It is recommended that the back up system be stored on a different hard drive than  the one containing the ProRep system  Several past versions of weekly backup files  should be kept  At a minimum  the last two weeks should be kept  For example  the  backup created on May 13  should overwrite the backup made on April 29  not the  backup made on May 6      After clicking save  a progress meter showing the percentage complete is displayed   The backup time will vary depending on the size of the system        ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Beports Charts Import Export Help       User  Jonathan Phenicie       Zipping files to D  ProRep System Backup ProBack1 Zip    m Time left  00 02 51    DDMaster   1  Time left  00 00 21    DDNETLCK   1  The file was already open for writing  but  permitted us to open for reading     a  29    Office osad       Back Up Progress Meter    140    Chapter
147. company has several locations that use ProRep  a centralized corporate ProRep  system can be established  Daily  weekly or monthly  data from each location   s  ProRep system is imported into the corporate ProRep system  From the corporate  system  consolidated and comparative reports and graphs can be produced     With a corporate ProRep system  user defined reports like the following can be    produced that show total company results        Spalding Global Logistic Services    Total Order Filling Summary  Week Ending  Saturday  July 06  2002    Cartons Per Order Total Hours    artons Per Total Hou          985 33  1 365 66   4       1 456 14       1841 24        1455 35  6693 31                   The user defined line graph below compares Atlanta   s productivity to Boston   s     view Graph    Cartons Picked Per Hour   2001    Boaton          g  p  a  g  E  3        August  September  October November December   January    Month       28 e Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 4  How ProRep Works    Overview    User   s Guide to ProRep    This chapter introduces the general flow of information and setup of ProRep  This  chapter should be reviewed by everyone that runs ProRep or uses its reports  including supervisors and managers  The specifics and details of how to set up and  use ProRep are discussed in the chapters that follow this one     Every day  production data including units produced and hours worked is entered  into a pro
148. contains tabs for Account  Groups of Accounts  Totals  and Separators  Items in both  left and right lists can be transferred back and forth using the left and right arrow  buttons between the windows     The items in this list will be printed in the order in which they are listed  To change  the order  an item can be moved up or down in the list by highlighting it and  selecting the up or down buttons     User   s Guide to ProRep    Select the year  to print  Any  year in the  system can be  used   This report is  being printed for  a month     E  Print Activity Detail Report Number  2   poses Fiscal Month   This Year   1999 z  uly   Ending  Saturday  August 28  1999   La N august  f  1999 i e    Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat             m Date Range  C Day  C Week      Month or Period     Quarter  C Half Year  C Year  C Custom       C AllYears in System                               Help      To select the month to be  printed  click any day in  that month     Selecting the length of report is the last step in the print wizard  Reports can be  printed for any date in the DataDiary  Click Print to print the report     Viewing Reports    User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep has a built in report viewing feature  This feature creates a PDF file and  uses the Adobe Acrobat Reader which has been built into ProRep  The view wizard  is identical to the print wizard except the report is displayed on screen     In the ProRep PDF Viewer the report can be viewed  printed  or saved for fut
149. csaeenaeeeeeneeenes 116  Specifying the Order in Which Elements are Listed         0   ccecccsseesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 116  Specifying the Elements that are Included in the Activity Totals 0 0 00    116  Allowing Units from the Lookup File to be Changed             cccccesseeseeseeereeeeereees 116  Specifying the Element   s Default Standard    cece eecceecceseeeeceeecneeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 116  Tracking the Number of Times an Activity is Performed               ceccesseeseeeteeeeeenes 117  Selecting the Element Used for the Historical Standard           cccecceeseesseeteeeeeeeeees 117  Displaying the Settings for all of the Elements   00 0 0    ccceeseeseeseceseceteeeeeeseeeseeenes 117   Adding an Allocation to an ACtivity      cccccccecsecsseesseenseeseeesceesceseceseceaecsseeeeeeeeneeses 119  Deleting an Allocation from an Activity 0 0    eeceseeccssecreeeecneeeeceeeeeceaeceeesecneeereneees 119  Specifying the Standards for an Allocation   s Elements                cescesseeseeeseeeeeeeees 119  Displaying the Activity   s Datafields 2 0 00    cccceccceesceeseesceesceeseeeceeensecnaeenseceeeneeenes 119   Using the Greater of the Goal or Actual Performance for Incentive Pay                 121   Paying an Additional Incentive that is not Based on Performance                 cce 121  Deleting am ACtivityciecsccdosctcorcctecs catesctsatexeres a Ee ea a n n eee tes 121  Chapter 8  Daily Procedures 123  Understanding the Active Week Concept          sssessseseseesersessreressesess
150. ct Spalding Software if unsure about the best solution for  a particular situation     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help                           Load System       Change User ID       Backup  Zip       Settings  gt T_    _   Update Account Totals   Exit Purge Deleted Datafields  __      Allocate Additional Datafields       Create Corporate Control Files      Document Lookup     gt   Edit System Maintained Fields  Import System Maintained Fields       A A Daily Files    The clone a system dialog box will open     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems e 289      Clone a System       Enter the following information     System Title The text to appear at the top of all reports  This is  usually the company name     Start Year The first fiscal year to include in the ProRep Database   This is usually the current year     Keep the Associates in the Associate Table and Master File  If a  system is being cloned for testing purposes a copy of the associate table  and master file can be made  The table will contain no data     Keep the Work Centers in the Work Center Table and Master  File  If the facility the cloned system is has the same work centers    Is the Cloned System to be controlled by Corporate  If a corporate  wide reporting system is in place with corporate controls checking this  box will add the corporate control files describe earlier in this chapter   
151. ct Tables  gt  Active DataDiary  gt  Fiscal Calendar     Structure         88 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers       This starts the fiscal calendar structure wizard       Fiscal Periods       Fiscal Calendar Structure Wizard    ProRep supports five different types of fiscal calendars  Select the type of fiscal  calendar by clicking on the radio button and click Next     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 89      Fiscal Periods       A fiscal calendar can start in any month  Select the first month in the calendar and  click Next       Fiscal Periods    Femey  pach    Beenie T    e  C  e  feruery Si    z       The number of weeks in each period is specified  They must total 52  Select the  number of weeks in each period and click Next     90 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep      Fiscal Periods       The last page of the wizard displays the selected settings  To make changes click  Back  To save and exit click Finished     Changes made to the structure of the fiscal calendar do not change any data in the  DataDiary  Ifa mistake has been made  the fiscal calendar structure can be changed  back with no affect on the data     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 91    Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities    Elements    User   s Guide to ProRep    This chapter disc
152. ction sheet is manually  entered  all document lookups are handled as if the setting where set to attempt to  find     Reusing a Document   s Units in the Lookup File    When there are multiple steps in a process  it is sometimes necessary for a  downstream operation to reuse the units on a document that have already been used  by an upstream operation  For example  an order is picked and then it is packed   Both activities have the element Lines  The associate that picked the order uses the  document   s lines and the associate that later packs the order needs to reuse the lines     The best way to handle this situation is to create two different elements  One named  Pick Lines and one named Pack Lines  This would eliminate the need to reuse units  in the lookup file  Both elements    names and respective units would need to appear  in the lookup file     On the General tab  from the Units Previously Recorded pull down list  select one of  the units usage rules     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 107    Cannot be reused    Do not allow units for a  document and element that have  been used to be reused by this  activity     Can be reused    Allow units for a document and  element that have been used to  be reused by this activity     Can be shared    Allow the remaining units not  used for a document and element  to be used by this activity  For  example  originally in the lookup  file there were 100 lines for a pick  list  One picker completed 60
153. ctivity Detail Report Layouts vic  innsinn nii e e RE E a Ee 214  Adding a New Report      cccecccesccssessseeseesseeeseeeeeeeensecesecesecaecsaecaeecaeecaeeeneeseeeneeeereeas 216  Variables anei BARGE ead Gace en NEA ad R ond 217  Editingan Existing Report 23 3 ice ice E E E eee RE ace 218  Adding or Editing a Report Column    eeceecceseceececececeesecaeecaeeeseeeaeeeneeseeeereees 219  Adding and Editing lines on a report         cecceseceseesseesceesceesceseceecnseeaecesecaeeeaeeeneeses 221  Line  Desorption   1 22socces sis faces ees sosctetadt She ees Be Reed satan he A ase cose as 221  Specifying the Type of Line 2 0    ccccececeseesseeeeesceerceeeenecesecaeceaeceecaeeeaeeeeeeeeeenreees 221  Creating Separation Between Lines  0        cccccceescesseeseeeeceesceeeeeeensecesecnaeeaeeneeeneeenes 222  Assigning Datafields to the Variables   0         cccecccesscesseeseceeceseceeceeeseeeneenseeseeenseees 222  Including a Variable in a Total or Subtotal Line           eee eceeseeeeeeseeeteeeeeeeeeeeeenes 222  R  portOptons ccs  hi  eeiss cased ardicteatinn tatiana nutans aig ee ae 222  Selecting the Accounts and Groups to be Printed            ceeceeseeseeeeeeeeeereeeeeeneeeeeeees 223  Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs 225  Viewing and Printing Line Graphs           ceceeceeeceseceeceseceeecseeeseeeceeeeeeeeesecnseeaeeaecnseeeeeneeenes 225  Selecting the Years to Plot        cccceccsccssseeseesseeseeesceesceeseeeeceseeaecaecaecaeeeaeeeaeeeeeeeeeees 230  Selecting the Accounts or G
154. d     Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 113    Prorating time should be avoided if at all possible  It is far less accurate than using  specified elapsed or start stop times     To prorate time to an activity  on the Calculations tab  check the box next to Prorate  Hours     Using the Same Standard for All Allocations    For an activity  each allocation can have its own standard or all allocations can use  the same standard  To specify that they use the same standard  on the Calculations  tab  check the box next to All Allocations Use the Same Standard     Automatically Calculating a Historical Standard    A standard can be either entered by the user or automatically set by ProRep based on  the activity   s historical average rate of production  This applies only to activities  with individual or team standards     Specified standards are also known as fixed standards or engineered standards    They can be established by engineering studies using time study  work sampling or  the application of predetermined time systems such as MTM  MSD  Most  etc  They  can also be goals  reasonable expectancies or rates used in determining budgets     Historical standards are based on a user specified number of weeks of history  The  default is the past 13 weeks of history  The historical standards are recalculated  during the end of week processing     To specify that an activity   s standard is historical  on the Calculations tab  check the  box next to Calculate Standards Based on Hist
155. d  Optionally  the detail records can be padded with blank  ElementCode  ElementQty field pairs for the purpose of making all records have  the same number of fields   If an ElementCode is blank and the ElementQty is zero  0  or blank  the field pair  is skipped  If an ElementCode is blank and the ElementQty is greater than zero  0    the quantity is applied to the Activity   s first element   To use the Associate   s Home Work Center  enter a         in the WorkCenter field   To import elapsed times  enter the StopTime followed by a minus followed by the  Elapsed Minutes into the Stop Time Field  13 30 15    To import Quantities without a Stop Time or an Elapsed Time  enter          in the  StopTime field   Optional fields   TeamNumber  blank  0   99   AllocationCode  Document  max of 16 characters  additional characters are ignored   Detail Record Examples    203855  PTL  CL     13 45 4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94   203855  PTL MEET    14 15 0    203855  PTL  MEET     14 15 0   rrrre  203855   CL    13 45 4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  203855  PTL CL    13 45 45  4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94  203855  PTL CTL        4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94    Extra commas are OK   use home Work Center   45 elapsed minutes    units only  no time     316 e Appendix G  Production and Quality Sheet Import File Formats User   s Guide to ProRep    Examples of Entire File        PROREP 4    11 30 2007  1 
156. d  and it will move to the  opposite window     Including a Variable in a Total or Subtotal Line    To include a variable   s data in the total and or subtotal lines  check the appropriate  check boxes on the Line Options dialog box  This will add the value of the variable  to subsequent total subtotal lines  The default is to include all detail line variables in  the sub totals and tables     Report Options    Report options such as paper orientation  additional notes  and title fonts are  controlled from the Report Options dialog box  The Report Options dialog box can  be accessed from the report layout window by clicking the Options button     E Report Options   Performance  amp  Productivity Summary     OF x     General   Print Sequence                        Heading height finches   m Fonts  cce    0 65   System Title   Orientation     Arial 9 pts Bold   o swe      2 RENI Report Title   Times New Roman 14 pts Bold    Papers Page Number     Late   Arial 8 pts    M Print Logo Notes   T Print Grid Lines Arial 8 pts    I Print Notes on Report  Author    Fredrick Taylor  Notes     Units and Units per Hour are based on the indicated type in the description column        Report Options General Tab    The General tab is where paper size  orientation  logo  grid lines  and print notes  options are set  Report title  page numbers  and fonts are also defined on this tab     222 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep 
157. d and click the Open button     Specifying the Associate   s Identification Code    Enter a code that uniquely identifies this associate  The code can be any  combination of up to 10 letters and numbers  The associate code is used when  entering data on production sheets     Usually  the associate   s number used for payroll system can be used  If the daily  production data is imported from another computer system such as a warehouse  management system WMS  that system   s user ID should be used as ProRep   s  associate code     Entering the Associate   s Name    The associate   s name is entered as separate fields for the first and last names  To  enter a middle name or initial  include it in the First Name field  To enter a suffix  such as Jr   include it in the Last Name field  Most reports that list associates are   printed in last name order     Specifying an Associate   s Home Work Center    A home work center must be selected from the pull down list on the General Tab   This should be the work center to which they are assigned or most often perform  their work     ProRep automatically maintains an associate account grouping for each work center   When an associate is assigned to a work center  the associate account is added to  their home work center   s account grouping  If an associate   s work center is  changed  they are deleted from the old work center grouping and added to the new  one     60 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProR
158. d as a prompt  during production sheet entry     Entering Multiple Documents for the Same Period  of Time    In some cases when real time self entry of production data is used  associates are  given several work assignments that they complete before entering them  For  example  an associate is given three pick lists at 10 00am  The associate completes  the three pick lists at 10 15 and immediately enters all three  Normally  ProRep  would assume that the first pick list took 15 minutes to complete  It would assume  that the second and third pick list took only a few seconds  The performance for the  first pick list would be very low and the next two would be very high     To instruct ProRep that the three pick lists share the time slot from 10 00 and 10 15   on the General tab  check the box next to Allow Multiple Documents for One Time  Period     When an associate using real time self entry enters the pick list production data for  this activity  it will immediately prompt them for the second pick list and then the  third  When all pick lists have been entered  the associate indicates that they are  done entering documents for this time period     106 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    Getting Units from a File Created by Another  System    ProRep can look up the units associated with a document number from a file created  by another computer system  For example  if a warehouse management system  creates a file containing pick list numbers along 
159. d be mapped to the corresponding accounts in the local system  If both systems  have the same account names  a setting on the general tab will match the accounts  one for one  All accounts do not have to be mapped  Although  at least one account  must be mapped to import any data     250 e Chapter 17  Exchanging Data with other ProRep Systems User   s Guide to ProRep      gt  Edit ODE Import Layout Number  1    e x        The Datafields must be    matched for the data to  be imported  General   Account Fields      DataField Description in this System  gt   1  Receive Comm Carrier Meas Hrs 11 i red Hours M     2  Receive Comm Canier Eam His   _ 12Reseiving Eamed Hours     3 ReceiveCommCarie Shipments   _ 27 Receiving Shipments     4  ReceiveCommCarieCatons   _ 13 Receiving Cartons     5 Receive Consolidator MeasHs   Receiving Measured Hours     6  Receive ConsolidatorEam His   _ 12 Receiving Eamed Hours   Receiving Shipments     B RReseive Consolidator Cartons   13  Receiving Cartons     Receive Small Shipmnt Meas Hs   ml Receiving Measured Hours     10  Receive Small Shipmnts Ean   _ 12 Reseiving Eamed Hours     Til Recsive Small Shipments   _ 27 Receiving Shipments     12 Recsive SmallShipmntsCatens   _ 13 Receiving Cartons     13  Put Away MeaswedHs   14  Put Away Measured Hours   Put Away Eamed Hours     15 Put Away Pales   _18  Put Away Palets     16  Picking MeaswedHs   _ 17 Ficking Measured Hours    Close       Datafields will have to be mapped  This procedure is the sa
160. dated 0 03 45 050 045 90   CLEAN Cleanup 04 00 0 25  RCC 1 ACME Receive Common Carrier 326 _ 04 00 0 00 _ 0 00 0   Shipments 5  Cartons 326  RCC 2 CBP  Receive Common Carrier 497 _ 04 00 0 00 __ 0 00 0   Shipments 6  Cartons 497  RCC 1 CORE Receive Common Carrier 215 _ 04 00 0 00 _ 0 00 0   ProRep   printed by ADMINSTRATOR on Acrobat PDFWriter Page  1 Printed  6 21 00 10 38          The Detailed Production Sheet Report lists the details of all activities performed by  the associate  For each job that the associate performs  it shows the amount of time  and performance  On the last line for each associate  it shows the total hours and  performance for the day     Production Summary Report    The Production Summary Reports consist of two parts  The first part is a separate  one page summary for each work center  There is one line on the report for each  associate that worked in the work center  If an associate works in more than one  work center they will appear on each work center   s report     178 e Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports User   s Guide to ProRep       SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Production Summary Report                   Work Center  OF     Order Filling First Shift Monday  September 25  2000        Performance             Actual Hours             Effectiveness         Last Earned  Un  Last Last Total of All  Code Name Today 6 weeks Hours  Measured Measured Total Today 6weeks 52 weeks  Work Centers  C1131 Baxter  Linda 86  94  6 08 7 08 0 92 8
161. der   Cancel        ProRep PRData   Manage Users    Add a new system                  Load ProRep Systems Dialog box    To specify elapsed time entry  close ProRep and make sure nobody is in the system   Then open the ddprini file in notepad     Appendix E  Entering Production Sheets with Elapsed Times e 295    SheetType is initially  set to  1  for start and  stop time entry  To  specify Elapsed Time  Entry set SheetType to   F         Ddprini   4   Notepad     Of x     File Edit Search Help    ProRep   Exists True  Reprint False    TrackCost False  WeekStart 2666 11 26  ShortTerm 6  LongTerm 52  HistStdWeeks 16  HistStdMinkrs 16  AutoCloseInterval 16     DataCollection   Enabled False     Quality   Enabled False  Active True  TrackCost True  TrackHours True  HistType 2     Conversion        ddprini    4 displayed in Notepad    In the  ProRep  sections of the ddprini file  change the SheetType from 1 to 2     Entering Data Using Elapsed Time Entry    Other than the entry for time  production sheet entry is identical to the instructions in  Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep  This appendix presents only the  differences     To start a new  production sheet for an  associate  or add    additional lines  select  Add     To make changes to an  associate   s production  sheet select Edit     296 e Appendix E  Entering Production Sheets with Elapsed Times                               Production Sheets for Monday  November 27  2000  Iof x   Close  Boggs  Charlie Order 
162. ds Separator check box  on the General tab  To specify the number of decimal places  enter the appropriate  values in the This Year  amp  Last Year and Percent Change decimal places box on the  General tab     Selecting the Fonts of Numbers in a Column    Each of the 3 possible subcolumns can be printed in different fonts  Selecting a font  for a subcolumn will be applied to all subcolumns of this type on the report  If the  font for This Year in column 5 is changed to 16 point Helvetica Bold  it will also be  used for This Year data in all other columns  Change fonts by selecting the  appropriate button in the Fonts section on the General tab    208 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    Specifying Column Totals or Averages    Either a total or an average of the numbers in the column can be printed on the last  line of the report  Select the appropriate choice in the Last Line in Column section of  the General tab     Adjusting the Width of a Column    The column width can be changed by entering a value in the Column Width box on  the General tab  The column width can also be changed by clicking either edge of  the column and dragging the edge left or right with the mouse     Building Column Headings    There are a maximum of 3 heading bands above each column that can contain text  used as column headings           Heading Upper Band                                                                                   Heading Middle Band 
163. ds is displayed  the datafield may or may not appear  in the list  If it has been deleted from all DataDiaries it will not appear in the list  If  it is active in any of the other DataDiaries it will still appear in the list with the word     No    in the Active in this DataDiary column     Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 83    Fiscal Calendar    84 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables    Purging Deleted Datafields from the DataDiary    After a datafield is deleted the space is not available for reuse until the DataDiary is  purged  To purge the DataDiary  make sure that the correct Active DataDiary is  selected  then from the menu bar  select File  gt  Maintenance  gt  Purge Deleted  Datafields     File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help  Load System                   a   Change User ID      Print Calendar    Copy Calendar to Clipboard    Backup  Zip      Zip and FTP to Spalding  gt                         Settings     Update Account Totals        p Deleted Datafields      Create Desktop Shortcut I ERAT AA    Allocate Additional Datafields              Exit    Clone System      Create Corporate Control Files _         Document Lookup     gt        Edit System Maintained Fields  Import System Maintained Fields  Correct Posted Data           External Production Import Scripts  gt   Transaction Staging File          Production Sh__    Daily Files    A box is displayed that shows the progress of the purging process     urgingMerging 
164. duction Sheets  Sat    Wed Thu    Fri  anya Ty A yf  Le ke A  Posted Posted Posted               s  Production Sheets  y ts  D  Edited 0517 2000  eer 000    a a  A a a a a a           ft      Real Time Self Entry Menu Selection        The Real Time Self Entry window is displayed       Real Time Self Entry Dialog Box    An associate   s ID code is scanned or entered into the dialog box  The edit  production line dialog box will be displayed     150 e Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    Some activities are set  up to allow several  documents and their  element units to be  entered at the same  time  without closing  the window     If the activity has been  set to search for the  document in the Lookup  file  the units for one or  more of the activities  will be pre filled     User   s Guide to Spalding    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    8  x     E  Edit Production Line  2  Hoi Work Center  fort  Order Filling First Shift    f  Line Activity   PIK   Picking z   1    Team     gt       Document  EZ  Fick List   Allocation   CORE  Core Specialty Supplies z   Stop Time   09 41 07 BI    Elements     Lines  24    Cartons  72  Orders fi       a Save   Cancel      soar  Performance  0        Edit Production Sheet Line dialog box    The activity is then entered on the production sheet as previously described in this  chapter  The stop time is set when the save button is clicked  The entire production  sheet for th
165. duction sheet file  Optionally  the results of quality audits are also entered  into a quality sheet file  These files contain data for that day only     The production data can be entered into the production sheet file by several methods  including     e Centrally typing in data from handwritten production logs completed by each  associate    e Associates scanning and or keying their own data into a PC on a LAN at the  completion of each activity    e Importing data from another computer system such as a warehouse management  system  WMS     e Importing data from a time  amp  attendance system    After the day   s data is entered  daily reports are printed  The reports can be printed  to paper or to an Adobe Acrobat PDF file that can be viewed and printed by the  supervisors and managers on their PCs  The production reports show each  associate   s and work center   s performance for the day with a comparison to past  performance  The quality reports show the results of the audits by associate and  work center     Chapter 4  How ProRep Works e 29    Acrobat Reader    Report PDF      21x     File Edit View Tools Window Help    x              SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Detailed Production Sheet Report  Ssij  Work Center  OF2   Order Pilling Second Shift Monday  September 25  2000  Activity Allocation Activity Stop Actual Earned  Associate Code Team Code Document Element Units Time Hours Hours Perf H          McGuire  Carter A39987 PIK ACME 31875 Picking S8 09 55 _ 0
166. e   The activity does not have a standard  The  performance for an associate performing the activity is set to the average  performance one or more work centers  Reflective performance is only useful  with an incentive system     Activities for which performance is calculated are called measured activities   Activities for which performance is not calculated are called unmeasured activities   There can be a maximum of 999 activities     Elements    When an activity is entered on an associate   s production sheet  time and optionally  units produced are also entered  The units produced are called elements  When an  activity is set up the elements that will be recorded for the activity are specified  If  the activity has standards  they are associated with its elements          Elements ojx   Close  4  PALLETS 3  SHIPMENTS 1  SKU S 5    Print List    Delete       HER tt     5 active of 60 maximum       List of Active Elements    Activities that are measured nearly always have one or more elements for which  units produced are recorded  Activities like breaks  meetings and cleanup that do not  have standards usually do not have elements  However  activities that do not have  standards can have elements  Following is an example of the elements for the  Receive Common Carrier activity     Activity Description  Receive Common Carrier  Elements  Shipments   SKU   s   Lines    There can be a maximum of 60 elements     Types of Work    An activity can be assigned a type of work for th
167. e   s Social Security Number    The Social Security number is an optional field  The Social Security number can be  entered with or without hyphens     Entering the Associate   s Pay Rate    The Hourly Cost field on the Payroll Tab can contain the associate   s rate of pay or  another number such as their fully loaded cost per hour including fringe benefits   This field is optional except as explained below     If the incentive module is being used and it uses personal wage rates to calculate the  incentive  the hourly cost is used in determining the associate   s incentive pay     Clicking on the Incentive tab displays the following settings       Edit Associate Record  1 E x     Code   SE Close    First Name   Charie    Last Name   Boggs    General   Payroll Incentive   Badge Number         On Payroll  Performance Goal     Vv  Pay Incentive  IV 100 0          The Associate Incentive Tab    The settings on the Incentive tab are only used in the incentive module     Not Including the Associate on the Incentive  Payroll Report   By default all associates are included on the incentive payroll reports  If there is an  associate such as a working supervisor whose pay is considered confidential they    can be excluded from the report by un checking the On Payroll check box  This  setting is only used in the incentive module     Making an Associate Ineligible for Incentive Pay    By default all associates are eligible for incentive pay  Depending on an  organization   s policies  a
168. e Date  Saturday  September 23  2000    Incentive Calculation Report    Associate Detail    Associate  A65657   Rockford  June Home Work Center  Order Filling First Shift  MEASURED HOURS    Receive Common Carrier   Measured Hours 6 12   Put Away   Measured Hours 1 86   Staging   Measured Hours 18 67   Loading   Measured Hours 10 85   Total 37 50    UNMEASURED HOURS   Break   Unmeasured Hours 2 50    EARNED HOURS     Receive Common Carrier   Earned Hours 6 95  Put Away   Earned Hours 2 19  Staging   Earned Hours 20 63  Loading   Earned Hours 13 28  Total 43 05    HOURS CALCULATIONS        Total Hours Worked  40 00   Overtime Hours  0 00   incentive Pay Rate  8 75   Measured Hours  Regular Protected   37 50 93 75  Percent Measured Hours  Earned Hours  Regular Protected   43 05 114 80  Normal Performance  Earned Hours Goal   37 50 100 00  Performance Goal  Incentive Hours  5 55    INCENTIVE PAYOUT CALCULATIONS     For Each 10  Increment    of Performance Above Incentive Incentive Payout Incentive  the Goal of 100  Hours Pay Rate Rate Pay  From 100  to 110  3 75 x  8 75 x 100     32 81  From 110  to 120  1 80 x  8 75 x 100     15 75  114 80  5 55  48 56  Incentive Increases Pay Rate  1 30 per Measured Hour    1 21 per Total Hour        Total Incentive to be paid      48 56       ProRep Page  12 Printed  9 26 00 12 51          Incentive Calculation Associate Detail Report    The Spreadsheet File contains a line for each associate with incentive pay calculation  results  The spread
169. e Reports  166  188   Other Non Paid Time  129  Overview  9  27  253    P    Packing the Lookup File  141   Paying Incentive based on the Associate   s Past  Performance  98  235   pie chart  210 12  213 15   Plotting a Line   s Average Value  204   Plotting Arbitrary Horizontal Lines  204   Plotting by Day  Week or Month  203    Index e 323    Plotting Lines as a Percent Variance from Average  205  Plotting Only Within a Specific Range of Dates  206  Posting Daily Files  114  Pre Defined Associate Graphs  17  Pre Defined Associate Reports  14  Pre Defined Work Center Charts  22  Pre Defined Work Center Reports  18  Preparations Before Adding a New System  39  Print Sequences  190  Printing  Account Comparison One Line Reports  166  Account Comparison Time Series Reports  162  Activity Detail Reports  168  Daily Production Reports  157  XE  Daily Reports Printing  Daily Reports  109  Detailed Production Sheet Report  157  Distributing Reports  172  Exporting Report Data  172  Hours Audit Report  158  Production Summary Report  158  Viewing Daily Production Reports  159  Viewing Reports  171  Printing a Logo on a Graph  205  Printing a Logo on a Report  188  Printing Daily Reports  109  Printing Grid Lines on a Report  188  Printing Notes on a Report  188  Printing Reports  157  Printing the Graph  206  Production and Quality Sheet Import File Formats  279  Production Sheet Entry  125  Production Sheets  108  Production Summary Report  14  112  158  Prorating Measured Hours to
170. e Type of Line  196  Suppressing Printing of Lines Without Data  189  variables  190  192  195  196  report layout file  181  Report Options  184  187  188  196  Resources for Learning ProRep  10  Reusing a Document   s Units in the Lookup File  94  Running ProRep  6  130  172  216    S    Selecting How Standard Times are Entered and  Displayed  100   Selecting Paper Orientation  188   Selecting Paper Size  188   Selecting the Accounts and Groups to be Printed  188   196   Selecting the Accounts or Groups to Plot  203   Selecting the Data to Appear in the Column  186   Selecting the Data to be Plotted  208   Selecting the Element Used for the Historical Standard   102   Selecting the Fonts of Numbers in a Column  185   Selecting the Time Period When Plotting by Day  203   Selecting the Variables to Plot  203   Selecting the Years to Plot  203    User   s Guide to ProRep    Self Entry  93  129  134  Serial Number  1  Setting the Default Folder for Files  5  Setting the Scale   s Starting Point  203  Setting the Work Center   s Normal Work Hours  51  Setting up Activities  49  83  233  Setting Up Activities  83  Share Units  140  Special Activity Codes  133  Specifying  that the Activity has a Team Standard  96  that the Activity has an Individual Standard  96  that the Activity has No Standard  96  the Element   s Default Standard  102  the Elements that are Included in the Activity Totals   102  the Order in Which Elements are Listed  101  the Standards for an Allocation   s 
171. e day is displayed     ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  lej x   Associate  McGuire  Carter Close    Home Work Center  Shipping Second Shift    Stop ae F  Time Allocation        CLOCKIN  12 37  SHIP2 RCC  13 30  SHIP2  LUNCH  16 11  SHIP2 RSS  16 30  SHIP2 BREAK       Total Hours  7 62  Performance  124        Daily Production Sheet    The performance on the activity and up to this point for the day are displayed  To  close the window press the escape key  lt Esc gt   The window will close automatically  after a few seconds     Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep e 151    The Real Time Self Entry dialog box is re displayed and another associate can enter  data     ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  e  x   fle Data Tabes Reports Ghats Import Export Help          User  Jonathan Phenicie    C a 2000 amy    a       Current Time        Active DataDiary            Enter Associate ID Code       Beset    Enter Transaction               Real Time Self Entry Dialog Box    Entering Break  Lunch and Other Interrupting  Events    If an associate is interrupted while in the middle of a job to temporarily work on a  different activity  the associate indicates on the terminal that an interruption has  started by entering a the special pre defined activity code of Pause  SPA   When  the associate completes the interrupting activity and is ready to return to the original  job  the associate enters the code for the activity that 
172. e made usable through rework  and the amount of rework  depends on the type of mistake  different costs should be specified for each type of  mistake     Reducing Incentive Pay as a Consequence of  Quality Failures   The selection to specify if quality failures reduce incentive pay is specified in the  overall incentive settings described in Appendix A Setting Up the Incentive Module     The entries into the type of work   s Hours per Failure Unit and Hours per Mistake  Unit fields control how much time is subtracted from the incentive pay hours     100 o Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    Displaying the Type of Work   s Datafields    Clicking the Datafields tab displays the following list     a Edit Type of Work Record  2 x   pasni Code  Foo Close    Available 93       Needed 0 Description   Order Filing    General   Mistakes                When quality data is posted  the information for this type of work will update the following datafields    Datafield Description    Order Filling   Audited Units 81  Order Filling   Audited Occur  82  Order Filling   Failed Units 83  Order Filling   Failed Occur  84  Order Filling   Antic  Failed Units 85  Order Filling   Failed Cost 86  Order Filling   Failed Hours 87  Order Filling   Wrong SKU Units 88  Order Filling   Wrong SKU Occur  89  Order Filling   SKU Missing Units 90   Order Filling   SKU Missing Occur  91  Order Filling   Wrong Quantity Units 92  Order Filling   Wrong Quant
173. e month  The report includes a breakdown by  activity     SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Allocations  Fiscal Month  August   Ending  Saturday  August 26  2000    Activity Performance      ActualHours   Units Per Hour    Net  Units Unmeas  Earned  Produced  Measured ured Total Hours _   Actual    Haul to Shipping   Cycle Counting   Stage  amp  Verify Cartons  Loading Cartons  Receipt Entry Lines  Pick Adjustments Lines    i  i 8 3 8 3   Total of All Activities 15 993  491 77  23 67 515 44  482 17  31 0 33 2     Account  Central Business Products                   Receive Common Carrier Cartons  Pallets   Cartons   Haul to Shipping Pallets  Cycle Counting SKU s  Stage  amp  Verify Cartons  Loading Cartons  Receipt Entry Lines  Pick Adjustments Lines 1    X i 8 8 3  0  Total of All Activities 4 742  197 61 11 53 209 14  155 52 22F 30 5  78 7 _ 100 0                         The user defined graph below plots the units produced per total hour this year as  compared to last year     View Graph       Core Specialty Supplies   Units Produced per Total Hour    1939          37 50    35 00 4  32 50 4  30 00 4  27 50 4  25 00 4  22 504  20 00 4    17 505    5   amp   T  5  A  al  E        15 004    12 505          10 00         x     m r a      February   March   april   May June       July   August   September   October  November   December   January    Month       User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides e 27       Corporate Wide Information    If a 
174. e options with the External Data Interface Module     Command Line Syntax    User   s Guide to ProRep    Th syntax for the command line is the program to run followed by the system  number  the system path  and the functions that is to be performed      drive path  ProRep32 exe system_number  data_folder    function     The drive path is where ProRep is installed  If the program is launched from that  folder  you do not need to include this on the command line  However  it is good  practice to include it     The system_number is required if any function is included on the command line    The system number refers to the last character of the file extensions  It is also the  number that is shown to the left of the system title on the ProRep System dialog box  when ProRep is launched without a function switch  It is also displayed by selecting  Help  gt  Folders from the menus    The data_folder is required if the system is not in the default folder for ProRep     Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep e 301    function is a process to be executed  It is preceded by the   character  Only one  function may be included on the command line  If no function is specified  then the  full ProRep interface will be displayed     Command Line Date Parameters     Some functions require dates  You can specify a date in a dashed format  09 25   2008   Do not use slashes      Or you can use the following placeholders for the  dates      1   yesterday   2   two days ago   0 or  0   today
175. e paid an extra amount per hour for training other associates     To pay an additional amount per hour while working on an activity  on the Incentive  tab check the box next to Additive Pay  If the extra pay is a specific amount per  hour  click the Fixed radio button and in the Additive Amount per Hour box enter  the monetary amount  If the extra pay is to be a percent of the incentive pay rate   click the Percent of Wage radio button and in the Additive Amount per Hour box  enter the percentage     Deleting an Activity    An activity cannot be deleted if it is used on any daily production sheets that have  not been posted  If an activity is not used on any production sheet and it is no longer  needed  you have three choices     e Keep the activity and its data in the DataDiaries     To prevent someone from actually using the activity  change its code to something  unusual  For example  if the activity of Emergency Order Filling is no longer  needed  change its code from EO to ZZEO     Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 121    e Delete the activity and merge its data into another activity   s datafields     All of the data in the datafields that hold hours information will be summed into the  target activity   s datafields  The data in the datafields that hold element  information will be summed into the target activity   s element datafields only if  the element is active on the target activity  If an element is not active on the  target activity  the element datafield will
176. e plotted          Apply to All Levels                  lt  Back   Next gt    Cancel              There are separate settings  in this area for each data  level  Clicking this button  will copy the displayed  settings to the day and  month data levels        Arbitrary flat lines  can be drawn to  indicate goals   minimum levels   maximum levels         These settings  control the  graph   s scale     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 229    This is the Settings for Line Graph page of the wizard  The graph can be viewed  directly by clicking the View button  Clicking the Next button will display the  Options page of the wizard where additional settings can be selected     In the proceeding example  a multiple year type of line graph was selected  Notice  that with this type of graph  from 1 to 5 lines can be drawn with each line  representing a different year  Also notice that every year   s data is for the same  variable and account     Selecting the Years to Plot    If the graph is a multiple year type then from 1 to 5 years can be potted at the same  time  Otherwise  only one year can be plotted at a time  To select a year  from the  Settings for Line Graph page of the wizard  click in the Year to Plot box and select  any year in the DataDiary from the drop down list     Selecting the Accounts or Groups to Plot    If the graph is a multiple accounts type then from 1 to 5 accounts or group of  accounts can be plotted at the same time  Otherwise  only o
177. e purpose of grouping like  activities  For example  some pre defined reports are printed with the activities    Chapter 4  How ProRep Works e 35    listed in type of work order with subtotal breaks  If the Quality Measurement  module is used  the results of audits are entered and tracked by type of work       Type of Works     OL x     Close       IND Indirect Activities   OF Order Filling   RCY Receiving And Put Away  SHIP Shipping    5  6  2  1  4    Print List    d    Delete          Ean   Ad    EA     6 active of 99 maximum       List of Active Types of Work    Following are two of the types of work in our example system   Type of Work  Data Entry  Activities  Order Entry  Pick Adjustments  Receiving Data Entry  Type of Work  Receiving and Put Away  Activities  Receive Common Carrier  Receive Consolidated  Receive Small Shipments  Put Away    There can be a maximum of 99 types of work  The use of the type of work feature is  optional  It is not necessary to set up types of work  although it is recommended   Also  it is not required that a type of work is declared for an activity     Work Center Account Groups    A work center group is a list of two or more accounts in the work center DataDiary   Reports and graphs can be produced that show totals of all work centers in the  group  Also  all of the work centers in the group can be listed individually on  reports by selecting the group rather than by manually selecting each work center  one at a time     A work center can 
178. e records     Purging records makes the space the old record was using available to hold  information for a new record  i e  it makes the record blank  Packing the lookup file  actually makes the file smaller by removing these blank records from the file     Packing the Lookup File    It is very unlikely that the lookup file will become larger than it needs to be   However  if it does  it can be reduced to its minimal possible size by packing the file     To pack the lookup file  from the menu bar select Files  Maintenance  Document  Lookup  Pack     Reindexing the Lookup File    If the power goes off during the process of importing records into or deleting records  from the lookup file  the index may be corrupted  If ProRep displays a message that  the file is corrupt  this procedure should be followed to fix the index     To reindex the lookup file  from the menu bar select Files  Maintenance  Document  Lookup  Reindex     Layout of the Lookup Import File  This section details the layout of the file to be provided to ProRep by the other  computer system  The file must be downloaded or transferred to a folder or directory    accessible by ProRep  It must be an ASCII file with a carriage return   line feed pair   13 10 decimal  0D 0A hexadecimal  as the end of record indicator     162 e Chapter 11  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer Systems User   s Guide to ProRep    The only required fields are the Document and the Units  The records do not have  be padded to the
179. e specific types of reports to be  printed     seports Charts Import Export Help        Print Production Sheet for  Wednesday  May 10  2000    a    F       Print Daily Files Dialog Box     The specific reports that are printed depend on the boxes that are checked     Chapter 8  Daily Procedures e 127    ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  e  x   file Data Tables Keports Charts Import Export Help              4   Q  JV Print a Detailed Production report  S I Include Elements on production report  un    J  Print a Work Center Production Summary           Percentage limit of  exceptional or low  performance are set  here     I Print a histogram of the Work Center Summary    J  Print an Hours Audit report sorted by name  int an Hours Audit report sorted by Home Work Center    it to file  so that it can be viewed or reprinted         The number of hours after           gt     Low performance exception      High performance exception       which an associate will be ee      50 a fiso m        listed on the over time  exception report        vertime exception  hours    3      28       Cancel      Print Daily Files Dialog Box                 Following are examples of the reports generated when daily reports are printed                                                                                                                    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Detailed Production Sheet Report  Work Center  RCV   Receiving Monday  September 25  2000 
180. ear line graph  with the data plotted by week  It  plots one variable  common carrier cartons received per hour  for three different  years  Line graphs can plot a maximum of five lines        View Graph    Modify  _POF Eile   Clipboard        Multiple account line Meaty   ipboar z    graph displayed with Percent Performance   1999    daily plot points  All accounta Frat Shift Second Shift       Percent       86  SMTWTFSISMTWTFSISMTWTFSISMTWTF SISMTWTFSISMTWTFSISMTWTFSISMTWTFS  Week Ending  02 06 1993 02 13 1993 02 20 1993 02 27 1993 0306 1993 03 13 1993 03 20 1993 03 27 1993    The above example is a multiple accounts line graph  The data in the accounts is  plotted on a daily basis  On a multiple accounts line graph  one variable is plotted  for up to five accounts groups     226 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs User   s Guide to ProRep    Multiple variable line    graph displayed with  monthly plot points     User   s Guide to ProRep    Fi View Graph       Modiy    E Emt  POF Eile   Clipboard   Cancel    All Accounts   1998    Common Carrier Consolidator Small Ship menta Total          Cartons Received Per Hour             January February March April May June July August September October HovemberDecember  Month  The above example is a multiple variable line graph  The data is plotted on a  monthly bases     All users can view and print line graphs  On the screen  line graphs are displayed in  color  On a color printer  charts are printed in color  On a black and white pri
181. eature is enabled for an associate by setting up the associate as a ProRep user with a  level of    Self Transaction Entry     For more information see the section titled  Adding a New User in Chapter 5  Setting Up a New ProRep System     Viewing an Associate   s Transaction    At any time  an associate can view their transactions  They can review all their  activities along with the hours and performance  To view  enter the associate ID  code and click the View Transactions button  If a mouse is not available press and  hold down the Alt key while also pressing the V key     Modifying Previously Entered or Missed  Transactions  A supervisor can be given the rights to change or add production data by giving    them the Transaction Modifier User Level  Other user levels that can modify are  administrator and operator     ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers _ e  x   Hle Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help              User  Jonathan Phenicie    Enter Transaction             Displaying the Time It Should Take to Complete an  Activity    ProRep can display the amount of time it should take to complete a job  It also  displays the time when the activity should be finished at a 100  performance level     154 e Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    Closing Real Time Self Entry    Starting Real Time Self Entry requires a used ID and password  Usually  it is  started by a supervisor or lead associate  If the windo
182. ecifying an Associate   s Primary Grouping           c ceesceecceseceseceeceseceecaecsneeeeeaeeenes 61  Specifying an Associate   s Shift  mdse n o KA E E Ri 61  Entering the Associate   s Date Of Hire          ccccccceesseeseeesceseceeceseeeaeceecaeeeaeeeneenseeneenes 61  Entering the Associate   s Social Security Numbet              cccccescceseeeecseeereeeeeeseenteess 62  Entering the Associate   s Pay Rate          eccscesseessessceesceesceeceseceseensecseecaeeeneeeaeeneeenseees 62   Not Including the Associate on the Incentive Payroll Report         0  ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 62  Specifying the Associate s Incentive Performance Goal            ccccesceeseeseeeteeeseeneeenes 63  Specifying Associate ID s Used in Other Systems              ecccesccesceeseeteceeeeeeeneeeeeenes 63  Deleting an Associates    2c seiscccecisssescsetes ccs cescaccacssce sie caves ieedstescevsecdatseaneseceseateacevineseess  64  Associate Import File Format            ccccecscesseessceseceeceneceeceeecaeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeenaees 65   ANG CATIONS aneneen ieested E E T T an bet acest ass iar A E 67  Adding or Editing an Allocation          ccecceccceseceseescecnseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseenaeenaeenaeenees 67  Specifying an Allocation   s Identification Code            cccecccesceeseceteeeeeeteceseeeseeneeeeeenes 68  Specifying an Allocation   s Description            cccccscesseesseesceesceeeeeeeceeceseceseceecseeeaeeenes 68  Deleting an Allocation          ccccceccccsecsseeseeeseeseceeeceseensecaecs
183. ecord   s Incentive tab       Edit an Activity Record olx     Datafields  Code   ELS    Ayvailable 93     E  Needed 0 Description   Pickias    General Calculations   Elements   Allocations    Datafields   Incentive                gt  Eamed Hours    gt  How Earned Hours are Calculated            None  Whmeasured Activit      Individual Standard     Team Standard   C Past Average Performance   C Reflective of Recorded Work Center s Performance     Reflective of Specified Work Center s Performance  C Reflective of Specified Group s Performance          J Prorate Hours  based on earned hours  Display of Standard Times   All Allocations use the same standards   Minutes per Unit  J Calculate standards based on historical average Units per Hour          IV Include Units in the Total of All Activities                Paying Incentive based on the Associate   s Past Performance   If an associate  who normally earns an incentive by working on activities with standards is assigned  to an activity that does not have a standard  they can get earned hours for the activity  in proportion to their normal performance  This type of activity is called a past  average activity     For example  an associate usually works on activities with standards such as picking  and shipping  This associate is usually a high performer and regularly earns an  incentive  Recently  several new hires have been added for peak season  The  associate is asked to train the new hires  To keep this associate from suffer
184. ecsaecaeecaeeeaeeneeeaeeeneeneeeeeeees 68   Work Center Account Groups          ccccccsesssessceesceescesecesecaecaecaaecaaecaeseneeeaeseeesaeeeeeneeneeneeneees 69  How Work Center Group Totals are Calculated 0 0 0    cc cecceccescceteeseeeneeeeeeseeseeeneees 70   Adding or Editing a Work Center Group           cccceeceeseeeseceseereeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeneensees 70   Adding or Removing Work Centers from a Group            ceccesseesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeneees 72  Deleting a Work Center Group        ecccccecseesseeseessceeseeeeesecsecaeecaeecaeeseecaeeeaeeeaeeneeennenes 72  Associate Account Groups seient seecae ae eeii E E e EEEa 72  How Associate Group Totals are Calculated            eccceccesceeeceeseceeceeeeeeeeeeneeneeeseees 73    iv e Contents User   s Guide to ProRep    Adding or Editing an Associate Group            cceccesceesseeseeeseeesceeceseceseeesecseceeeeeeneeses 73    Adding or Removing Associates from a Group          cceccecseesceesceeeceteceecesecneeeeeeneenes 74   Making a Group a Primary Group        ccccecceseesseessecseeeseeeceeseeeeeceeeeseensecesecnaeenaeeseenes 75  Deleting an Associate Group        cecccsceeseecessceeseeeeceseceseesecnsecsecaecaecaecaaecaeeeseeeseenes 75  Allocation Account Groups          ccesccesecsseesseesseeseeseeeeceseensecsecsaecsaeceaecseeeaeeeaeeeaeseeesaeeeerseeenseens 75  How Allocation Group Totals are Calculated          cccccecsceeseeeeceseceeceseeneeeneeeneeeseeses 76   Adding or Editing an Allocation Group        
185. ect the Type of Formula from the pull down list   Then  build a formula by selecting the datafields and expressions  See Chapter 10  Setting up User Defined Formulas and Expressions for more information     Specifying the Graph   s Default View    After at least one variable is set up  the line graph can be viewed  Default values are  automatically established for the type of graph  Y axis scale  accounts and years to  be plotted  These values can be changed while viewing the graph by both an  administrator or lower level user  The changes made by a lower level user are only  temporary and never saved in the layout  The changes made by an administrator can  be either temporary or permanent  To allow saving changes made while viewing the  graph  check the save settings box as shown below             FR Edit Line Graph Number  16  File Variables    m General Settings  Line Graph Title                      ou must have at least one Variables active for the  Cartons Received Per Hour line graph to be plotted     Vertical Axis Label   Cartons Received Per Hour       r Variables   Add   Edit      Consolidator  Total   Small Shipments  Variable  5        r Save the Settings from the View Graph dialog  to the file  so that they will used as the defaults                      Close      Click the Next button to change the graph   s default view  The View Line Graph  window is displayed  At this point  the process is actually the same as if you were  only viewing the graph  However  aft
186. ed Hours   2 81    76 63   Hauling to Shipping   Measured Hours  2 76    75 38       Receiving Data Entry   Measured Hours  2 71   7401    Pick Adjustments   Measured Hours  4 69    46 01    To save the pie chart or graph as a PDF file click the PDF File button     The save dialog box will be displayed     Save in  Ja DataDiar    ja  c        File name     Performance PDF    PRData T  Performance2 PDF T  Years  PDF  2 pdf T  Perfomance3 PDF Et  YearS PDF  22 pdf br Report pdf T  Yearb PDF  Analysis PDF T  temp PDF  Analysis3  PDF  Year PDF  Graph PDF Bl vear2  PDF    Gop oa  Save as type   PoF Files    PDF   z  Cancel                         The PDF file can even be shared with others not running ProRep via the web  an  intranet  e mail  or a network     Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 245    Note  Unlike the report viewer the file will not be displayed in the PDF viewer  The  PDF file must be opened with Adobe Acrobat Reader outside of ProRep     Copying Charts into Other Applications    Charts can be    copied    out of ProRep and    pasted    into other applications using the  Windows clipboard     E View Graph    The Clipboard button Receiving   Receive Common Carrier    1999 1998    SASN A fo          copies the graph to the  windows clipboard          s      q         ay  P  g  o     i   i  O             Qat T T WT TT Tt TT TT TT T T T T T  February   March    Apii     May June    Juy   Auguet   September   October kovember  December   January    Month       To copy the
187. ed by the DataDiaries    There are other tables in ProRep in addition to those listed above  They are  discussed in the next two chapters in the manual     Chapter 7 titled Setting up Activities discusses     Activities  Elements  Types of Work  Mistakes    Chapter 8 titled User Defined Formulas and Expressions discusses     Expressions    A Work Center is most often a combination of the work area and shift  Following  are the work centers in our example system     Receiving   Order Filling First Shift  Order Filling Second Shift  Shipping First Shift    Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 53    e Shipping Second Shift  e Customer Service and Administration    Usually  a work center is set up for each supervisor  An account is automatically  maintained in the work center DataDiary for each work center  There can be a  maximum of 99 work centers     Adding or Editing a Work Center    To set up a new or edit an existing work center  select Tables  gt  Work Centers        ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help              Active DataDi Aline   EJE xja EJL  Allocations  4 Activities        Sul aia as    Mistakes            Expressions      Active DataDiary    A list of previously defined work centers is displayed       ork Center Table  loj x     Sea ee eer ee eee Ones Close   CSA  Customer Service  amp  Admin    08 00    al  OF1 Order Filling First Shift 1 07 30 15  30  OF2 Order Fil
188. end date    The filename should be fully qualified  including an extension     The dxtype is one of the DataExport types in the table below  If dxtype is not  provided  the filename   s extension will indicate which format to use     EXPORTTABLES dxtype folder    Exports the data in the tables into spreadsheets and databases   The dxtype is one of the DataExport types in the table below   The folder must exist     IMPORTASSOC filename    Imports data into the Associate Table     The filename needs to be fully qualified  The file must use the format specified for  the import     This is the same as pressing the Import button on the Maintain Associates Table  screen     The filename needs to be fully qualified  The file must be CSV and formatted  correctly  You can determine the format by Exporting tables as CSV and then  examining the file     IMPORTDAY date filename    Imports data into the Production Sheet file from files that are in the ProRep  Production Sheet Import Format     The date must be in the currently active weeks  The day   s files will be created  if  they don   t already exist     The filename must be fully qualified     IMPORTLOOKUP filename    Imports data into the Lookup File    The filename needs to be fully qualified  The file must use the format specified for  the Lookup File     Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep e 305    IMPORTODE datadiar odenum    Imports the data from using a ODE Layout into a DataDiary     The datadiar is is W for WorkCe
189. ent elements are  listed     If the activity has been set  to search for the document  in the Lookup file  the units  for one or more of the  activities will be pre filled         Total Hours  0 00  Performance  0     4  Add   Insert   a   Delete   Print      Edit Production Sheet Dialog Box    When all of the lines have been entered click the Cancel button or  lt ALT gt  C  The  entire production sheet will be displayed     146 e Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    Deletes the highlighted  line on the production  Sheet     Edit Selects the  highlighted line for  modification     Insert will add one or more  lines lines of production  data between two existing  production lines     Add will add one or  more lines of production  data to the end of the list     Statistics about each  associate    s production  sheet are shown here     User   s Guide to Spalding    ProRep 4 0   S GLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  E Production Sheet for  Thursday  May 18  2000    Associate  McGuire  Carter   gt  Shipping Second Shift    Home Work Cente    Team   Allocation Document    Add Insert      The Production Sheet Window    Total Hours  2 50  Performance  92        Every line entered in edit mode will be displayed on a separate row  Click Save to  exit the production sheet and return to the list of associates     ProRep 4 0   SGLS    Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  Beports Charts Import Export Help    Carona  Max  McGuire  Ca
190. ented on the daily reports  is stored in databases for several years  These databases contain the results of  performing each activity by associate  work center and allocation  The databases are  called DataDiaries  They are the source of information presented on pre defined and  user defined reports and charts     Associate Information    User   s Guide to ProRep    Weekly total performance  productivity and quality information about each activity  that an associate performs is kept in a database for several years  This database is  called the Associate DataDiary  Reports and charts can be produced for any period  of time stored in the database     Pre Defined Associate Reports    One pre defined report is an Associate Performance Analysis  This report presents  each associates average performance for both the last 6 weeks and the last 52 weeks   On this example of the report  the associates are sorted in high to low order based on  their last 52 weeks performance     Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides e 17          All Associates    Associate Name  Williams  Tom  Stuckey  Alice  Stillwell  Yolanda  Pugmire  Charles  Boggs  Charlie  Carona  Maria       121223  C29112  K92954  154566  A12456  A21234  A65657  A13542  143267  A62215  C11131   C90041  A39987  C23433  C76354    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Associate Performance Analysis    Sorted by Last 52 Weeks History    Total Hours     Direct Hours    Last 6  Weeks    Last 52  Weeks             Last 6  Weeks 
191. ep    User   s Guide to ProRep    Specifying an Associate   s Primary Grouping    In addition to an associate being automatically included on their home work center   s  grouping  an associate can be automatically maintained on one additional user   defined associate account grouping  Typical user defined groupings include  employment status such as full time  part time  seasonal and temporary  An entry in  this field is optional     Associates can also be manually included on any number of additional user defined  account groupings  For more information see the next section in this chapter titled   Account Groupings     Specifying an Associate   s Shift    The shift is an arbitrary number between 0 and 99  The shift number   s primary use  in ProRep is to help determine the work center when importing daily production data  from a WMS or other data source     Entering the Associate   s Date of Hire    When a new associate is added  the date of hire defaults to today   s date  To change  the date on the General Tab  click on the calendar control on the right side of the  Date of Hire field and select the date     Clicking on the Payroll tab displays the following settings       Edit Associate Record  1 x     12456 Close         First Name   Charie  Last Name   Boggs    General Payroll   incentive   Badge Number      Social Security  fag9 98 1 023  Hourly Cost  fras         The Associate Payroll Tab    Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 61    Entering the Associat
192. eports    Associate Analysis                           Sun  mee    Document History          The PDF file containing the copy of the reports is opened and displayed on the  screen     180    Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports User   s Guide to ProRep    ABe Esa  wl i    gt  ol 4  gt   B    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Detailed Production Sheet Report  Work Center  RCV   Receiving Monday  September 25  2000    Associate Activity Allocation Activity Stop Acts  Earned  Associate Code Team Code Document Element Unis Time       Washington  Joe Coad  CLOCKIN Clockin 0730  RCON z Receive Consolidated T PZ  BREAK Break  RCC Receive Common Carrer o hs  LUNCH Lunch  RCC 2 Receive Common Carrer PETET                      RCC Receive Common Carner o oao   BREAK Break   RCC Receive Common Carner 0 Ba   PUT I Put Away 7    hapa  Pallets 7                      Williams  Tom 12 RCC Receive Common Carrier o 0230  BREAK Break  RCC Receive Common Carner 0 B30  PUT Pur Away Ts uw  Pallets                      Woods  Mary A13542   CLOCKIN Clock tn  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated  BREAK Break  LUNCH Lunch  RCC Receive Common Carrier  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated  BREAK Break  PUT CORE Put Away  Pallets  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated  CLEAN Cleanup  RCC Receive Common Carer     Shapeneeits                                              ProRep   printed by Administrator on HP LaserJet 4050 Series PCL 5e T Printed  07718 2000 13 5        LP oes aa 1 orr sssi Lola    Associate Analysis    Assoc
193. er describes how to install ProRep and get technical support  Following  are the three ways in which ProRep can be installed and run     e Both the software and the data files reside on a network drive  This is the  recommended way     e The software files reside on each user s local drive and the data files reside  on a network drive     e Both the software and the data files reside on a local drive  This is not  recommended since ProRep can only be accessed on one computer     Putting both the software files and data files on a network drive is recommended   This makes administration of the software much easier  When the software is on a  network drive  new versions of the software usually need to be installed only on the  network  If the software resides on each user s PC  new versions of the software  must be separately installed on each PC     Entering the Serial Number and License Key    During the installation of ProRep  a prompt will ask for the serial number and  license key  The license key controls the number of associates that can be entered  into the associate table and enables the optional modules     E  Registration Information x     If the serial number and Cancel    license key are left  blank  the software will Company  s    function as an  Spalding Software  Inc   evaluation copy   Serial Number      9999    License Key      5260E07C       User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 1  Installation e 1    To change the license key after the initial instillation  from 
194. er hour while working on an activity  on the Incentive  tab check the box next to Additive Pay  If the extra pay is a specific amount per  hour  click the Fixed radio button and in the Additive Amount per Hour box enter    266 e Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features User   s Guide to ProRep    the monetary amount  If the extra pay is to be a percent of the incentive pay rate   click the Percent of Wage radio button and in the Additive Amount per Hour box  enter the percentage     Calculating Incentives and Printing the Reports    User   s Guide to ProRep    After week end processing is run for the current week  the Incentive Calculation  Report can be printed for the week  When the report is printed  the incentive  amounts are calculated  Optionally  incentive reports are printed  a spreadsheet file  is created and a payroll file is created     The Incentive Calculation Summary Reports lists one line of information per  associate  One report is printed in alphabetical order  A second report is printed in  associate performance order        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Incentive Date  Saturday  September 23  2000    Incentive Calculation Report       Summary   Net Earned Adj   gt  Net   Perfor  Perfor  Total Direct Hrs Eared Incentive Pay Incentive Additive Incen    Name Code Goal   mance mance Hrs Hrs Goal Hrs Hrs Rate Pay Pay tive Pay  Baxter  Linda C11131 100 0 101 6 101 6 40 01 32 98 32 98 33 50 0 52 7 80 4 06 0 00 4 06  Bell  William C23433 100 0 98 4 98 4 36 
195. er saving the changes to the default view  you  will be returned to the Edit Line Graph window where you can save the graph layout  to disk     Viewing and Printing Pie Charts    All users can view and print pie charts  On the screen  pie charts can be displayed in  color  Ona color printer  pie charts are printed in color  Ona black and white  printer  they can be printed with distinctive patterns     When a pie chart is viewed  the settings and time period can be changed by any level  user  This is a very interactive process     To print a pie chart  it is first viewed on the screen  If necessary  the chart   s settings  can be modified  When the chart is displayed as desired  it is printed by clicking the  viewing window   s Print button     238 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    To view a pie chart  select either the work center  associate  or allocation DataDiary  as the active DataDiary    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   work Center          Ka g   i at    A ate  Allocation       Then from the menu bar  select Charts  Pie Charts     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Import Export Tools Help    Active DataDiary   Work Center Line Graphs        ZE    _        A list of pie charts defined for the active DataDiary is displayed                    Pie Charts 
196. erall Productivity    Group  All Accounts    Cartons  Picked  Total of All  PerTotal  Week Ending Cartons Cartons Cartons Hours  May 6  2000 i fh 26 030 207 87 i 969 53  May 13  2000 7 i 24 552 205 83  F 959 17  May 20  2000 i i 22 468 193 34  h 915 96  May 27  2000 A 4 21 914 190 94 i 901 76  June 3  2000 4 j 17 324 167 29 if 831 76  June 10  2000 ii   18 667 164 48 i 832 68  June 17  2000 E d 16 457 151 60 il 780 83  June 24  2000 3   17 189 158 24 i 800 34  July 1  2000 i H 17 180 157 68 i 781 83  July 8  2000 4 i 17 689 163 75 i 757 81  July 15  2000 i j 18 858 170 17    777 83  July 22  2000 i A 16 422 152 22 3 729 75  July 29  2000   i 18 434 168 38 761 94    fC o A 2552s  2 348 97  108 7  _ 246 875  3 928 04  62 8  253 184  2 251 79  112 4  10 801 19  _ 22 9                                                                      Reports can be created that focus on a specific area like the user defined receiving  report shown below        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Fiscal Months  February to September    Receiving Volume This Year vs  Last Year    Account  Receiving  Receiving    Period Common Carrier Consolidator Small Shipments Cartons per Hour                                                                      435 529  12 4  161 430  154 717  4 3  24 420  23 611  3 4 5 504  5 279  4 3  146 4  144 0          24 e Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides User   s Guide to ProRep    With this style of report you can spot trends and compare res
197. erformance  units  hours or units per  hour as shown on the example below     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides e 25    View Graph    Receiving   Receive Common Carrier  1939 1398          Cartons Per Hour    1304    1254    120    154             TT Juy  august   september   October  November   December   January    Month    stot  February   March   April T May June       User Defined Work Center Charts    User defined graphs can be produced to plot statistics that are not included on any  pre defined graph  The user defined line graph shown below plots the cartons per  order over the past three years     View Graph    Order Filling Second Shift   Average Cartons Picked Per Order    2000 1339 1338          be  E   7      s   be  3  AY  a   i     a             June        July     august   september      October     November  Month       Allocation Information    The time spent and units produced can be tracked by allocation  Allocations are  users of an organization   s services  They can be customers  product lines or    divisions of a company     26 e Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides User   s Guide to ProRep    Both pre defined and user defined reports and graphs can be produced for  allocations  Most of the pre defined reports that are available for associates and  work centers are also available for allocations     The following pre defined Activity Performance report shows the units and hours  allocated to each customer for th
198. errors auditing the day file  Check report for details         Co    13  14    15    jea       bas   E  i  Eas   E  Ka  20    i    23    23    User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep e 311    24  This version cannot read data from a Comm Port        Cannot find Scan Text File     amp  TextFile  26     Cannot find Time and Attendance Instruction File       amp  TextFile     Cannot open and lock the    amp   ObjName  amp     It is being used by another user  Try again later         Cannot open and lock the    amp   ObjName  amp     It is being used by another user  Try again later      30    Could not pull all Associate records from the Staging file  Check the report for which Associates need to be    added    31    Could not pull all Associate records from the Staging file  Check the report for which Associates need to be  added           Error Moving Transactions       Error Opening Day File exclusively  It may be in use by another user           Error Unconverting Transactions         Errors were found during the upload process  Please check the Upload Log report for details           Error Logs and Notifications    Normally  if an error is encountered when Uploading Transactions or Applying Time  amp  Attendance it is displayed on  the screen  If the uploads are being run from a command line  the error messages can be directed to a file  If the file  already exists  the error messages are appended to the file     The following settings in the 
199. ers  139  Document Numbers  93  Drawing Symbols at Each Point That is Plotted  205    E    Editing  Existing Account Comparison Report  183  Editing an Existing Report  183  193  Element  Adding or Editing an Element  83  Deleting an Element  84  Displaying the Settings for all of the Elements  102  Selecting the Element Used for the Historical  Standard  102  Elements  28  31  45  49  83 84  83  94  96  100 103   111  250  End of Week Processing  100  119  Entering  Associate   s Date of Hire  55  Associate   s Pay Rate  56  Associate   s Social Security Number  56  Entering a Break and Other Activities Occurring in the  Middle of a Job  128  Entering and Modifying Data in the DataDiaries  146  Entering Break  Lunch and Other Interrupting Events   132  Entering Data Into Production Sheets  108  Entering Data into Quality Sheets  109  Entering Document Numbers  93  Entering Multiple Documents for the Same Period of  Time  93  Entering Production Data Directly into ProRep  125  Entering the Associate   s Name  55  Entering the Work Center   s Description  50  Exporting  219  Data From a ProRep System  219  Exporting Data to Non ProRep Systems  150  Exporting Report Data  172  Expressions  49  175  177  178 79  178  187  195  209   214    F    Fiscal Calendar  39  43 44  43 44  49  76  79 81  Fiscal Calendar Structure  76  79 82  79  Formatting Numbers in a Column  185  Formulas  49  175 79  175  177  187  190  192  195   203  208 9  214  Common Formulas  175  Complex Formulas 
200. es and    pallets    If the quality measurement or incentive modules are used  datafields are also  automatically set up by ProRep to track the results of these modules       Data Fields    Record   Description    Rec omm Carmer Meas Hrs           o mo po ha ha ha ha La La La Las La La  S  oO o o wN om o a w mny I o D oN o N e WN       Receive Comm Carrier Earn Hrs    Receive Comm Carrier Shipments    Receive Comm Carrier Cartons  Receive Consolidator Meas Hrs  Receive Consolidator Earn Hrs  Receive Consolidator Shipments  Receive Consolidator Cartons  Receive Small Ship  Meas Hrs  Receive Small Ship  Earn Hrs  Receive Small Ship  Shipments  Receive Small Ship  Cartons  Put Away Measured Hrs   Put Away Earn Hrs   Put Away Pallets   Picking Measured Hrs   Picking Earn Hrs   Picking Orders   Picking Lines   Picking Cartons    Cycle Counting Unmeasured Hrs  Cucle Counting Ski s     45 active   15 available   0 deleted of 60 allocated  9999 maximum h    List of Active Datafields    User defined datafields can be set up to hold data that is not entered into production  sheets or otherwise produced within ProRep  Following are examples of typical    information for which datafields can be established     Budgeted hours    Planned units    Actual payroll expense    Hours from a time and attendance system    Vacation hours    A user defined datafield can be added to one of the DataDiaries or to all three    DataDiaries  There can be a maximum of 9 999 datafields     Both the automati
201. es data has been entered and  corrected  It is much more difficult to correct data after it is posted     It is also very important to be aware that posting the daily files updates the day   s  data in all three of the DataDiaries  the Work Center DataDiary  the Associate  DataDiary and the Allocation DataDiary     132    Chapter 8  Daily Procedures User   s Guide to ProRep    If the approval feature  is being used a Yes  will be displayed for  approved work center  data     The work centers with  data will have Yes in  the records column     User   s Guide to ProRep    Daily files can only be posted that are in the active week  Daily files must also be  posted in chronological order  For example  if we want to post May 23rd  there  cannot be any un posted daily files dated May 22    or before     To post the data highlight the desired day  select Data  and Post Daily Data     ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers       File  PEZ Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help  Acti DataDiary Table View          DataDiary Form View              User  Jonathan Phenicie    Create Daily Files              Production Sheets  gt   Extemal Production Data P  Quality Sheets                 Print Daily Reports                  View Sayed Daily Reports   ove Daily Data      Appr    y ctio  Production Sheets  Post Daily Data     Edited 06 12 2000       Week End Processing        Calendar Note                      Post Daily Data Menu Selection     The following window i
202. eseeeaeeeeeeeeeeereneenseees 209  Adjusting the Width of a Column           c cc ccceccceeseessceseeeseceseceaecaeecaeecaeeeseeseeeneeeereas 209  Building Column Headings  00       ccecccececsseesseesceesceeeceeceeeeeeceeeeecseeeesecsaeensecneeeaeeenes 209  Entering Text for a Column Heading 00 0 0    cccceccceessesseesceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseenaeenseeneeeneeenes 210  Changing a Column Heading   s Font  Size  or Color        ececeeesceseeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeneeeees 210  Centering a Column Heading Across Multiple Columns  00         cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 210  Selecting the Data to Appear in the Column           cceeeeceeecceseceeeeeeceeeseeeneeseeeseeees 210  Report Options ecer a e S ne aya E E 211  Adjusting the Heading Heigh  t          esssesesseeseessseeeesseseesresersessteresstsresreseeseesrenessrseeses 212  Selecting  Paper Orientations iniseti hei wo o E a a 212  Selecting Papet S1Ze sc ice iec ccccse ceieseesescnceeess enrii ie E R eE 212  Printing a Logo on a Report     s ssssssssesssesersseseesesstsressesrstsstesessteressesersteserstssesressesees 212  Printing Grid Lines on a Report           ecccsccesseeceesceeeceeeeeeceseeeceseenseceaeenaeenaeceeeneeenes 212  Printing Notes on a Report          ccecccesccssecesecseecseeeseeeseeeeceeseeeesseeneeenseeaecnsecseeeaeeeaes 212  Selecting the Accounts and Groups to be Printed            ceecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesees 212  Suppressing Printing of Lines Without Data            ceccecceeceeseceteceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenteees 213  A
203. est  Total   Performance             These common calculations should allow almost all ProRep users to complete any  reporting  graphing  or monitoring desired     Complex Formulas    Complex formulas are an advanced feature of ProRep most users will not need to  use  A complex formula provides the ability to add  subtract  multiply  and divide all  in the same formula  Complex formulas can be used to make obscure calculations   The following example calculates the percent of hours available for work     E Edit a Expression Record  ioj x       of Hours Available for Work        Expression   Total of All Hours  Field Break Indirect Hours  Field Meeting Indirect Hours             Field Training Indirect Hours       Expression   Total of All Hours       Number 100                The mathematical formula for the above example is     200    Chapter 14  Setting up User Defined Formulas and Expressions User   s Guide to ProRep    Expressions    User   s Guide to ProRep      of Hours Available for Work    Total of All Hours   Break Indirect Hours    Meeting Indirect Hours   Training Indirect Hours    Total of All Hours   100    It is important to note that ProRep performs all addition and subtraction before  multiplying and dividing     When you save a complex formula which ProRep can express as a common formula   it will automatically change the formula to its more simple form     Expressions are portable reusable formulas that can be used on any number of  reports or charts  Expres
204. esult  management is provided with immediate  access to production information and ProRep   s analysis tools     Chapter 2  Introduction e 11    The ProRep Desktop    ProRep   s main window is an interactive desktop calendar as shown below     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    ea  x   File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   Work Center z        User  ADMINSTRATOR      September  gt  2000 Hmm   Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat                Posted          3 Labor Day    4       Posted        10 13    11 12  fesoue  11 07 am        Posted Posted    19 22        18       Production Sheets Production Sheets  Posted Printed 9 26 00 Changed after Printing    25 26 27 29    Production Sheets Production Sheets Production Sheets  Changed after Printing   Edited 9 27 00 Created 9 28 00          Posted                   24 30                                      This is called the ProRep calendar  The status of each day   s production data is  shown on the calendar  All actions and selections within ProRep are initiated from  the ProRep calendar     Resources for Learning ProRep    12 e Chapter 2  Introduction    There are two major resources available for learning about ProRep  One of the  resources is this manual  The other is an interactive on screen tutorial     ProRep Manual    This manual is organized in a manor similar to a classroom text book  It starts with  the basics and moves on to more advanced topics  All opti
205. fied time period  for an account or group  The Print Sequences control which account or group is  printed on each line  They also provide formatting capabilities such as drawing lines  to indicate subtotals  and blank lines to visually separate major sections of a report   The account and groups cannot be changed in the printing process of one line  reports     212 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    To change the print sequences  from the Report Options window  select the Print  Sequences tab     E Report Options   Receiving Yolume Report This Year ys  Last Year    General Print Sequence         Current Print Sequence Account   Accounts in Group   Totals    Separators     Accounts in Group    I Accounts Blank Line   Separators  Draw Line Draw Line    Totals  All Accounts New Page       3 Selected 3 Available       IV Print Lines with No Data       Report Options Print Sequences Tab    The list on the left contains what will be printed  The items in this list will be printed  in the order in which they are listed  You can move an item up or down in the list by  highlighting it and selecting the up or down buttons     The window on the right contains what is available to be printed  The right window  contains sub tabs for Account  Accounts in Group  Totals  and Separators  Items in  both left and right lists can be transferred back and forth using the left and right  arrow buttons between the windows     Suppressing Printing of Lines
206. for the performance above the goal that falls into the range of the  increment     258 e Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features User   s Guide to ProRep    Example of how the incentive pay is calculated using the Rate Scale    Pay Rate   8 00  Measured Hours  35 00  Earned Hours  40 25  Incentive Goal  90     Actual Performance   115   40 25 Earned Hours   35 00 Measured Hours   Percentage Points Over Goal   25   115  Goal   90  Performance    Earned Hours Goal   31 50  35 00 Measured Hours x 90  Goal    Incentive Hours   8 75  40 25 Earned Hours   31 50 Earned Hours Goal    Number of Increments   2 5  25  Over Goal   10  Percentage Points per Increment   Incentive Hours per Increment   3 50  8 75 Incentive Hours   2 5 Hours per Increment     Incentive Pay    64 40  shown below      8 00 per Hour x 3 50 Incentive Hours in the Increment x 100  Payoff    28 00   8 00 per Hour x 3 50 Incentive Hours in the Increment x 90  Payoff    25 20   8 00 per Hour x_1 75 Incentive Hours in the Increment x 80  Payoff    11 20   8 75 Incentive Hours  64 40       Capping the Incentive Payoff    The incentive payoff can be capped at any percentage increment above the goal so  that the associate receives no incentive pay for performance at or above that  increment  To cap incentive payoff at starting at an increment  set the increment   s  Payoff Percent to 0  and set all increments after this increment to 0  payoff     Clicking on the Files tab displays the following settings     User   s Gu
207. g Out at the End of the Day  133   Closing Real Time Self Entry  134   Command Line Processing  269   Common Formulas  175   Complex Formulas  177   Copying Charts into Other Applications  216   Corporate Wide Information  25   Correcting Posted Data  117  Once data has been posted it should NEVER have to   be changed   117   Creating a New ProRep System  39   Creating Daily Files  107   Customizing ProRep to Your Needs  45    D    Daily Files  Approving Daily Files for Posting  113  Correcting the Daily Files    Date  108  Creating Daily Files  107  Deleting Daily Files Without Posting  108  Posting  114  Understanding the Active Week Concept  107  Daily Procedures  107  Daily Reports  13  14  27 28  27 28  109  111  113   117  157  159  Printing  109  DataDiary  145  Datafield  34  71 75  84  101  106  175  196  211  233  Datafields  34  70  Deleting  74  Deleting a Work Center  52  Deleting a Work Center Group  65  Deleting an Activity  106  Deleting an Allocation from an Activity  104  Deleting an Allocation Group  70  Deleting an Associate  58  Deleting an Element from an Activity  101  Detailed Production Sheet Report  13  157  Displaying  72  88  100  102  104  134  Displaying the Activity   s Datafields  104  Displaying the Settings for all of the Elements  102  Displaying the Time It Should Take to Complete an  Activity  134  Distributing Hours and Units to an Allocation Account   95  Distributing Reports  172  Document from a File  93    322 e Index    document numb
208. g a little time gathering some information and organizing it will make the  process of starting a new ProRep System go more smoothly and quickly  Below is a  list of recommended items to have on hand before starting     e Copy or description of the type and structure of your organization   s fiscal  calendar     e List of Work Centers and Supervisor Names  e   List of Associate Names  Numbers  and Home Work Centers    e   List of Allocations  if time is to be allocated to customers  divisions of the  organization  merchandising departments  etc     e List of Activities  Activity Codes  Units of Measure  and Standards    e List of General Categories   examples  Receiving  Shipping  Picking  to which  activities will be assigned     Adding a New System    User   s Guide to ProRep    To start a new ProRep system  from the Windows desktop  start ProRep by double  clicking on the ProRep icon        A window is displayed that lists the ProRep systems that are in the default ProRep  folder     Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System e 43    ProRep 4 0   BETA TEST  lej x   fale Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help      May    2000  4  gt     Tea at    Cum Minan Tun Vind Thn    a ProRep Systems x   Systems in Folder      F  ProRep PRData  af    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center       The ProRep system titled    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    is a sample system  that was installed along with the ProRep software     To start a new system click the Add  New System Bu
209. g the First Column  Date Account     As mentioned above  the first column of every account comparison report is a  column that will contain line labels  When printed  this column will contain either a  date or an account group name depending on the type of account comparison report  selected  To make changes to the format of this column  either double click on it  or  highlight it and select the Edit button  This will display the Date Account window     FE Column  Date Account  ioj x     Column Width  inches    1 00   Arial 8 pts      m Date Text on Day by day reports    4  gt   Day of Week Format  Date Format                         ddad  Monday  z   inone      m Date Text on Week by Week reports   Week Decription Format  Date Format       none      mmddyy  01 25 1999  z       r Date Text on Period by Period reports   Period Description Format  Date Format       pppp  January      inone  z              Account Text on Account Summary reports   Account Description Format      a  Description   gt                 This window allows you to change the way dates are displayed  It also allows the  user to select if the account codes and or descriptions are shown on one line reports     Adding or Editing a Column    To add a column to a report  from the report layout window  select the Add button     To edit an existing column on a report  from the report layout window  either double  click on the column  or highlight the column and from the report layout window   select the Edit bu
210. g time from the associate   s  hours worked  It can be used to remove the time that an associate spends out of the  building attending a parent teacher conference or a doctor   s appointment     Associates Entering Their Own Data    Associates can enter their own data directly into ProRep using the Real Time Self   Entry feature  This requires that there are one or more PC   s in their work area  connected to a LAN and running ProRep  Although not a requirement  the PC   s are  usually equipped with a bar code reader     At the completion of each task  the associate enters their data by scanning bar codes  or by using the keyboard  The associate   s performance for the activity and for the  day are displayed     Real Time Self Entry is often combined with the Lookup feature discussed in  Chapter 11  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer Systems  With the  Lookup feature  after an associate scans or enters a document number  ProRep looks  up the document   s units such as the number of cartons and locations from the  Lookup file  This reduces the time it takes the associate to enter their data and  guarantees accuracy     Starting Real Time Self Entry    To start real time self entry  highlight the current day  select Data  Production  Sheets  and Real Time Self Entry     User   s Guide to Spalding Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep e 149    ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  DEIC        i  Geneva    E 2000  gt     __ Maintain Pro
211. ge Intentionally Left Blank    158 e Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 11  Acquiring Production  Data from Other Computer  Systems    Importing Data from a Warehouse Management System    Appearing in a later version of the manual     Importing Data from a Time and Attendance System    Appearing in a later version of the manual     Getting Units from Another Computer System While  Entering Production Data    In some operations  a warehouse management system  WMS  or other computer system knows in detail the tasks to be  performed before they are started  However  the WMS is not updated with information about who did it and when they  did it  This is the situation in many order filling operations where the associates are picking from printed pick lists or  batches of pick labels  In these cases  ProRep can be instructed to look up the units associated with a document number  from a file created by the WMS specifically for ProRep     For example  if a WMS creates a Lookup Import File with pick list or batch numbers  and the associated units  ProRep can look up the units as the document numbers are  entered into ProRep  The look up can occur either during central key entry of hand  written production sheets or  more likely  as an associate scans or enters production  transactions directly into ProRep     ProRep can look up the units based on matches to   e Document Number only     e Document Number and the element   s unit of measu
212. grire e a E A E een E A E A E ES 97  Adding or Editing a Type of Work     s sssesssssesssessrsssseessssreressesetsresersessreresseseeseeserseeses 98  Enabling the Measurement of Quality for a Type of Work      sseesseesesseeserseseeseeseese 99  Specifying the Reasons Why an Item Fails a Quality Audit occ eeeeeeereeeeees 99  Tracking the Cost of Quality Failures           ccccceeseeesceseceseceseceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeereerens 100  Reducing Incentive Pay as a Consequence of Quality Failures 0 00    ceceeeeeeeereeees 100  Displaying the Type of Work   s Datafields           ceccceccescceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereerens 101  Deletinig   a  Lype of WOK sci ses n E ER E E E ER 101  ACHIVITIES  iei renee  cece pate EE a EEE E EEP RR EEN EER i iiaa 102  Tracking the Cost of an Activity          sessesesssesersseserssseeressesrtsresersesseeressesresreserseeseene 103   Adding or Editing an Activity          ccccescesccssecsseeseeeseeseeeeeeeseceseenseenseeaecnecnseenaeenaes 104  Specifying the Activity   s Identification Code          cecceeeceeseceseeesecseeeneeeseeeeeeseeeereess 105  Entering the Activity   s Description            ssesesssseseesesseeressesrtsresersessrenessesresresrrsreseene 106  Specifying the Activity   s Type of Work          ccceecccscesecesecseeceeeseeeseeseeeereneenseenaes 106  Specifying that Document Numbers will be Entered 0 0 0 0    ceccecceeeseeeteeneeereeeeeees 106  Entering Multiple Documents for the Same Period of Time    ce eeeeseeeeeeeereeeee 106  
213. h    Above is a month by month report  Each month or period   s data is printed on a  separate line  The above example has 12 lines  1 for each month of the year     To print an Account Comparison report   select either the work center  associate  or  allocation DataDiary     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   work Center z      l g            ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables nies Charts Import Export Help      rahe Account Comparison      Active DataDiary   work a E     z Activity Detail __         Print Daiy Repos     View Saved Daily Reports                    Associate Analysis             Document History       A list of both pre defined and user defined reports is displayed     Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 185       Pre defined  reports are  identified by a  No in the user  defined column     The three types  of time series  reports       Account Comparison Reports   Work Center DataDiary                                                                                        Highlight the report to be printed  by clicking on the report title  and select Print   This will activate the print wizard        EJ Print Account Comparison Report Number  2          The Print Wizard guides the printing process    The amount of time to be printed on each line of the report is selected  A Day by   Day report will 
214. h of service such as new hire  less than 1 year  1 to 5 years  and 5 plus  years     e Job title such as picker  packer  material handler  fork truck operator and data  entry operator     Allocation Account Groups    An allocation group is a list of two or more accounts in the allocation DataDiary   Reports and graphs can be produced that show totals of all allocations in the group   Also  all of the allocations in the group can be listed individually on reports by  selecting the group rather than by manually selecting each allocation one at a time     Account groups can be created for several different purposes  Same possible  examples of account groups are     e Inaretailer   s distribution center  the merchandise divisions that the retail  departments belong to such as shoes  furniture  sporting goods  and appliances     e Ina third party logistics center  the type of customer such as cost plus  revenue  per unit and fixed fee     Datafields    Datafields are the fields in the records of the work center  associate and allocation  DataDiaries  Most of the datafields are automatically set up by ProRep when an  activity such as picking  packing or data entry is added  The datafields are set up in  each of ProRep   s three DataDiaries to hold the results of performing these activities   This includes datafields for     Chapter 4  How ProRep Works e 37    Measured hours  Unmeasured hours  Earned hours    Cost    Datafields for each element  unit of measure  such as cartons  lin
215. has two purposes  If all allocations use the same standard  the  default standard is used as the standard for all allocations  If each allocation has its  own standard and a new allocation is added to the activity  the allocation   s standard  is pre filled with the default     116 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    To enter a default standard for an element  on the Elements tab  click the element in  the Selected box and enter a standard in the Default Standard box     Tracking the Number of Times an Activity is  Performed    The number of times the activity is performed can be included in the DataDiaries   This feature can be used for any activity  including those that are not measured  This  featured can also be used to calculate a fixed time per occurrence    For example  a data entry operator types in customer orders  On their production  sheet  the associate lists one order on each line with the number of lines on the order   The number of orders that were entered can be tracked by specifying that the  occurrences are included in the DataDiaries     To use this element to track the occurrence  on the Elements tab  check the box next  to Use this Element to Track Occurrences  When this activity is encountered on a  production sheet  a quantity of one is automatically used as the quantity for this  element     Selecting the Element Used for the Historical  Standard    If the activity   s standard is based on an histo
216. hat is listed on  the Daily Production Sheet Report     When the day   s production sheet file is posted  the units are assigned to all of the  members of the team  The units are divided among and written to the datafields in    Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 111    each associate   s account in the associate DataDiary in proportion to the actual time  spent on the activity     Paying Incentive based on the Associate   s Past  Performance    If an associate who normally earns an incentive by working on activities with  standards is assigned to an activity that does not have a standard  they can get earned  hours for the activity in proportion to their normal performance  This type of  activity is called a past average activity     The only time an  activity    s earned hours  calculation should be    set to past average For example  an associate usually works on activities with standards such as picking  performance is when and shipping  This associate is usually a high performer and regularly earns an   the incentive module is incentive  Recently  several new hires have been added for peak season  The   used  associate is asked to train the new hires  To keep this associate from suffering a loss    in incentive pay  a training activity should be set up with the earned hours  calculation set to past average     To specify that earned hours for an activity are calculated at the associate   s past  average performance  on the Calculations tab  in the How Earned Hours are  C
217. he  export procedures described in Chapter 15 allow for datafields to be direct to  alternate datafields in a remote system  Contact Spalding Software if unsure of the  information supplied in Chapter 15     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems e 293    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    294 e Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems User   s Guide to ProRep    Appendix E  Entering Production  Sheets with Elapsed Times    Most ProRep users enter data onto an associate s daily production sheet by entering  the clock in time for the day and then the stop time of each activity  Occasionally   an elapsed time entry is made for breaks  lunch  meetings  and other interrupting  events  Alternatively  the total amount of elapsed time for each activity can be  entered with out entering any actual clock times     Specifying Elapsed Time Entry    The information file  is in the folder listed  here     This is the system  number  The name of the  information file for this  system is ddprini    4     User   s Guide to ProRep       The use of elapsed time entry must be specified in the ProRep system information  file  If unsure of the procedures described below please contact Spalding Software     ProRep s information file is named ddprini     1  the number in the file extension  refers to the system number  To determine the system number  look to the left of the  system title in the ProRep Systems dialog box     a ProRep Systems x     Systems in Fol
218. he  report is selected at   Non l  printing  Units Measured   Measured Earned     Perfor  Units Per     Processed Hours mance    Receive Common Carrier Cartons  Receive Consolidator Cartons  Receive Small Shipments Cartons  Pallets   Cartons    Cartons  Pallets  Cartons    o   Cartons  Each activity is i Cartons  printed on a Total Shipping   seperate line   Receipt Entry   Order Entry   Pick Adjustments   Total Customer Service  amp  Administration    Cycle Counting SKU s  Meetings   Traning   Clean Up    Total Non Measured       Total of All Activities                            Activity Detail Report    There are four major components of an Activity Detail report     e Variables are generic placeholders used in column formulas  Examples of  variables are the words units  measured hours and earned hours  Different  datafields are assigned to the variables on each detail line of the report     e Columns on an activity detail report usually use variables in their formulas   e Lines on an activity detail report are one of three types         Detail Lines list the data for an activity  The variables such as units  and hours are assigned different datafields on each detail line         Sub total Lines list the totals of the detail lines since the last time a  sub total line was printed         Total Lines list the totals of the detail lines since the last time a total  line was printed    e   Print Sequences are a list of the accounts  groups and group totals for  which a report
219. he results can be put into user     defined datafields  After the user defined datafields are set up  they can be selected  from pull down lists for each of the following items     Bonus Pay for Reaching Goal   The fixed amount that is paid to associates that  meet or exceed the goal     Incentive Pay for Performance   The portion of the incentive pay that is based on  the actual performance over the performance goal     262 e Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features User   s Guide to ProRep    Additive Pay   The portion of the incentive pay that is not based on performance but  based paying on an extra amount per hour for working on specified activities  For  more information  see the section in Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities titled Paying  an Additional Incentive that is not Based on Performance     Incentive Earned Hours   The earned hours that are above the incentive earned  hours goal     Associate Table Settings Related to Incentives    User   s Guide to ProRep    Some settings related to incentives are specified separately for each associate  To  specify these settings  maintain the associate table     Below is the associate record   s Incentive tab       Add Associate Record  16 x   Code   v519323 Ean    First Name   Hugh  Save    Last Name   Baily  General   Payroll Incentive    On Payroll  Vv Performance Goal   Pay Incentive  Vv Jas  0 a       Not Including the Associate on the Incentive Payroll Report   By default  all  associates are included on the incentive pa
220. hift 83  90  14 08 1 42 76  82   SHIP2 Shipping Second Shift 91  101  Os 0 83 79  93   CSA Customer Service  amp  Admin  93  95  OES  6 25 57  86   TotalofAll Total of All Work Centers 90  97  78 47 22 78 69  87              Production Summary Report for All Work Center     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 8  Daily Procedures e 129       All Associates    Last 6 Weeks    From  0   10   20   30   40   50   60   70   80   90   100   110   120   130   140   150   160   170   180   190     To    19   29   39   49   59   69   79   89   99   109   119   129   139   149   159   169   179   189   199     Last 52 Weeks    From  0   10   20   30   40   50   60   70   80   90   100   110   120   130   140   150   160   170   180   190     Number of  Associates    SSSSDSDCDONNAN ACOCOCOOSD    Number of  Associates    SSOTDDDCDDCOABNNADCOCOOOO D    130 e Chapter 8  Daily Procedures    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Associate Performance Report    Histogram       Histogram of Associate Performances     Histogram    User   s Guide to ProRep                                              Approving Daily    User   s Guide to ProRep    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Hours Audit Report  All Associates sorted by name Monday  September 25  2000       Performance             Actual Hours             Effectiveness        Last Last Earne Un  Last Last  Code Name Work Center Today 6weeks 52 week  Hours Measured Measured Total Today 6weeks 52 week   C11131 Baxter  Linda Order Filling Fir
221. ial handler in a packing  area  This job includes bringing supplies to the packing stations  distributing work  to the packers and other miscellaneous tasks  It is not practical to set a standard for  the job  However  performance of the job impacts the performance of the packers  and overall productivity of the operation  Therefore  we would like pay the material  handler an incentive when performance of the area is above the goal  This is done  by specifying that the earned hours for the material handling activity is reflective of  the work center  Therefore if the work center performs at 110   the associate will  receive earned hours based on a 110  performance for the time they spent on  material handling     To specify that earned hours for an activity are calculated based on the performance  of a work center or group  on the Calculations tab  in the How Earned Hours are  Calculated section  click a radio button for one of the three types of Reflective  calculations            gv Edit an Activity Record       Code   lal Close    Description   Pickin    Calculations   Elements   Allocations    Datafields   Incentive            feasured Activity       Individual Standard  Team Standard              Past Average Performance  C Reflective of Recorded Work Center s Performance  C Reflective of Specified Work Center s Performance    _  i Reflective of Specified Group s Performance          I  Prorate Hours  based on earned hours  Display of Standard Times          M AllAllocat
222. iate analysis reports provide the capability to print associate reports that are  sorted in high to low performance order  A single report can be printed that lists all  associates in the ProRep system or separate reports can be printed by home work  center or primary grouping     Associate Performance Analysis    The Associate Performance Analysis shows each associates performance for both the  last 6 weeks and last 52 weeks        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center  Associate Performance Analysis    Sorted by Last 52 Weeks History  All Associates    Total Hours     Direct Hours   Effectiveness    Last 6   Last 52  Last 6   Last 52  Last 6   Last 52 Last 52 Last 52   Weeks   Weeks   Weeks   Weeks   Weeks Weeks Weeks   21223 G ol   8 9 9 102   C29112 d d 8 1769 A 8  8  8 92    Stillwell  Yolanda K92954 d d 899 A 9 9 9  98    Pugmire  Charles T54566 G d 7 A 90    Boggs  Charlie  A12456 d d 814 A 91    Carona  Maria  A21234 G G k      89    Rockford  June A65657  o 884 x 88    A13542 ol F A 83    T43267 l k 8 A 8 8 84    A62215 l  874 068 g 9 8 84    Baxter  Linda 1011131  l 5 A 8 8  8 TT   Washington  Joe C90041  l K A 72    McGuire  Carter  A39987 G F 8 A 76    Bell  William 123433 G ol 694 A 73     Grubbs  John  C76354 G o R A 66                                      User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 181    The report is sorted based on the last 52 weeks performance  It could have been  sorted based on the last 6 weeks performance     A his
223. icking on the bottom edge of the heading and dragging the edge up or down with  the mouse     Selecting Paper Orientation    To toggle the paper orientation between portrait and landscape  click on the  appropriate orientation radio button on the General tab     Selecting Paper Size    To select the paper size on which to print the report  select a size from the Paper Size  list on the General tab     Printing a Logo on a Report    To include a logo on a report  select the Print Logo check box on the General tab   The logo file must be named LOGO BMP  LOGO WMF  or LOGO GIF and it must  be one of the following types  Windows Bitmap   bmp   Windows Metafile   wmf    or CompuServe GIF   gif   The logo file must be in the directory where the ProRep  program is installed     Printing Grid Lines on a Report    To draw grid lines on a report  check the Print Grid Lines check box on the General  tab     Printing Notes on a Report    To print notes at the bottom of a Report  check the Print Notes on Report check box  on the General Tab and enter the desired text into the Notes field     Selecting the Accounts and Groups to be Printed    On time series reports like a week by week report  the default accounts and groups  for which separate reports will be printed is controlled by the Print Sequences   When the report is printed  these accounts and groups will appear in the list of those  to be printed as the defaults     One line reports print one line of summary information for a speci
224. ide to ProRep    ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers       Hle Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help                 To start a new Active Dat  amp  Production Sheets for Thursday  May 18  2000  oix Phenicie    production sheet for an 4  Code  Name J Lines Hours_  Performance _  ose    gt   associate  or add  a  512456 Boggs  Charlie    Sur   413542   Smith  May bat    additional lines  select 21234 __ Carona  Maria  Add  fAssoe    McGuire  Cate      462215 Hanley  Ruth i  C11131_ Baxter  Linda Print List  C12345 Warner  Jack  023433 Bell  William  C29112 Stuckey  Alice   C76354 Grubbs  John   C90041 Washington  Joe   K92954 Stillwell  Yolanda   721223 Wiliams  Tom    743267 Gonzalez  Jose a    T54566     Pugmire  Charles Add  Kea    Delete       F indicates earned hours and performance cannot be calculated due to Team and Reflective nni    List of Associates    Production Sheets     i    To make changes to an  associate   s production  sheet select Edit              Each associate has one production sheet in this file  even if they work in multiple  work centers  The associate   s production sheet contains a record  or line  for each  activity that is performed     Starting a New Production Sheet for an Associate    To begin entering data for an associate  highlight the associate and click the Add  button  The Edit Production Line dialog is displayed     An associate   s production sheet should always start with a clock in time     User   s G
225. ide to ProRep Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features e 259       Incentive Module Parameters    D  ProRep PRD ata      Fixed Length fields    Lotus 123 14  WKS        Files Tab    Creating a File with Incentive Pay Data for Payroll    When an incentive report is printed  a choice can be made to create a file that  contains incentive pay data  The file can be formatted as either a Fixed Length file  or a Comma Separated Values file  To select the type of file that can be created  choose one of the selections from the Payroll file type pull down list  The name of  the file that is created is PAYCALC DAT  The setting for Folder for Output files  determines the folder in which the file is created     The fields in the Comma Separated Values file are separated by commas and the  character fields are also enclosed in quotes  Both the CSV and Fixed Length records  end with a carriage return and line feed  ASCII codes 13 and 10     260 e Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features User   s Guide to ProRep    Record Layout of PAYCALC DAT    ee    Wage rate per hour  Overtime wage rate per hour             Incentive hours  earned hours in   Numeric  excess of goal     Creating a Spreadsheet File with Incentive Pay  Results   When an incentive report is printed  a choice can be made to create a file that  contains incentive pay data  The type of spreadsheet file that is created is chosen    from the Spreadsheet File type pull down list  The setting for Folder for Output files  determines
226. ifying the Work Center   s Supervisor    The work center   s Supervisor is entered on the General tab  If a new supervisor is  assigned to this area  change the name of the supervisor  Do not change the  description of this work center     Specifying the Password for Approving Production  Sheets    The Authorization Password on the General tab is entered when approving a day   s  production sheets for posting  The process of approving production sheets is an  optional feature  Therefore  if this feature is not used  it is not necessary to enter a  password in this field     Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 55    Specifying the Work Center   s Shift    The Shift on the General tab can be any number between 0 and 99     Clicking on the Data Collection tab displays the following settings       Edit Work Center Record  3 x   Code  pra Close      Description   Order Filing Second Shift    General Data Collection   Valid Types of Work      E        Normal Start Time  fi 5 30 _        Normal Stop Time   23 30         The Work Center Data Collection Tab    Setting the Work Center   s Normal Work Hours    The work center   s Normal Start Time and Normal Stop Time are entered on the  Data Collection tab  The times are entered in 24 hour clock format  These settings  are only used with ProRep   s Data Collection Module  The primary use of these  times is to determine if a transaction from another computer system  like a  warehouse management system  WMS   is for today  t
227. ilt into ProRep  Additionally  users can create their own customized reports  and charts to focus on specific areas of interest     All reports and charts can be printed or viewed on screen  They can also be saved as  an Adobe Acrobat PDF file so that they can be shared with other people in your  organization  Reports in PDF file format can be distributed through e mail  the  company   s intranet or the Internet  They can be viewed on computers running  Windows  Macintosh OS  Linux  IBM AIX and several other operating systems     The examples shown in this chapter are only a sampling of the reports and charts  that are available     Each day  after the production and optionally the quality data is entered  the daily  reports can be printed  If additions or corrections to the data are made  the reports  can be reprinted     The Daily reports can also be saved to a PDF file rather than directly printed on  paper  Supervisors and managers can then review their work center   s reports on  screen using the Adobe Acrobat reader supplied with ProRep  While viewing the  report on screen  selected portions of the report  or the entire report can be printed     Detailed Production Sheet Report  A separate detailed Production Sheet Report is printed for each work center  It lists    all associates who worked in the work center  If an associate works in more than  one work center they will appear on each work center   s report     Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides e 15          
228. in the file has the same layout as described below     Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries e 169    DataDiary Delimited Import File Layout    Datafield Number Max 9999  Numeric      The month  day and year can be in any order  The month  day and year can also be  in a single field provided that are separated by slashes      or dashes       such as  10 25 2005     The Account Code is either the Work Center Code  the Associate Number or the  Allocation Code depending on the DataDiary into which the data is to be imported     N Bo ae  N iioo  2or4 ae  c E  N oo             The quantity can be either a whole number or a decimal number     Below are two examples of delimited files that are properly formatted for importing  into a DataDiary     Example of Import File with date as one field    10 18 05  RCV  131  1045 75  10 25 05  RCV  131  985 24  10 18 05  OF 1  138  232 79  10 25 05  OF 1  138  132 26    Example of Import File with date as separate fields    2005  10  18  RCV  131  1045 75  2005  10  25  RCV  131  985 24  2005  10  18  OF1  138  232 79  2005  10  25  OF1  138  132 26    When using Microsoft Excel to create the file  from the Excel menu bar select File   Save As  In the Save as type field  select either Text  Tab Delimited  or CSV   Comma Delimited      Importing the File    To import a delimited file into a DataDiary  select the active DataDiary and from the  menu bar select Import  Delimited File     170 e Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries User   s Guide to ProRe
229. ined Delimited UDD  XML 1 0 XML    Text Formats     Ascii ASC  Fixed length file FXD  Mailing Label LBL  Print image PRN    User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep e 309    Word Processing     Microsoft Word  WordPerfect 5 0  WordPerfect 5 1    Word processing text    310 e Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep    DOC  W50  W51  TXT    User   s Guide to ProRep    Extended Return Codes    When Uploading Transactions   UPLOADDAY  or Applying Time  amp  Attendance    APPLYTA  from a command line a Return Code is returned to the application that  ran the command line  If the code returned is a 0  zero  the command line process  executed successfully  If any other code is returned the command line process was  either not executed or problems were encountered that need to be resolved  Below  are the Return Codes and their definition     ProRep Command Line Return Codes    Retur  n Definition  Code    Command Line process executed without an error     Cannot open Exception File     amp  FileName    Cannot open Keep File     amp  FileName    Cannot open Sort File     amp  FileName    Cannot open Temporary Transaction File     amp  FileName    Cannot open Temporary Transaction File     amp  TempTransFile    Cannot open the    amp  mProdsheet ObjName    Cannot process Record Type     amp  mScanText CurFLine  1     Could not find an Activity Code   BREAK   This is needed for Data Collection and Time and Attendance  modules      Could not find an Ac
230. ing a loss  in incentive pay  a training activity should be set up with the earned hours  calculation set to past average     To specify that earned hours for an activity are calculated at the associate   s past  average performance  on the Calculations tab  in the How Earned Hours are  Calculated section  click the radio button for Past Average Performance     Past average performance is based on the associate   s short term average  The default  value for the short term average is the past 6 weeks     Calculating Performance for a Support Activity   If an associate is working on a  support activity that does not have a standard  they can get earned hours for the  activity that are based on the total performance of one or more work centers  This  type of activity is called a reflective activity  This feature is usually only used with  an incentive system     264 e Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features User   s Guide to ProRep    Recorded Work Center   Earned hours are calculated  based on the performance of  the work center in which the  associate performs the  reflective activity     Specified Work Center   Earned hours are calculated  based on the performance of  a specific work center  associated with the  reflective activity     Specified Group    Earned hours are calculated  based on the performance of  a specific group of work  centers associated with the  reflective activity    User   s Guide to ProRep    For example  an associate works primarily as a general mater
231. ining the Tables e 73    The associates group   s  description           All Associates    Customer Service  amp  Admin   906 Yes   Order Filling First Shift  902 Yes No   Order Filling Second Shift  903 Yes No   Receiving  901 Yes No     Shipping First Shift  904 Yes No Print List     Shipping Second Shift  No          Part Time Permanent 101 No Yes  Temporary 102 No Yes       112 active of 999 maximum       The List of Active Associate Groups    In the list of associate groups  is a group named All Accounts that is automatically  maintained by ProRep  It includes all of the associates     To add a new associate group  click the Add button  To edit an existing associate  group  click on the group in the list and click the Edit button          Add Group Record  1 x   Description  Save   EN      Data Entry Operators          Checking this box  sets  the group as a primary  grouping     These buttons move the  highlighted account to  the opposite box     The list of associates in  this group     These buttons move all  accounts to the opposite  box     74 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables       Accounts in Group   F Primary Grouping Maintained from Associate Table  Baxter  Linda  Grubbs  John Boggs  Charlie  Rockford  June Carona  Maria  Gonzalez  Jose  Hanley  Ruth  McGuire  Carter  Pugmire  Charles  Stilwell  Yolanda  Stuckey  Alice       3 Selected 12 Available       Edit Associate Group Dialog    The first step in adding a group is to enter a description of u
232. into the work center   s record     The entry of a password will not be required during the approval process for the  work center   s data     To approve daily files for posting  highlight the day  select Data  Approve Daily  Data  This displays a list of the work centers    amp  Work Centers with Production Sheets for Tuesday  May 30  2000   _  Oy x     Description   Has Records   Approved   Approved Date Close    Customer Service  amp  Admin     Order Filling First Shift 06 05 2000  Order Filling Second Shift Yes 06 05 2000    Receiving 06 05 2000  Shipping First Shift 06 05         Print List      The status of each work center   s production sheets is displayed  To approve a work  center   s daily files  highlight the work center and click the Edit button  If the work  center has an approval password the password dialog is displayed     EJ Approve Work Center information for Posting  Ioj x     Work Center  Customer Service  amp  Admin  Close      Enter the Work Center password to approve    m       If there is no approval password in the work center   s record this dialog is not  displayed  After entering the password  click the Save button to confirm     To un approve a work center   s daily files  highlight the approved work center  click  the edit Button and confirm that the files are to be un approved     Posting Daily Files    After all corrections are made  the daily files should be posted  It is very important  that the daily files are not posted until all associat
233. ion Sheets for Posting  This is  optional but recommended     e Post Daily Files     Understanding the Active Week Concept    User   s Guide to ProRep    Active Week is the first week of a two week window for which daily files can be  created  Daily files can be created for any day in this two week window  However   only daily files for days in the active week can be posted  After all days in the active  week are posted  week end processing is run  This sets the active week to the next  week     When a new ProRep system is created  the active week defaults to the week that  contains the PC   s current date setting  As long as no daily files are created  the  active week continues to automatically change to the current week  The first time  that the daily files are created  the active week is specifically set to the current week  and no longer automatically changes     To determine the active week  click the Active Week button    on the toolbar   This will change the ProRep desktop calendar to highlight the first day in the active  week     If the active week needs to be changed and daily files have never been created  select  Files  Settings  Current System  Active Week  If the active week needs to be  changed and daily files have already been created  call Spalding Software for  instructions     Chapter 8  Daily Procedures e 123    Creating Daily Files    After daily files have  been created  the  calendar shows the  current status of the  day   s production sheet    file   
234. ions    When daily production data is entered onto a production sheet or imported from  another system  it can be allocated to a customer  product line or department     Central Business Products  Acme Motor Supply  Penrod Industries    Core Specialty Supplies      Print List    Delete           6 active of 999 maximum    List of Active Allocations    Following are some typical examples of allocations used in different industries     e   Inaretailer   s distribution center  the allocations are the merchandise  departments     e Ina third party logistics center  the allocations are the companies for whom they  perform distribution services     e Ina manufacturer   s warehouse  the allocations are the different divisions of the  company for whom they warehouse products     e Ina manufacturer   s production facility  the allocations are the different products  that are made     e Ina financial services company   s operations center  the allocations are the  companies for whom they process credit card payments     The use of allocations is optional  It is not necessary to set up any allocations  Not  all organizations want to or need to track units  hours or cost by user of their  services  Even for those organizations that would like to use the allocation feature  it  is not always practical  For example  in a retailer   s distribution center  if an  associate is filling an order with several different types of merchandise  it might not  be practical to record the time by mercha
235. ions use the same standards   Minutes per Unit  I Calculate standards based on historical average Units per Hour          IV Include Units in the Total of All Activities             If a specified work center or group is selected  a pull down list of work centers or  groups is displayed from which a choice is made     Below is the activity record   s Incentive Tab     Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features e 265         Edit an Activity Record    Oy x   Datafields  Code  a Grae   eyes    Available 7 PR P  Needed 0 Description   Picking    General   Calculations   Elements   Allocations   Datafields Incentive            IV Protect the Earned Hours for this Activity    IV Additive Pay       Fixed Additive Amount per Hour     Percent of Wage p p        Using the Greater of the Goal or Actual Performance for Incentive Pay   In  some situations  an associate may be asked to perform an activity for which they  have not been trained and have little experience  Ifthe job requires a significant  amount of training or experience to master  it might take a few weeks or months for  the associate to perform this new activity at their prior rate of performance   Therefore  while learning this activity they would probably not earn a consistent  incentive  In fact  the performance on the new task could negate good performance  on other activities     To solve this situation  a new activity  used only during training  can be set up for  which the associate   s performance is either the grea
236. iptive words such as cartons  pallets  measured hours  etc   A variable should not be a ratio such as Units per hour  Cost per Unit  or Cost per  Hour     Variables are used in the column formulas as place holders for datafields  On each  detail line of the report  different datafields are assigned to the variables     For example  the formula for the column on the report titled Total Hours is     Total Hours   Measured Hours   Non Measured Hours    Measured Hours Non Measured  is Variable B Hours is Variable C    On the first two lines of the report  the datafields are assigned to the variables as  shown below     Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 217    Line 1     Primary Units   Receive Common Carrier Cartons  Measured Hours   Receive Common Carrier Measured Hours  Non Measured Hours   Receive Common Carrier Non Measured Hours  Earned Hours   Receive Common Carrier Earned Hours   Line 2   Primary Units   Receive Consolidator Cartons  Measured Hours   Receive Consolidator Measured Hours  Non Measured Hours   Receive Consolidator Non Measured Hour  Earned Hours    Receive Consolidator Earned Hours       Variables Datatfields    Editing an Existing Report    When editing an existing report  the first window displayed is the Report Layout  window        F Edit Activity Detail Report Number  2  File Column Line Options       Title   Performance  amp  Productivity Summary Save   Cancel                     Processed Hours    column heading  to select the        
237. ired  the performance may remain the same or even go down   However  if the speed of the assembly line is not changed  the same number of cars  per hour will come off the end of the assembly line and thus the cars produced per  man hour will increase     Productivity is usually measured as units per hour  It is the measurement that is  most often used by management to track results  In fact  as we move up through an  organization the more managers rely on monitoring overall productivity and the less  they rely on monitoring performance     ProRep provides pre defined reports that list all activities and their respective units  per hour  However  if there are 30 or more activities  as is typical  it becomes  difficult to judge the overall productivity of an area or facility  Therefore  most  ProRep users create several user defined reports and graphs that focus on particular  areas and key operational statistics     Chapter 4  How ProRep Works e 41    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    42 e Chapter 4  How ProRep Works User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 5  Creating a New  ProRep System    This chapter is step by step guide for setting up an new ProRep system  After the  new system is added  it will have all of the files and tables that are needed by  ProRep  For the most part  the files and tables will be empty  The chapters that  follow describe the details of how to customize ProRep to fit the needs of your  operation     Preparations Before Adding a New System    Spendin
238. isplayed on the screen  it can be printed by clicking the Print  button  The best looking graphs are printed on color printers     User Defined Associate Charts  ProRep provides for the creation of user defined charts that are tailored to your  organization   s specific information needs     The user defined chart below shows an associate   s productivity in picking  This line  graph plots the cartons picked per hour by week for a year     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides e 21       View Graph       Washington  Joe   Picking       Cartons Per Hour                30 r r m T m B r mr    r  February   Maroh    april  U May June     Juy     august   September   October  November   December   January    Month       Work Center Information    Daily performance  productivity and quality information about each activity  performed in a work center is kept in a database for several years  This database is  called the Work Center DataDiary  Reports and charts can be produced for any  period of time stored in the database     Pre Defined Work Center Reports    The pre defined report shown below shows hours worked  effectiveness and  performance        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Week Ending  Saturday  September 23  2000    Total Hours and Performance    Account  Order Filling Second Shift     of Hours Percent    That Are   Percent    Measured_ Unmeasured Measured   Effective                                     197 79 223 63 198 
239. isplaying an exported delimited file     1154   1155   1156   1157    1158     2  2  2  2  2  2  2  2  1161  2  2  2  2  2  2  2  2  2                  d    gael    ad    ale       174 e Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries User   s Guide to ProRep    When the delimited file is opened in Excel  each column contains different  information as shown below     Column B Da  e    y    Column D Account Code    Datafield Number       When working with the exported data in Excel  the files containing the list of  accounts and datafields should also be opened  This will allow for easier  identification of the information in the file containing the actual data from the  DataDiary     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries e 175    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    176 e Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing  Reports    One of ProRep   s primary means for providing management and supervision with  information is through reports  Many different types of pre defined reports are built  into ProRep  Additionally  users can modify the pre defined reports or create their  own user defined reports that focus on specific areas of interest     Reports can be printed on paper or viewed on screen  They can also be saved as a  Portable Document Format  PDF  file so that they can be shared with other people  in the organization     It would be nearly impossible to show an example of every report that ProRep can  print  This
240. ity Occur        Type of Data  Audited Units  Audit Occurrences  Failed Units   Failed Occurrences  Anticipated Failure Units  Failure Cost  Failure Hours                                                  Type of Work Datafields Tab    This is a list of the datafields in the work center  associate and allocation DataDiaries  that hold the results of performing the audits  These datafields are automatically set  up and system maintained  The datafields can be used on user defined reports and  charts     Deleting a Type of Work    A type of work can only be deleted when there are no activities that use it  If the  Quality Measurement module is not used  there is no data kept for a type of work   Therefore  deleting a type of work simply removes it from the table     To delete a type of work  click on the type of work and click the Delete button  A  confirmation message is displayed     Spalding   ProRep Userlnterface Object  EG    2  OK to Delete this Type of Work         Cancel    i    Confirm Delete Types of Work Dialog Box    After selecting the Yes button to confirm deletion  the type of work is removed from  the list     If the Quality Measurement module is used  there are datafields in the DataDiaries  that contain data that are associated with the types of work  Therefore  when the    Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 101    Activities    Quality Measurement module is used and a type of work is deleted  you have three  choices     e Keep the type of work and its data in 
241. ivated     After the quality measurement feature is enabled  the mistakes that can occur are  defined  and settings related to quality are made for the types of work that will be  audited  Also  when daily files are created  a quality sheet file is created in addition  the production sheet file     Activating the Quality Feature    User   s Guide to ProRep    Even though quality is a standard feature of ProRep  it must be turned on before  quality can be measured  From the menu bar select File  Settings  Current System     Quality     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    igi Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Change User ID     fe     gl g     Application  gt  Bt  Maintenance  gt  Title        Exit    Load System                                   History Weeks      Track Cost Info                   Incentive _         A dialog box containing the quality settings is displayed     Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature e 271      Quality x     Quality        Cancel    Click Enable Quality This setting determines if the Quality module will be enabled  This will allow you to  create quality sheets and track quality data  Save  Module to turn on z      Iso  you can optionally track cost and hours information in datafields  If you  enable these options datafields are created for each Type of Work to track cost  information     Quality Tracking        J Track Gost for Gual kalues and Mistakes im Datatield  J    Tack 
242. ive is paid   Is used to prevent  paying an incentive to associates who have been absent an unacceptable amount of  time     Measured Hours that must be worked before any incentive is paid   Is used to  prevent paying an incentive to associates who are supposed to primarily perform  measured activities that    dump    their time into unmeasured activities in order to  increase their performance and incentive pay  The following parameters can be used  in conjunction with or in place of this parameters     Percent of time that must be Measured before any incentive is paid   Is used to  prevent paying an incentive to associates who are supposed to primarily perform  measured activities that    dump    their time into unmeasured activities in order to  increase their performance and incentive pay     Controlling How Overtime Affects Incentive Pay    Three parameters on the Incentive Module Parameters Hours tab control how  overtime impacts incentive pay  Labor laws usually require that incentive pay  amounts are increased in proportion to the amount of overtime that is worked     Total Hours after which overtime is paid   The total paid hours after which all  hours worked are overtime hours  Usually  this is the 40 hours per week     Overtime pay factor   This is the factor by which an associates pay rate is increased  when they are working overtime  Usually  this is 1 5 times their normal pay rate     256 e Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features User   s Guide to ProRep    Use
243. izes ProRep to work in  your organization is accomplished by setting up a number of tables  Following is a  list of the tables     e Work Centers   e   Associates   e Allocations   e Activities   e Elements   e Mistakes   e Types of Work   e Work Center Account Groups  e Associate Account Groups   e Allocation Account Groups    e  Datafields    Work Center    A Work Center is most often a combination of the work area and shift  Usually  a  work center is set up for each supervisor  An account is automatically maintained in  the work center DataDiary for each work center  There can be a maximum of 99  work centers     Chapter 4  How ProRep Works e 31    a Add Initial Work Centers                                                                                                          List of Active Work Centers    Associates    An associate is any person for whom units and or hours information is to be input  into ProRep  An account is automatically maintained in the associate DataDiary for  each associate        a Add Initial Associates                                                                                                                      List of Active Associates    32 e Chapter 4  How ProRep Works User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    The number of associates in a ProRep system is limited to the number of associates  for which a license has been purchased  A larger license for more associates can be  purchased from Spalding Software     Allocat
244. k    280 e Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature User   s Guide to ProRep    Appendix C  User IDs and  Passwords    When the software is run and a ProRep system is loaded  the user is prompted for a  user ID and password  All user s should have their own user ID and password     The user IDs and passwords are maintained at the folder level  That means that a  user has the same rights to all ProRep systems in the same folder  If there are other  ProRep systems in another folder  that folder has its own unique set of users     Adding a New User    New users are added from the initial log in screen  An Administrator level user is  the only type of user allowed to add or edit users     e ProRep Systems  x     Cancel      Manage Users    Add a new system      Systems in Folder    D  ProRep PRData  Jel    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center         Click the Manage  Users button to add or  edit a user         Go to selected system    The first time ProRep is run  a default user is created  The default user ID is  ADMIN and the password is ADMIN    Password           Cancel    Help         User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix C  User IDs and Passwords e 281    After entering an administrator level user ID and password  a list of currently  defined users is displayed                                                                                   To add a new user  click Add  To edit a current user  click Edit     E  Add a User Record    George P  Burdell         The 
245. kept or deleted     Specifying the Order in Which Elements are Listed    The order that elements are displayed during production entry and listed on daily  production sheet reports is their order in the selected box  To change the order of an  element  on the Elements tab  drag and drop the element     If the lookup feature is used and element descriptions are not present in the lookup  file  the units that are found are pre filled into the first element in the selected box     Specifying the Elements that are Included in the  Activity Totals    If an activity has any elements  at least one of them should be selected as being  included in the activity   s total units produced  The units for the elements that are  selected will appear on some pre defined reports     To include an element   s units in the activity   s total units produced  on the Elements  tab  check the box next to Include the Units for this Element in the Total Units for  the Activity     Allowing Units from the Lookup File to be Changed    When the document lookup feature is used  the default is to not allow the units found  for the element to be changed  If there is not a record for the element in the lookup  file  the quantity for the element is pre filled with a zero     To allow the pre filled quantity for the element to be changed  on the Elements tab   check the box next to When Using Document Lookup Allow the Units to be  Changed     Specifying the Element   s Default Standard    The default standard 
246. king a Marearen Honra  her E Receive Common Carrier   Measured Hours        11 93    325 59        Staging   Measured Hours  9 38    256 08  Order Entry   Measured Hours  7 61    207 83        The Pie Charts can be  copied onto the  clipboard and then  pasted into a Microsoft  Word document         Receive Small Shipments   Measured Hours  4 45    121 60        Receive Consolidated   Measured Hours  3 52    96 14  Put Away   Measured Hours  2 81    76 63  Hauling to Shipping   Measured Hours  2 76    75 38           The legend to    Receiving Data Entry   Measured Hours  2 74   7401         th er igi h t of the Pick Adjustments   Measured Hours  pie chart 1 69    46 01   identifies each    slice   The legend to the right of the pie chart identifies each  slice      User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 241    Printing Pie Charts    To print the pie chart  from the View Pie Chart window  click the Print button  This  will print the chart to the selected printer with the selected paper size and orientation   The chart is automatically sized to fit the page  After printing  the chart will be re   displayed in the View Pie Chart window     Modifying and Creating Pie Charts    All user defined pie charts in ProRep are created by defining a pie chart layout  The  layout specifies what information should be included on the pie chart     To set up a new or edit an existing pie chart  select either the work center  associate   or allocation DataDiary as the active D
247. kly plotting are  independent of the settings for monthly plotting  To copy the currently displayed  settings into both of the other plot levels  click the Apply to All Levels button     Selecting the Time Period When Plotting by Day    When the plot level is day  only 8 weeks can be plotted at the same time  To select  the time period that is plotted  from the Settings for Line Graph page of the wizard     230 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs User   s Guide to ProRep    The best way to determine  the correct settings is trial  and error     User   s Guide to ProRep    click Date Range  This displays a calendar  Click on any day in the last week to be  plotted     Changing the Scale    There are 12 increments on the Y axis scale  For Example  if the scale   s starting  point is 0  zero   and the Y axis increment is 10  then the largest value that can be  plotted is 120  To change the value of each increment  from the Settings for Line  Graph page of the wizard  click in the Y Axis Increment box and enter a value  The  maximum value that can be plotted is automatically calculated and displayed     Setting the Scale   s Starting Point    Sometimes  a statistic that is plotted shows little change over time  For example   units per hour may vary only between 26 and 28 units per hour  When graphed with  a starting point of 0  zero  and an increment value of 3  any value between 0 and 36   3x12 increments  can be plotted  In this case  the lines are nearly flat with little  differen
248. lank and the ElementQty is zero  0  or blank  the field pair  is skipped  If an ElementCode is blank and the ElementQty is greater than zero  0    the quantity is applied to the Activity   s first element     To use the Associate   s Home Work Center  enter a         in the Work Center field   ElapsedHours can be decimal hours  8 5   or hours and minutes  8 30      Detail Records can contain Quantity  unit  data with ElapsedHours of zero  0  or  blank  Likewise  Detail Records can contain Hours with a Quantity of zero  0  or  blank  This is useful when only unit data is imported from one system and only  hours are imported from a time  amp  attendance system     Optional fields that can be left blank   TeamNumber  blank  0   99   AllocationCode    Document  max of 16 characters  additional characters are ignored     Example Detail Records            CL    6  75 0 4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94   MEET   7 7  50  0 0   203855 PT 1 MEET   7   50  0  Orrrrriri     M ET peer 590 0  4rrrrrrri                      Examples of File  including Header               ELAPSED TIMES                                  203855 PTL CL    6 75 0 4  SLOTS  85  PIECES  103  CARTONS  28  REACHES  94    318 e Appendix G  Production and Quality Sheet Import File Formats User   s Guide to ProRep    203855  PTL  ME       PROREP 4 11 30 2007 1     203855  PT  203855  PT    PROREP 4 11 30 2007 1        203855  PT  203855  PT                OR                      OR                   
249. les Work Center  Jor2 Order Filling Second Shift M  Type of Work  Jor Order Filling x   Allocation   CORE Core Specialty Supplies M  Document   ceses  Document   Audited Units   2s  Eailed Units   2  Mistakes      Wrong SKU  1  Under Pick  0  Over Pick  1       List of Daily Quality Sheets    Data is generally entered from an auditor s quality sheet  either by a clerk  or the  auditor  See Chapter 10 for more information     Printing Daily Reports    Daily reports can be printed as often as desired  Itis very important to be aware that  every printing of a day   s reports updates the day   s data in the Work Center  DataDiary  The Associate and Allocation DataDiaries are not updated When the  reports are printed  They are only updated when the day is posted     To print a daily report  highlight the desired day  select Data  and then Print Daily  Reports     126 e Chapter 8  Daily Procedures User   s Guide to ProRep    Print a Detailed  Production Report that  includes all activities  performed by the  associate     Include each activities  Elements     A work center  production summary  prints one summary  line for each associate    Prints the report to a  PDF file that anyone  can view or print using  the Adobe Acrobat  Reader provided with  ProRep     User   s Guide to ProRep       ProRep 4  0  SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers    Data    Riel Report   iew Saved Dany     Print Daily Files Menu Selection    A dialog box is displayed that allows selection of th
250. ling Second Shift 2 15 30 23 30  RCY Receiving 1 07 00 15 00  1  2             a     SHIP1 Shipping First Shift 07 30 15 30  SHIP2 Shipping Second Shift 15 30 23 30    nee oN  anewon    Print List             6 active  7 allocated  of 99 maximum    The list of Active Work Centers    To add a new work center  click the Add button  To edit an existing work center   click on the work center in the list and click the Edit button     54 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep      Edit Work Center Record  3 x   Code  pF2  Close      Description   Order Filing Second Shift    General   Data Collection   valid Types of Work      Supervisor   Bob Nix  Authorization Password  fn  cp    Shift   2 I        The Work Center General Tab    Specifying the Work Center   s Identification Code    Enter a code that uniquely identifies this work center  The code can be any  combination of up to 10 letters and numbers  The work center   s code is primarily  used when entering data on production sheets  Therefore  it should be short but  easily recognizable     Entering the Work Center   s Description    Enter a description of up to 30 characters  Typically the description consists of the  work area name and shift  if applicable  Caution  If the supervisor of this area is  re assigned to another work area  do not change the description of this work center   Instead  change the name of the supervisor assigned to this work center     Spec
251. m another ProRep System  220  ODE File  222   Importing Data from a Production Sheet Import File   142   Importing Data from a Time and Attendance System   139   Importing Data from Non ProRep Systems  148   Importing Data into the Document Lookup File  140   Incentive based on the Associate   s Past Performance   98  235   Including a Percent Increase Decrease in a Column   185   Including a Variable in a Total or Subtotal Line  196   Including Last Year   s Data in a Column  185    User   s Guide to ProRep    Including the Activity   s Units in Allocation Totals  100  Installation  1  Installing  1  2  3  Software from the Network Drive to a Workstation   2 3  Software to a Network Drive       K  Key Entry into Production Sheets  125    L    Layout of the Lookup Import File  141  Learning ProRep  10  ProRep Manual  10  ProRep Tutorial  10  License Key  1  225  Line Description  196  Lookup Import File  139  Lunch  89  109  129  132 33  132  133    Making an Associate Ineligible for Incentive Pay  57   234   Manually Purging Records from the Lookup File  141  Measuring Peromance and Productivity  34   Modifying and Creating Line Graphs  206   Modifying and Creating Pie Charts  213   Modifying Previously Entered or Missed Transactions   134   Multiple Documents for the Same Period of Time  93  Must Find  140       N    No Reuse  140  Not Including the Associate on the Incentive Payroll  Report  57  234    O    On Screen Self Entry  93  129  134  One Line Report  253   One Lin
252. manent  Z76354  Grubbs  Jeff OF1 700 11 0007      1 1992 08 12 6 87 100 00  Temporary    Example 2  Only the number and name fields are in these records      A12456   Burdell    George    Z76354   Grubbs    Jeff     Example 3  Only the number  name and pay rate are populated in these records     A12456 Burdell George       777  7 15  Z76354 Grubbs  Jeff     47477776287    66 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    Allocations    User   s Guide to ProRep    When daily production data is entered onto a production sheet or imported from  another system  it can be allocated to a customer  product line or department   Following are some typical examples of allocations used in different industries     e   Inaretailer   s distribution center  the allocations are the merchandise  departments     e Ina third party logistics center  the allocations are the companies for whom they  perform distribution services     e Ina manufacturer   s warehouse  the allocations are the different divisions of the  company for whom they warehouse products     e Ina manufacturer   s production facility  the allocations are the different products  that they make     e Ina financial services company   s operations center  the allocations are the  companies for whom they process credit card payments     The use of allocations is optional  It is not necessary to set up any allocations  Not  all organizations want to or need to track units  hours or cost by user of their 
253. me as used for accounts   If both systems use the same datafields a checkbox on the General tab will match  the datafields one for one     When all desired accounts and datafields have been mapped  the layout file is  complete  Click the save button     Importing an ODE File    ODE files are imported from the window that lists the ODE Import Layouts  To  import a single file highlight the file name and click Import ODE File  All existing  ODE files can be imported at once by simply clicking the Import All button    User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 17  Exchanging Data with other ProRep Systems e 251      ODE Import Layouts    To import the highlighted  file click Import ODE File        To import all ODE files  click Import All                                                                                                  When the import button is clicked  details of the import file are displayed          Edit ODE Import Layout Number  1             If the details of the ODE file are not correct on this screen the Import process can be stopped  without changing any data  If all the information is correct click import to import the file                Treo    A status window will be displayed while the file is importing  When this disappears the file  has been imported     252    Chapter 17  Exchanging Data with other ProRep Systems User   s Guide to ProRep    Appendix A  Using the Incentive    Features    The Incentive Module is an optional software module that is enabled thro
254. mport             G active  8 allocated  of 999 maximum    The List of Active Allocations    To add a new allocation click the Add button  To edit an allocation  highlight the  allocation and click the Edit button       Add Allocation Record  6 x   Code   eas Cancel      Description   oobers Auto Supply Save      General    No other options available       The Allocation Dialog Box    Specifying an Allocation   s Identification Code    Enter a code that uniquely identifies this allocation  The code can be any  combination of up to 10 letters and numbers  The allocation   s code is primarily used  when entering data on production sheets  Therefore  it should be short but easily  recognizable     Specifying an Allocation   s Description    Enter a description of up to 30 characters    Deleting an Allocation    If an allocation no longer exists  you have two choices     68 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    e Keep the allocation and its data in the database     e Delete the allocation and move its data into another allocation or to the     Not  Allocated    allocation  Note that once the data is summed into another  allocation  it can never be separated     To delete an allocation  click on the allocation and click the Delete button  The  delete allocation dialog is displayed        OK to Delete  x     Press the Delete Button to delete the following item from the  N database     Allocation to be deleted   AS   Goober s Auto Supply    Add
255. mported 20 0 0    ceesceseceeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeereeseens 169  Importing the ah l LEAS S ES E E E banaue balulaet at 170  Exporting Data for Use in Another Application           sssesseseesseeeessrserseeserseeseeressrsresseserseeseeseso 171  Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports 177  Daily Production Reports            ccccccssesssesscesseeeecesecesecaeceaecaeecaeeeseeeseseeeeeeeeeeneenseeneeneenaeenaes 177  Detailed Production Sheet Report         ssssssesesssesesssreeessesersesseesessesresseserseeseesesrseeseene 178  Production Summary Reportase ea e ER E ROAS 178   Hours Audit Report oina a e E Seen E ER estan ache ease ee  179  Viewing Daily Production Reports            c ccccesccesseeseceseceeceseceeecseecaeeeeeesseeeeeeerentens 180  Associate Analy SiS eieren e e ee aai a e e aaan a ae eaan 181  Associate Performance Analysis            ccsccesessseeseceseensecseeeseesseeeseeeeneeneeneenseenaeenaes 181  Associate C  st Analysis oseraies eee e a Ea E Aes T iani 182  Account Comparison Time Series Reports          ccccesccssesssecsseeseeesceeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseenseenseeseeeeeeaes 183  Account Comparison One Line Reports          cccccesccesecesecsseesseeseeeeeenseeeeenseeseeeeseenaeenseeneeeseeeaes 188  Activity Detail Reports xcifsc  c6ccceigevacegsd lash cgbetacd Ae E cbse deg bd de EE 190  Nie wIN ge REPOLHts 5    fet2ceetde ces fede seceRisceeec ted Gontolde sleds ele oh ocak A i cattn Re ea tees 193  Distributing Reports RNE SEET SEAE 194  Exportinig Report 
256. n associate such as a working or salaried supervisor may  not be eligible for incentive  If this associate performs only non measured activities     62 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    they are not working on activities that could result in an incentive pay  However  if  this associate performs activities that are measured  the default is to calculate  incentive pay  To prevent the associate from getting an incentive  un check the Pay  Incentive check box  This setting is only used in the incentive module     Specifying the Associate s Incentive Performance  Goal    The percent performance that must be met before an associate earns an incentive can  either be a system wide goal or a unique personal goal for each associate  The  setting is specified in the incentive module parameters as described in Appendix A   Using the Incentive Features  If personal performance goals are being used  enter  the percent in the Performance Goal box     Clicking on the Badge Number tab displays the following settings       Edit Associate Record  1 x   Close         First Name   cherie  Last Name   Boggs    General   Payroll   Incentive Badge Number      Badge   1    koot  Badge   2    coogg2  Badge    3   freon 5  Badge    4   cent 5  Badge         Specifying Associate ID s Used in Other Systems    If ProRep is importing data from a warehouse management system  WMS   pick to  light system or time and attendance system that
257. ndise department     Even if the allocation feature is used  there will be some activities that can not be  allocated  When an activity is set up  there is a setting that specifies whether it is  allocated     Chapter 4  How ProRep Works e 33    An account is automatically maintained in the allocation DataDiary for each  allocation  One additional account is also maintained for all units  time  and cost  that is not allocated  There can be a maximum of 999 allocation   Activities    In ProRep  the associate   s entire work day is accounted for  The time is assigned to    various user defined activities     34 e Chapter 4  How ProRep Works     amp  Activities  _  x   a Le ee Type of Work   Recore Close    None  Unmeasured Activityl   Indirect Activities 4  EAN  ea None  Unmeasured Activity  Indirect Activities 16  COUNT   Cycle Counting None  Unmeasured Activity  Cycle Counting 7  HAUL Hauling to Shipping Individual Standard Order Filling 6  LOAD Loading Individual Standard Shipping 9  MEET Meeting None  Unmeasured Activity  Indirect Activities 14      OE Order Entry Individual Standard Data Entry 11 Print List    PA Pick Adiustments Individual Standard Data Entry 12  PIK Picking Individual Standard Order Filling 5  PUT  Put Away Individual Standard Receiving And Put Away 4  RCC Receive Common Carrier Individual Standard Receiving And Put Away 1  RCON Receive Consolidated Team Standard Receiving And Put Away 2  RDE Receiving Data Entry Individual Standard Data Entry 10  RSS Re
258. nds on consistent files from the remote systems  a  corporate control file can be activated to restrict major changes made in remote    facilities     Select File  Maintenance  Create Corporate Control Files        ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    igi Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools                           Load System     al e 7  Change User ID           4 c   Backup  Zip   gt   Settings  Z      Update Account Totals      Exit Purge Deleted Datafields        Allocate Additional Datafields      Clone System      7 Document Lookup     gt     Edit System Maintained Fields  Import System Maintained Fields  Correct Posted Data        Daily Files    14       Select the folder for the corporate control file  The corporate control file should be  placed in the folder containing the system files  this is usually the PRDATA folder in    the ProRep folder     288 e Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems    User   s Guide to ProRep    Browse for Folder 21x     Folder for Corporate Control File        E e D drive  D    C  Actwin2  C  Adobe  G cjs      DataDiar   H  Dddata   C  Help      Manual  EPRD ata  C  Tutor  9  DDBackup    9  Demo  Saal Neamait N x       A corporate control file can be created when cloning a system    Cloning a ProRep System    Sometimes it may be necessary to clone a ProRep System  ProRep Systems are  usually cloned for new remote location  Sometimes systems should be setup fresh  and not cloned please conta
259. ne account or group can  be plotted at a time  To select an account or group  from the Settings for Line Graph  page of the wizard  click in the Plot or Account or Group box  select Account or  Group  then click in the Account Group to Plot box and select any account group in  the DataDiary from the drop down list     Selecting the Variables to Plot    Variables are formulas comprised of datafields in the DataDiary  The variables are  part of the graph layout  If the graph is a multiple variables type then from 1 to 5  variables can be potted at the same time  Otherwise  only one variable can be  plotted at a time  To select a variable  from the Settings for Line Graph page of the  wizard  click in the Variable to Plot box and select any variable in the DataDiary  from the drop down list     Plotting by Day  Week or Month    The lines on a graph are created by plotting data points and connecting lines between  the points  The points that are plotted can be either a day  a weekly total or monthly  total  If the data in the diary is kept by week and not by day  plotting by day is not  possible  To select the data level of the points that are plotted  from the Settings for  Line Graph page of the wizard  click either Day  Week or Month  Period      Note that all of the settings in the Data Level to Plot section at the bottom of the  Settings for Line Graph page of the wizard  are only associated with the currently  selected plot level  That is  the settings that are used for wee
260. ned   An import layout file only needs to be defined once  they are reusable      gt  ProRep     SSI Corporate Headquarters  File Data Tables Reports Charts BESTE Export Help    ene er el  4   Octobe OpRep Comma Separated Variable  CSV  File  Sun Mon Tue e MI ri    Creating an ODE Layout         A file must be exported from the remote DataDiary before an ODE layout can be  defined  The ODE layout maps the data from the ODE file into the DataDiary  A  layout file can be edited once it has been defined       ODE Import Layouts   _  et x                    2 ortheastern DDODE2   2     DataDian DDDATA Nedc ode False  3 Southwestem DC DDODE3   2 _C  DataDiar DDDATA S WDC  ode False  4  5        Northwestem DC  DDODE4   2 _ C  DataDiar DDDATA N WDC ode   False  Midwestern DC DDODES   2 _C  DataDiar DDDATA Midwest ode   True    Import ODE File    Import ALL      a     Edit     Delete      5 active of 999 maximum    The ODE Import Layout list displays which layouts have been previously defined   To add a new layout  click Add  To edit a layout  highlight it  then click Edit  The  Edit ODE Import Layout dialog box is displayed     Chapter 17  Exchanging Data with other ProRep Systems e 249         The name of the ODE file is  listed here  If the import file  name is different from the last  file imported it can be  changed by clicking the button General   Accounts   Fields    to the right of the filename     After the ODE file is  imported  it can be  deleted  renamed or kept  When im
261. nformation for which datafields can be established     e Budgeted hours   e Planned units   e Actual payroll expense   e Total weekly hours from a time and attendance system  e Vacation hours    User defined datafields along with system defined datafields can be included on  user defined reports and graphs  For example  this allows comparing budgeted  hours to the actual hours input into ProRep     A user defined datafield can be added to one DataDiary or to all three DataDiaries   There can be a maximum of 9 999 datafields     To learn how to add user defined datafields  see the section titled Datafields in  Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables     Entering and Modifying Data in the DataDiaries    User   s Guide to ProRep    Data for the system maintained datafields is automatically maintained in the diaries   Printing the daily production sheet reports updates only the work center DataDiary  with current results  Posting the production sheets updates all three DataDiaries     When the DataDiaries are Updated    Work Center    Allocation       The data in system maintained datafields cannot be directly changed  After a daily  production sheet is posted  the data in these fields can only be changed by using the  feature to correct posted data     Data for user defined datafields is entered or modified by key entry  Data can also  be imported from a file as discussed in the next section  To manually enter or  modify data  make sure that the correct active DataDiary i
262. ng the data   s date  account code and datafield number     172 e Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    Record Layout  Month  Day  Year  Account Code  Datafield Number  Data  Example     2 24 1999  RCV  1 14 71  2 24 1999  RCV  2  13 57  2 24 1999  RCV  3 33  2 24 1999  RCV  4 2016  2 24 1999  RCV  5 5 64  2 24 1999  RCV  6 5 06    filename Accounts CSV   Contains the account codes and descriptions in the CSV  file  The accounts are either the work centers  associates or allocations depending on  the DataDiary that from which the data was exported     Record Layout  Account Code  Account Description  Example      RCV   Receiving     OF1   Order Filling First Shift    OF2   Order Filling Second Shift    SHIP 1   Shipping First Shift    SHIP2   Shipping Second Shift    CSA   Customer Service  amp  Admin      filename Fields FLD   Contains the datafield numbers and descriptions in the CSV  file     Record Layout  Datafield Number  Datafield Description  Example     1  Receive Common Carrier   Measured Hours   2  Receive Common Carrier   Earned Hours   3  Receive Common Carrier   Shipments   4  Receive Common Carrier   Cartons   5  Receive Consolidated   Measured Hours   6  Receive Consolidated   Earned Hours     The exported files can be imported or opened in Excel  Access  and most other  software  To use the data in Excel from the Excel menu bar select File  Open     X Microsoft Excel   Booki  s WIG Edit View Insert Format To
263. ns dialog page of the wizard     Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 231    x x   Options   Plots horizontal lines at the   How to Plot datapoints with zero values  I Plot Average Lines  average value of each plot     y    line         Ar Frint Logo on Chart    Draws a symbol such as a  square around each data  point     Adds your logo to the chart   A graphic named logo bmp  needs to be saved in the  ProRep directory for this to  work     Plots the line as the  percent difference from the  lines average value    This is an example  of plotting average  lines                   View Line Graph Number  16   Cartons Received Per Hour       Ignore 7    T Plot Symbols at each data point Do Not Plot Before this Date              I Plot as Percent Variance Do not Plot After this Date                 How to plot datapoints with no value   has three options ignore  plot  or don   t  plot  This is often used when plotting  by day     Excludes the plotting of  lines outside of these  dates     Plotting a Line   s Average Value    Flat horizontal lines can be drawn at the average value of each line that is plotted   To plot the averages  from the Options page of the view line graph wizard  check the  Plot Average Lines check box           Drawing Symbols at Each Point That is Plotted    On black and white printers  distinctive symbols are always drawn at each point that  is plotted  For example  one line may have a hollow circle drawn at each point while  another line has filled squares  To 
264. nt   s description is changed  the description of every datafield  for the element will be changed     Deleting an Element    An element cannot be deleted if it is used on any activities  If an element is not used  on any activity and it is no longer needed  you have three choices     e Keep the element and its data in the DataDiaries   e Delete the element and merge its data into another element   s datafields     For example  you originally set up an element named boxes and later added an  element named cartons  A couple of activities were added with the element  named boxes  Later  several more activities were added with the element named  cartons  Now you want to standardize and always use the word cartons  To do  this  add the element named cartons to the activities that use the element named  boxes  Then delete the element boxes and add its data into cartons     e Delete the element and its data from the DataDiaries  Caution  Choose this  option with great care  Once the data is deleted it cannot be restored     To delete an element  click on the element and click the Delete button  The delete  element dialog box is displayed     Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 95           OK to Delete              Delete Element Dialog Box    If the element   s data is to be summed into another element  select the element from  the pull down list  To actually delete the element  click the delete button     Mistakes    Mistakes are the reasons why an item fails a quality audit  Mist
265. nt of  mistake hours is greater than the percent set for this parameter  the incentive hours   earned hours  are reduced by the mistake hours that are in excess of this percent     Example of factoring quality failure hours into incentive pay      Failure Hours Allowed  5   Failure Hours  3 25   Earned Hours  40 25  Incentive Hours  8 75    Allowed Failure Hours   2 01  40 25 Earned Hours x 5  Failure Hours Allowed   Excess Failure Hours   1 24  3 25 Failure Hours   2 01 Allowed Failure Hours     Quality Adjusted Incentive Hours   7 51  8 75 Incentive hours   1 24 Excess Failure  Hours        Minimum Percent Quality Index before any incentive is paid   If the associate   s  quality index is less then the percent specified for this parameter  no incentive is  paid     Clicking on the Rate Scale tab displays the following settings     Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features e 257    4       Incentive Module Parameters    l  i    EE S  D   m   oo A    KKANKEKI       Incentive Module Parameters Rate Scale Tab    Controlling the Incentive Payoff Rate    The rate scale determines the amount of incentive that is actually paid at a given  level of performance over the goal  The rate scale allows for graduated payoffs  The  rate scale has 10 increments of percent performance above the goal  The amount of  performance above the goal that each increment represents is specified by the setting  for the Value of each Scale Increment  Each increment can have a different  percentage payoff 
266. nter   charts are printed with distinctive symbols at each point that is plotted to help  distinguish between the different lines that are plotted     When a line graph is first viewed  what is plotted and how it is plotted is the default  view saved in the layout  Nearly all of the settings can be changed by any level user  while the report is being viewed  This is a very interactive process  Settings such as  the scale or time period can be changed and the graph immediately re displayed     To print a line graph  it is first viewed on the screen  If necessary  the graph   s  settings can be modified  When the graph is displayed as desired  it is printed by  clicking the viewing window   s Print button     To view a line graph  select either the work center  associate  or allocation DataDiary  as the active DataDiary    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   Work Center       l ql       ocial          A  ate  Allocation        Then from the menu bar  select Charts  Line Graphs     Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 227    ProRep     SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Line Graphs                                                                                  Click on the desired line graph  then click the View Graph button  This will activate  the line graph wizard     228 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs User   s Guide to ProRep          i View Line Graph Number  16   Cart
267. nter DataDiary  A for Associate DataDiary  and L  for Allocation DataDiary    The odenum is either the number of an ODE Layout or the word    ALL     Ifa  number the layout will be used to import data from the ODE files in that layout into  the DataDiary  If    ALL     then all ODE Layouts will be imported     KIOSK date    Opens ProRep in Individual Entry Kiosk mode  After it prompts for a User ID and  Password  the Kiosk screen will be displayed for the date provided  When  a user  closes down the Kiosk screen  ProRep will close and exit     The date must be in the currently active weeks  The day   s files will be created  if  they don   t already exist     KIOSKGROUP date    Opens ProRep in Group Entry Kiosk mode  After it prompts for a User ID and  Password  the Kiosk screen will be displayed for the date provided  When  a user  closes down the Kiosk screen  ProRep will close and exit     The date must be in the currently active weeks  The day   s files will be created  if  they don   t already exist     KIOSKSELF date    Opens ProRep in Self Transaction Entry mode  After it prompts for a User ID and  Password  the Kiosk screen will be displayed for the date provided  When  a user  closes down the entry screen  ProRep will close and exit     The date must be in the currently active weeks  The day   s files will be created  if  they don   t already exist     PRINTDAY date    Prints the Daily Production Reports using the current settings that were last used on  the Print Di
268. ntry in the dialog box is a line on the production sheet  When a line is saved  the next line automatically opens     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix E  Entering Production Sheets with Elapsed Times e 297    Some activities must be    allocated  This setting is EE   specified when the activity F D E a   is setup  A  sHP2 Shipping Second Shit SY uc   Haut Hauingto Shipping H   Enter the actual ma   number of hours it took a   to complete the activity  core   If the activity is set to Fal    prorate time  the actual  hours prompt is not    displayed   so    Depending on the activity  different elements are  listed        Edit Production Sheet Dialog Box    After each line is entered  click the Save button to automatically open the next line to  be entered  After all of the lines have been entered click the Cancel button or   lt ALT gt  C     All lines on the associate s production sheet are displayed      amp  Production Sheet for  Monday  November 27  2000                                        Click Save to return to the list of associates  If any activities are set to prorated time   the following will be displayed     298    Appendix E  Entering Production Sheets with Elapsed Times User   s Guide to ProRep    3 00   30  293                               0   Manual         i  Order Filing Second Shift    2  Shipping Second Shift             E Customer Service  amp  Admin        Time can only be prorated for measured activities  Unmeasured activities  such as  meetings and 
269. numbers  The activity code is used when entering and  importing production data     Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 105    Although activity codes can consist of only numbers  it is not recommended for  several reasons  Using the codes PIK and PUT for the activities Picking and Put  Away is easier to remember than using the codes 312 and 321  It is also relatively  easy to accidentally key in 321 when you meant to key in 312     Entering the Activity   s Description    Enter a description of up to 30 characters  The description will also become part of  the descriptions of the datafields that are created in the DataDiaries to hold data for  the activity     Specifying the Activity   s Type of Work    The activity   s type of work is selected on the General tab from the Type of Work  pull down list  An activity can be assigned a type of work for the purpose of  grouping like activities on certain pre defined reports     If the Quality Measurement module is used  the results of audits are entered and  tracked by type of work  Ifthe Quality Measurement module is being used and you  want to track quality statistics for this activity  make sure that you select the  appropriate type of work     Specifying that Document Numbers will be Entered    If document numbers are to be entered for the activity on production sheets  check  on the General tab  the Prompt for Document check box  In the box to the right   enter a description of up to 15 characters  This description is displaye
270. o not show pay     check the Include Pay on reports check box     Using Social Security Numbers instead of  Associate Numbers    Either ProRep associate numbers or social security numbers can appear on the  reports and in the files that can be created  To use social security numbers  check  the Include Social Security numbers on reports check box     Clicking on the Hours tab displays the following settings     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features e 255      Incentive Module Parameters x   Print Settings       Save   Cancel            General Hours   Rate Scale   Files   Datafields    Total Hours that must be worked before any incentive is paid   0 00    Measured Hours that must be worked before any incentive is paid   0 00    Percent of time that must be Measured before any incentive is paid   0 00    Total Hours after which overtime is paid   40 00    Overtime pay factor  fi 50      Overtime is factored into Incentive Pay IV    Failure hours decrease the incentive  I  Percent of failure hours after which incentive is decreased   3999 00 al    E  Mininum Percent Quality Index before any incentive is paid  fo  00         Incentive Module Parameters Hours Tab    Excluding Associates from Incentive Pay Based on  the Number of Hours Worked    Three parameters on the Incentive Module Parameters Hours tab are hurdles based  on the hours worked that must be meet by an associate to be paid an incentive     Total Hours that must be worked before an incent
271. oRep from manually maintained logs kept  by an auditor  Select the associate who performed the audits and click Add        Enter the Associate  that was audited         2 E  Edit Quality Line  1 x    Associate   39937 McGuire  Carter z   Work Center fOF2 Order Filling Second Shift z     Enter the work center  where the work was         performed  Type of Works  0 Order Filing g   Allocatiop4CORE Core Specialty Supplies z          Enter the Type of Bfocument   26589 Document      Work Audited Brits   25  Failed Units   2  Enter the Allocation  Mistakes   Wrong SKU  1  Under Pick  0  Optionally a Over Pick  1  Document Number    can be entered     eal ee a rane    Add Quality Line Dialog Box    The quality sheets are entered in a similar manner to production sheets     156    Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    Enter the number of  Audited Units    Enter the number of  units that failed the  audit     Enter the number    and type of mistakes  made     User   s Guide to Spalding    BE  EE E E  A E Quality Line  1  x   por       Add Quality Line Dialog Box    When entry of the audit is complete  click the Save button  After all audits  performed by the auditor have been entered click the Close button     BEE    ale e      Quality Sheet for  Tuesday  October 31  2000             1   2  3  4  9        DATA    ICP          Click the Save button to return to the list of auditors     Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep e 157    This Pa
272. oRep system     To export data to an ODE file select Export from the menu and click on Operational  Data Exchange  ODE  File      gt  ProRep     SSI Corporate Headquarters    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Ex Help  4   October Comma Separated Variable  CS    File    Sun Mon Tue Tec nu TI           A calendar interface is displayed  It is used to select the length of time for which  data is to be exported     Chapter 17  Exchanging Data with other ProRep Systems e 247       E  Export Data to ODE File    1999           Ae BACA       e eeeerenve          Select the length of time and the time period to be exported and click the Export  Data button  In the above example  we selected to export data for the week ending  June 5         Export Data to ODE File             fores Save  fovere ooe Cancel                  The final step is to select a file name  Our fictitious company has a central office and  locations in five different geographic areas  Since the data being exported is the  Southeast   s  the file name identifies it as such  To finish exporting the file click  Save     Importing Data from another ProRep System    Data from one ProRep DataDiary can be imported into another ProRep DataDiary   To import a file select Import from the menu bar then Operational Data Exchange    248 e Chapter 17  Exchanging Data with other ProRep Systems User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep     ODE  File  Before importing an ODE file  an import layout file must be defi
273. of  mistake     Reducing Incentive Pay as a Consequence of Quality Failures   The entries into  the type of work   s Hours per Failure Unit and Hours per Mistake Unit fields control  how much time is subtracted from the incentive pay hours     Mistakes can reduce the amount of incentive pay  For more information on reducing  the amount of incentive paid for mistakes made please refer to Appendix A  Setting  Up the Incentive Module     Incentive Module Parameters Related to Quality    Three parameters on the Incentive Module Parameters Hours tab determine if  incentive pay is decreased or prevented as a result of ProRep   s quality feature   s  failure hours     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature e 275      Incentive Module Parameters x   Print Settings       Save   Cancel      General Hours   Rate Scale   Files   Datafields      Total Hours that must be worked before any incentive is paid  fo  00    Measured Hours that must be worked before any incentive is paid  fo  00    Percent of time that must be Measured before any incentive is paid  fo  00      Total Hours after which overtime is paid   40 00      Overtime pay factor  fi 50      Overtime is factored into Incentive Pay IV       Failure hours decrease the incentive  I  Percent of failure hours after which incentive is decreased   3999 00      i  Mininum Percent Quality Index before any incentive is paid  fo  00         Incentive Module Parameters Hours Tab    Failure hours dec
274. of another activity by entering the elapsed time of the interrupting activity  In fact   the time for several activities can be subtracted from the same activity     For example  an associate   s only job during a day is training  The associate clocks  in at 8 00 and clocks out at 4 30  The only other events that occur during the day are  a 15 minute break  and a 30 minute lunch  The clock in is entered as 8 00  The  break and lunch are entered as two separate elapsed times  The General Clerical  activity is entered with a stop time of 4 30     Removing Lunch and Other Non Paid Time    Press the  lt F9 gt  key The special activity code of  LUNCH is used for removing the time for lunch from    g enter  L UNI CH the associate   s hours worked  The time for lunch  like breaks discussed previously   into the activity is usually entered as the amount of elapsed time  The elapsed time is subtracted  code field    from the next activity entered with a stop time     148 e Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  E  Edit Production Line  1 xi  Work Center  fort  Order Filling First Shift z  Close  A    Activity    J   T a a ered        Tean  DffClock  i  Allocation    CLOCKIN  F10   a  LUNCH  F9   Break  Note       Stop Time      4 Hauling to Shipping  Elapsed       Save   Cancel    4  add   inset  eat   Delete   Prim   Pues Ue       The special activity code of OffClock is used for removin
275. old the results of performing these activities   This includes datafields for     e Measured hours   e Unmeasured hours  e Earned hours   e Cost    e Datafields for each element  unit of measure  such as cartons  lines and  pallets    If the quality measurement or incentive modules are used  datafields are also  automatically set up by ProRep to track the results of these modules     User defined datafields can be set up to hold data that is not entered into production  sheets or otherwise produced within ProRep  Following are examples of typical  information for which datafields can be established     e Budgeted hours   e Planned units   e Actual payroll expense   e Hours from a time and attendance system  e Vacation hours    A user defined datafield can be added to one of the DataDiaries or to all three  DataDiaries  There can be a maximum of 9 999 datafields     When a new DataDiary is created  the user specifies the number of datafields to  include in each record  This can be any number up to 9 999  The larger the  number  the more disk space that the DataDiary will consume  Therefore  a number  smaller than 9 999 is usually specified  200 to 1 000 datafields is typical   Initially   these datafields are marked as not used  When a system maintained or user defined  datafield is added into a DataDiary  it is assigned to one of the unused datafields   When all of the fields in the DataDiary records are used or active  space for  additional datafields must be allocated as di
276. ols   ari New    Ctri N    Open    Ctri 0    Close                    Data Window Help    s             Save Ctrl S  Save As     Save Workspace             This displays the open file dialog     Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries e 173             Open           nO          adaaez    Quarter1 CSV  Quarter1  Accounts CS       s  Quarter  Fields CSV Cancel    Advanced         T Read Only         Find files that match these criteria     File name    z  Text or property    z  Find Now    Files of type   T ext Files    pm     txt  csv  v Last modified  ary time 7  New Search      All Files       a  3 file s  fount hicrosoft Excel Files    wal       xls     la        Lotus 1 2 3 Files    wk    QuattroPro DOS Files    wq    Microsoft Works 2 0 Files  wks  _                Select Text Files from the drop down list of file types  Open the folder that contains  the files created by ProRep  When the exported files are displayed  click on the  desired file and click Open     The data in the file created by ProRep is displayed     X Microsoft Excel   Quarter   CSV olx      Fie Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help  le  x        plela allle slalalo  olol zla  az slala e A 9  Z i z s z u   l lal   slo    sl     l Tm        1999 RCV  1999 RCY  1999 RCV  1999 RCY  1999 RCV  1999 RCY  1999 RCV  1999 RCV  1999 RCV  1999 RCV  1999 RCV  1999 RCV  1999 RCY  1999 RCV  1999 RCV  1999 RCV  1999 RCY  1999 RCV Oo    4  4   gt   Dif Quarter   fal         Ready  Sum T       INUME  f    Z  Excel d
277. om the previous non zero point to the next non zero point   Plot Plot the point as a zero   Don   t Plot Do not plot the point  This will cause a break in the line     To specify how points of zero should be handled  from the Options page of the view  line graph wizard  click in the How to Plot Data Points with Zero Values box and  select a method from the drop down list     Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 233    Plotting Only Within a Specific Range of Dates    If the DataDiary does not contain data before a certain date or the current time  period   s data is incomplete  you may not want to avoid plotting some of the points  for the first dates and last dates  To specify the date before which not to plot  from  the Options page of the view line graph wizard  click the calendar button in the Do  Not Plot Before this Date box and select the date  To specify the date after which  not to plot  from the Options page of the view line graph wizard  click the calendar  button in the Do Not Plot Before this Date box and select the date     The default start plotting date for all graphs can be specified from the main menu by  selecting Charts  then Options and selecting the date from the calendar     Selecting the View button from either the Options page or Settings for Line Graph  page of the wizard will display the line graph     Graphs can only be   EEE  printed while they   N a Ie    i Modify ori PDF File   Clipboard  are being viewed  ene eel    Receiving   Total  1997          
278. ommon Carrier activity     Activity Description  Receive Common Carrier  Elements  Shipments    SKU   s    Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 93    Lines    There can be a maximum of 999 elements     Adding or Editing an Element    To set up a new or edit an existing element  from the menu bar select Tables   Elements           ProRep     Ssi Southeastern Distribution Center  File Data Reports Charts Import Export Help  Active DataD Work Centers  _ Associates  Allocations  Activities   Eements o    Types of Work          A list of previously defined elements is displayed     e Elements  ofj x   Record    SHIPMENTS  SKU S       List of Elements    To add a new element  click the Add button  To edit an existing element  click on  the element and click the Edit button     94 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep      Add Element Record  6 x   Description    Boxes Close      General      No other options available       Elements Dialog Box    Enter a description of up to 15 characters  The element description is also used as its  code  Therefore  the description must be unique  When entering units produced for  an activity  its the element descriptions are displayed     When an element is added to an activity  a datafield is added into each of the three  DataDiaries for the element  The datafield name consists of both the activity  description and the element description  For example  Receive Common Carrier    Cartons  If an eleme
279. omorrow or yesterday     For example  a work center has a normal start time of 18 00 hours  6pm  and a  normal stop time of 02 00 hours  2am   ProRep calculates that the day dividing  point is 10 00 hours  10am   This time is midway between the stop time and start  time  ProRep interprets transactions that occur between 02 00 hours and 10 00  hours as working late  ProRep interprets transactions that occur between 10 00  hours and 18 00 hours as working early     Clicking on the Data Collection tab displays the following settings    56 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep      Edit Work Center Record  3 x   O g Ea    Description   Order Filling Second Shift Save      General   Data Collection Walid Types of Work            Cycle Counting  CYC   Haulling  HAUL        4   Data Entry  DATA    gt     Receiving  RCV     Indirect Activities  IND  Shipping  SHIP   Locating  LOC   Order Filling  OF    lt  lt      gt  gt     5 Selected 3 Available       Valid Types of Work Tab    Specifying Which Types of Work are Performed in  a Work Center    By default  when a new Work Center is added to the table  data for every type of  work can be entered into the daily production sheets  To prevent the accidental entry  of data for activities that belong to a specific type of work  remove it from the  selected list on the Valid Types of Work tab     Deleting a Work Center    If a work center no longer exists  you have several choi
280. on tab are two boxes in which allocations are listed   The rightmost box contains a list of the allocations that are not on the activity and  therefore available to be included on the activity  The box to the left contains a list  of the allocations that are selected as being on the activity  Production data can only  be entered for allocations that appear in the Selected box     To select an allocation to be on the activity  move it from the Available box to the  Selected box     Deleting an Allocation from an Activity    Deleting an allocation from an activity has no impact on any data in the allocation  DataDiary  Deleting an allocation from an activity only prohibits production data  from being entered for the allocation     To remove an allocation from an activity  on the Allocation tab  move it from the  Selected box to the Available box     Specifying the Standards for an Allocation   s  Elements   When an allocation is added to an activity  the standards for the allocation   s  elements default to those displayed on the Elements tab  On the Calculations tab is a  setting that controls whether all allocations have the same standards or not  If they    do  the default standards for the elements are always used  If they do not  each  allocation has its own set of standards for the elements     To change the standards for an allocation   s elements  on the Allocation tab  click on  the allocation in the selected box and enter the standard in the Element Standard  boxes on
281. ons  Many different  types of pre defined charts are built into ProRep  Additionally  users can modify the  pre defined charts or create their own user defined charts that focus on specific areas  of interest     Pie charts and line graphs can be viewed on screen and printed on monochrome and  color printers  They can be saved as a Portable Document Format  PDF  file so that  they can be shared with other people in the organization  They can also be copied to  the clipboard and pasted into Microsoft Word documents and Microsoft PowerPoint  presentations     This chapter shows representative example charts as part of the process of setting up  and viewing charts  Chapter 3    The Information ProRep Provides    also shows many  examples of both pre defined and user defined charts     Viewing and Printing Line Graphs    User   s Guide to ProRep    There are three types of line graphs  They compare either multiple years  multiple  accounts or multiple variables  Lines on each of these three types can be plotted by  day  week or month     Following are examples of the available user defined chart types     Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 225    PA View Graph       Modify   PDF File   Clipboard   Cancel    Multiple year line Receiving   Common Carrier  graph displayed with 1999 1998 4937    weekly plot points        Cartons Received Per Hour       0  January  February  March   April May June July August SeptemberSctober NovemberDecember    Month    The above example is a multiple y
282. ons Received Per Hour       T Style of Line Graph          Account Group   Variable  Year 1    Year 2 Year 3    Variable   Year  Account1 Account 2 Account 3        PELE    Multiple Accounts                          Accourt Group   Year  Variable 1 Variable 2 Variable 3  SS       ENNO    Multiple Variables             The wizard provides buttons for the three types of line graphs that are available  The  text at the bottom of each button depicts the type of line graph  The graphic on each  button demonstrates how data will be plotted  For example  selecting the Multiple  Years button will plot from one to five lines with each line representing a different  year  Click Next to continue through the wizard         Up to 5 lines can be  plotted  The lines will  represent either years   accounts or variables  depending on the type of    graph            Fi View Line Graph Number  16   Cartons Received Per Hour    Settings for Line Graph   Plot Color  Years to Plot           M mes  1998    VOo m  1997          Depending on the type of B  irone   graph  this area allows    inone     selection of which  variable  account group  or year each of the plot  lines above will    Variable to Plot   Total    Plot Account or Group  Account Group to Plot   Data Level to Plot     Day Upper Dashed Line   to     Week    Middle Solid Line      Month  Period     fo 00      Lower Dashed Line     X               Axis Increment      15 00       Axis Origin        Daily  weekly or monthly  totals can b
283. ons and settings are  explained in detail in the manual  If there is a questions about what ProRep can do  and where the selection is made  it is best to refer to the manual     Everyone that runs ProRep or uses the information from ProRep should read the  following chapters     Chapter 2  Introduction  Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides  Chapter 4  How ProRep Works    User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep       The person responsible for setting up ProRep should read all remaining chapters   Others that use ProRep should read those sections that are appropriate for their  needs     ProRep Tutorial    The ProRep Tutorial is organized similarly to the manual     ProRe    Pre Defined Reports  amp   Charts    User Defined Reports   amp  Charts    Exchanging Data with  other ProRep Systems    SOFTWARE    The tutorial is less focused on the details of what selections and settings can be  made  It is more focused on how to do things using ProRep   s windows and dialogs   If there is a general question about how to use the software  it is best to refer to the  on screen tutorial     Chapter 2  Introduction e 13    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    14 e Chapter 2  Introduction User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 3  The Information  ProRep Provides    Daily Reports    User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep   s primary means for providing management and supervision with  information is through reports and charts  Many different types of reports and charts  are bu
284. orical Averages     Including this Activity   s Units in the Total Units  Produced    Some organizations calculate an overall units per hour that is used as a key indicator   This is usually calculated by taking the units for one  sometimes two or more  processes and dividing it by the total of all hours  For example  the units picked per  total hour  or the units received and shipped per total hour     To specify that this activity   s units are counted in the total units produced for all  activities  on the Calculations tab  check the box to the left of Include Units in the  total of all activities     Selecting How Standard Times are Entered and  Displayed    The element   s standards can be entered and displayed as either minutes per unit or  units per hour  Usually  if the activities have only one element with a standard  the  standards are entered and displayed as units per hour  If some or most of the  activities have multiple elements with standards  the standards are usually entered  and displayed as minutes per unit     Changing the method for displaying standards does not change the standards  The  methods are mathematically equivalent  The method of display can be changed back  and forth without any consequences     114 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    The following standards are the same   2 000 Minutes Per Unit  30 Units Per Hour    To change the method of how the standards for elements are displayed  on 
285. ormance Analysis     Associate Quality Analysis  Document History       Incentive Calculation      A dialog box is displayed     User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features e 269    Prints the Incentive  Calculation Summary  Reports     Prints separate  reports for each work    rentor  Prints a one page detailed  report for each associate     Writes the incentive  calculation results into the  associate DataDiary                    ea Print Incentive Calculation Report  x     E EA    Output report to Printer  Group Associates by Home WorkCenter  Print Associate Detail Reports       Vv Create spreadsheet file   C  ProRep PRData PAYCALC XLS    Vv Output records to file   C  ProRep PRData PAYCALC DAT    Update Associate DataDiary with Incentive Pay results    Click any day in the week for which the incentive pay should be calculated and the  reports printed  Check the boxes for the reports and files that are to be generated     The incentives can be calculated for any past week  Incentives can also be  calculated without writing the results into the associate DataDiary  With these  capabilities  the results of using different incentive parameters can be tested     270 e Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features User   s Guide to ProRep    Appendix B  Setting up the  Quality Measurement Feature    Use of ProRep s quality measurement and reporting feature is optional  Even after  the rest of the ProRep system has been running for some time  quality can be  act
286. ormula by selecting the datafields and expressions  See Chapter 10  Setting up User Defined Formulas and Expressions for more information     After the variable is saved the pie charts variable settings are redisplayed     Add Pie Chart Number  1    Incoming Vs  Outgoing Hours    ai   et   oj    Incoming Hours  Outgoing Hours    244 e Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs       User   s Guide to ProRep    When the Next button is clicked  the View Pie Chart window is displayed  At this  point  the process is actually the same as if you were only viewing the chart   However  you will be returned to the Edit Pie Chart window after viewing the pie    chart where you can save the chart layout to disk     Distributing Charts    Charts can be saved as a PDF file and distributed electronically with ease  The  charts can then be viewed by anyone using the free Adobe Acrobat Reader        The PDF file  button creates a  PDF file     User   s Guide to ProRep     FE View Chart   Work Center DataDiary    PDF File   Clipboard      All Accounts   Measured Hours  Fiscal Month  January   Ending  Saturday  January 29  2000    Picking   Measured Hours  40 90    1 116 37    Loading   Measured Hours   12 24    333 97   Receive Common Carrier   Measured Hours  11 93    325 59   Staging   Measured Hours   9 38    256 08   Order Entry   Measured Hours   7 61    207 83       Receive Small Shipments   Measured Hours  4 45    121 60   Receive Consolidated   Measured Hours  3 52    96 14       Put Away   Measur
287. ort layout window is displayed     a  Edit Account Comparison Report Number  5  ioj x   File Column Options       Title   Receiving Volume Report This Year vs  Last Year Save   Cancel      e inches      jad O ES a E E SES VE TO OESE ES e EN ESE S E E E E 7  Date Account Common Carrier Consolidator Small Shipments  1999 1998 fo 1999 1998 a 1999 1998 i    1999    9 999  9 995  999 9  9 999  9 999  999 9  9 999  _9 999  999 9  9 999  9 995  999 9  9 999 9 9 9999   9 999  __9 999  999 9  9 999  9 999  999 9  _9 999  9 999  999 9  9 999  9 999  999 9  9 999 9  9 999 9   9 999  _9 999  999 9  9 999 9 999  999 9  9 999  9 999  999 9  9 999  9 999  999 9  9 999 9  9 999 9      Pescription 9999  9999 9999  9 999  9999 9999  9999   9999  999 9  9 999  9 999  999 9  9 999 9  9 9999     Total  Tota  Total Total  Tota Total  Total  Tota  Total Total  Tota  Total  _ Total                                        Column      Report       Add   Edit   Insent Delete   Options      Print         206 e Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    Report layout window    This is where you define columns  headings  summary lines  and other parts of the  report     Assigning a Report Title    The current report title is displayed at the top of the report layout window  Select the  Title box to edit or change the title of the report  The title font can be changed by  selecting Report Options  and selecting the Title Font button     Modifyin
288. ough it is recommended   Also  it is not required that a type of work is declared for an activity     Adding or Editing a Type of Work    To set up a new or edit an existing type of work  from the menu bar select Tables   Types of Work         gt  ProRep     Ssi Southeastern Distribution Center    File Data Reports Charts Import Export Help             Active DataD  Work Centers  Associates  Allocations    Activities  Soei    Sr  Expressions    Active DataDiary  gt     A list of previously defined types of work is displayed              amp  Types of Work  ioj x   a ee ee ne Close      DATA Data T7 5 ra ves  HAUL Hauling 7 4 Yes  IND Indirect Activities 6 8 No  LOC Locating 8 2 No  OF Order Filling 2 3 Yes  RCY Receiving 1 1 Yes Print List    SHIP Shipping 4 5 Yes  Add  Delete  8 active of 99 maximum Ui    List of Previously Defined Types of Work    To add a new type of work  click the Add button  To edit an existing type of work   click on the type of work and click the Edit button     98 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    a Edit Type of Work Record  2 Ea  Code   oF Save   Cancel      ilable 20 m   Mded 13 Description   Order Filling    Mistakes   Datafields              The hours per failure  unit can be used to  reduce the amount of  incentive an  associate is paid           IV Track Quality for this Type of Work    Hours per Failure Unit   0 000    Cost per failure unit  assigns a dollar cost   Failure Unit     per failed unit     NOTE  A failu
289. oup is a list of two or more accounts in the associate DataDiary   Reports and graphs can be produced that show totals of all associates in the group   Also  all of the associates in the group can be listed individually on reports by  selecting the group rather than by manually selecting each associate one at a time     ProRep automatically maintains an associate account grouping for each work center   When an associate is assigned to a work center  the associate account is  automatically added to their home work center   s account grouping  If an associate   s  work center is changed  they are deleted from the old work center grouping and  added to the new one     Associate groups can be created for several different purposes  Same possible  examples of associate groups are     e Employment status such as full time  part time  seasonal and temporary     e Length of service such as new hire  less than 1 year  1 to 5 years  and 5 plus  years     e Job title such as picker  packer  material handler  fork truck operator and data  entry clerical     An associate can be included in any number of groups  There are a maximum of 999  associate groups  In the example below  Linda Baxter is in both the Full Time  Associates group and the Data Entry Operators group     Group Description  Full Time Associates   Accounts in Group  Ruth Hanley  Yolanda Stillwell  Charles Pugmire  Linda Baxter    Tom Williams    Group Description  Data Entry Operators  Accounts in Group  Maria Corona  Linda
290. ours _ Actual  dard_ mance   Receive Common Carrier Cartons 17 268  113 80 109 25  151 7 158 1 96 0   Recive Consolidator Cartons 5 442 37 56     32 78  144 9  166 0  87 3    Receive Small Shipments _ Cartons 727  30 33    30 49  24 0 23 8  100 5   Receiving 23 437  181 69  4 172 52  129 0  135 9  95 0     Put Awa Pallets 523  22 42 i 253 2 104 4  Locating 523  22 42  H 23 3  104 4    Picking Cartons 6 965  89 05   Order Filling 6 965  89 05     Haul to Shipping Pallets 218  Toa  Hauling 218  7 35    Cycle Counting SKU s  Inventory Control    112 9    Indirect Activities    Total of All Activities                            Notice that the report was printed for the First Shift which is a user defined group of  work centers  Work Centers  Associates and Allocations can be assigned to any  number of user defined groups  For example  Order Filling First Shift can be on the  First Shift Group and on the Total Order Filling Group     Grouping  First Shift    Receiving    User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides e 23    Order Filling First Shift  Shipping First Shift    Customer Service and Administration    Grouping  Total Order Filling  Order Filling First Shift  Order Filling Second Shift    User defined Work Center Reports    User defined reports can be created that analyze and track your organizations key  statistics and indicators     SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Second Quarter of 2000   Ending  Saturday  July 29  2000    Ov
291. outheastern Distribution Center  ssi     Performance  amp  Productivity Summary    Non  Units Measured   Measured Earned     Perfor  Description Processed Hours mance    Receive Common Carrier Cartons  Receive Consolidator Cartons  Receive Small Shipments Cartons  Put Awa Pallets    Total Receiving Cartons    Picking Cartons   Haul to Shipping Pallets  Total Order Filling Cartons    Stage and Verify Cartons  Loading Cartons  Total Shipping Cartons     Receipt Entry Lines  Order Entry Lines  Pick Adjustments Lines  Total Customer Service  amp  Administration       Cycle Counting SKU s  Meetings    Total Non Measured 11 5 11 5    Total of All Activities 126 0 11 5 137 5 119 2 94 6                                Above is an activity detail report  When the report is printed  the user is prompted  for the range of time included in the report  In the example above  each line is a  daily total  Each line could be a total for a week  a quarter  a month  year  or any  range of time     To print an Activity Detail report   select either the work center  associate  or  allocation DataDiary as the active DataDiary     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   work Center    E    q e   Work Center  Eres    Sun Mon Tue Wei               Then from the menu bar select Reports  Activity Detail     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables   it  ticsi Cha
292. output the Associate Name  Work Center Description   Activity Description  and Allocation Description along with the codes that are  always exported     EXPORTDDDATA datadiar date numdays filename   dxtype     Exports the data from the DataDiaries into spreadsheet and database formats     The datadiar is either W for WorkCenter DataDiary  A for Associate DataDiary  or  L for Allocation DataDiary    The date is either the begin date or end date to be exported     The numdays is the number of days to export  If a positive number the date will be  treated as a start date  If the numdays is a negative number then the date will be  treated as an end date    The filename should be fully qualified  including an extension     Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep e 303    The dxtype is one of the DataExport types in the table below  If dxtype is not  provided  The filename   s extension will indicate which format to use     304 e Appendix F  Command Line Processing in ProRep User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    EXPORTODE datadiar date numdays filename    Exports the data from the DataDiaries to ODE file     The datadiar is is W for WorkCenter DataDiary  A for Associate DataDiary  and L  for Allocation DataDiary    The date is either the begin date or end date to be exported     The numdays is the number of days to export  If a positive number the date will be  treated as a start date  If the numdays is a negative number then the date will be  treated as an 
293. p    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  File Data Tables Reports Charts   Import Export Tools Help       Active DataDiary   work Center   Operational Data Exchange  ODE  File      SS ees a Delimited File      OpRep CSY   File      4   Sep  Production Sheet Records        Sun Mon           Document Lookup Records        The Import Delimited File dialog is displayed      gt  Import Delimited File Ea      Cancel         Filename     C  Budget cs      M Date is one field  Order of Day  Month and Year  MDY aa    Operation when data is imported       Replace a         Select the file to be imported by clicking in the Filename field  Then browse the  folders and files  select the file to be imported and click open     If the date is in a single field  check the Date is one field check box   Select the order of the date     Select if the imported data is to replace the data  be added to the data  or subtracted  from the data currently in the DataDiary    To begin the import process  click the Import button     Exporting Data for Use in Another Application    The data in a DataDiary can be quickly exported to a file that can be used by other  programs and systems  The file that ProRep creates is a comma delimited file  The  export file contains the data for all datafields and all accounts for the specified range  of dates     Note that data from both pre defined and user defined reports can also be exported  directly into spreadsheet and database files s
294. p to 30 characters     Adding or Removing Associates from a Group    The edit associate group dialog has two boxes  The box on the left is a list of  associates currently selected to be in the group  The box on the right left is a list of  associates that are not in the group but can be added to the group  Highlighting an    User   s Guide to ProRep    associate and clicking the arrow buttons will move an associate to the indicated box   Associates can also be dragged from one box to another     Making a Group a Primary Group    It is often more convenient to assign an associate to a group when the associate is  added to the associate table  When adding or editing an associate   s record  a field  named primary grouping is displayed  Groups that are marked as a primary grouping  are displayed in the primary grouping field   s pull down list  An associate can be  assigned to one primary grouping     To set the group as a primary group  check the box labeled Primary Grouping  Maintained from Associate Table     Deleting an Associate Group    To delete an associate group  from the list of groups click on the group and click the  Delete button  Deleting a group does not remove any data from the databases     Allocation Account Groups    An allocation group is a list of two or more accounts in the allocation DataDiary   Reports and graphs can be produced that show totals of all allocations in the group   Also  all of the allocations in the group can be listed individually on repor
295. ping First Shift  SHIP1  Full Time Permanent 1995 04 30                                                                                                    The list of Active Associates    To add an associate  click the Add button  To edit an associate  highlight the  associate and click the Edit button       Edit Associate Record  1    Order Filling First Shift  OF1   Full Time Permanent       The Associate General Tab    Adding or Updating Associate Information by  Importing   Optionally  associates can be added to the table or their existing information updated  by importing the information from a file  If the associate code already exists their    information will be updated  If the code does not exist it adds the associate to the  table     Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 59    Spalding Software   s  Datalmport application  can be used to create an  importable file from a  flat file or report printed  to file  Datalmport is  included on the ProRep  installation CD     The delimited file can be created using Excel  Access or any another application that  can create a delimited file  The delimited file must be of the proper format  for  details on this format see the section below  Associate Import File Format     Click the Import button  This displays a file selection window     Look in  ja Emp Data Files  gt     al c           File name   emp data csv  Files of type  fan Files          Cancel      I Open as read only y  4     Select the file to be importe
296. ported  the ODE file will be      gt  Edit ODE Import Layout Number  1  File    Title   Southeastern DC            DataDiar DDDATASSEDC  ode        Match Accounts one for     one and Match Datafields Match Accounts one for one No    one for one can be used  when the remote system has Match Datafields one for one    No X    the same Accounts or  Datafields as the local    System Name in ODE File  SS  Southeastern Distribution Center  Details of the ODE file to Date Time File Created  Friday  October 22  1999 11 03 09  be imported are displayed  First Date in File  Sunday  May 30  1999  Last Date in File  Saturday  June 05  1999    Data Level of Data  Day       Click on the Accounts tab to continue        Edit ODE Import Layout Number  1 BEE  File    Title   Southeastern DC Close      Re       Since most systems will    not have the same Account Code   ODE Account Description Account Code Account Description in this System  accounts  the remote       RCV Receiving SEDCS1     Southeast DC 1st Shift  system and local         i Order Filling First Shift SEDCS1 Southeast DC 1st Shift   SEa E h i  oF2  Order Filing Second Shit i  need to be matched  OF2 Order Filling Second Shift SEDCS2 Southeast DC 2nd Shift   SHIP1 Shipping First Shift SEDCS1 Southeast DC 1st Shift    SHIP2 Shipping Second Shift SEDCS2 Southeast DC 2nd Shift  Customer Service  amp  Admin  SEDCS1 Southeast DC 1st Shift             When an ODE file Import layout is defined  the accounts from the remote system  shoul
297. print each day on a separate line  A Week by Week report prints a  week total on each line  The Month by Month report prints a month total on each  line  Click next to continue through the wizard     186 e Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports User   s Guide to ProRep    This is the list of  what will be  printed     Select the year  to print  Any  year in the  system can be  used     This report is  being printed for  a month  any  range of dates  can be used     User   s Guide to ProRep          Fy Print Account Comparison Report Number  2    Order Filling First Shift  Order Filling Second Shift    Totals                      Print Sequences    The list of print sequences on the left contains what will be printed  The list defaults  to the print sequences defined in the report layout  The list can be modified     The window on the right contains what is available to be printed  The right window  contains tabs with Accounts  Groups of Accounts  Totals  and Separators  Items in  both left and right lists can be transferred back and forth using the left and right  arrow buttons between the windows     The items in this list will be printed in the order in which they are listed  To change  the order  an item can be moved up or down in the list by highlighting it and  selecting the up or down buttons  Click Next to continue     E  Print Account Comparison Report Number  5         iso  hss EAR   ma    PERSEE  Aine ars        ee  Re ie  ae  Jee ee    1    ee CIEE    e   EREEEEE
298. r   s Guide to ProRep    Overtime is factored into incentive pay   Increases incentive pay in proportion to  the percent of overtime hours  Usually  this box is checked     Example of factoring overtime into incentive pay    Pay Rate   8 00  Regular Hours  40 00  Overtime Hours  6 00  Total Hours  46 00  Incentive Hours  5 00    Total Pay    392 00    40 Regular Hours x  8 00 per Hour     6 00 Overtime Hours x    8 00 x 1 5 Overtime Factor       Average Pay Rate Including Overtime    8 52   392 00 Total Pay   46 Total Hours     Incentive Pay    42 60  5 00 Incentive Hours x  8 52 Average Pay Rate Including  Overtime        Factoring Quality Failures into Incentive Pay    Three parameters on the Incentive Module Parameters Hours tab determine if  incentive pay is decreased or prevented as a result of ProRep   s quality feature   s  failure hours     Failure hours decrease the incentive   Checking this box will result in the  associate   s quality failure hours being subtracted from their earned hours  The result  is that the associate   s percent performance for incentive purposes is reduced by the  amount of quality failure hours  ProRep   s quality features must be enabled in order  to reduce incentive based on quality results  The calculation of failure hours are  controlled by settings associated with the types of work     Percent of failure hours after which incentive is decreased   The percent of  mistake hours is calculated as a percent of the earned hours  If the perce
299. re description such as  orders  cartons  totes  pallets or lines  If the element descriptions are not  included in the records of the Lookup Import File  ProRep assumes that the  lookup units belong to the first element included on the activity     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 11  Acquiring Production Data from Other Computer Systems e 159    When entering a job completion transaction  ProRep is instructed whether to  perform a look up by a setting in the ProRep activity   s record  ProRep performs the  look up immediately after the document number is entered     E Edit an Activity Record    pe      The Activity    s Lookup  file settings are on the    activity dialog   s Order Filling  General Tab                    E    Attempt to find    Cannot be reused    Can be shared with other associates           There are two types of look up     Attempt Try to look up the document  If it is not found  allow manual entry  of the number of units completed     Must Find Try to look up the document  If it is not found  it is considered an  invalid transaction and manual entry of the units completed is not  allowed     If the document   s record is found in the lookup file but has already been used on a  previous transaction  the following permissions are supported     Allow Reuse Allow this record and the original number of units to be used  even  if it is already used by another ProRep transaction     No Reuse Do not allow this record to be used by this transaction if it is used  
300. re unit  is a unit with at least  one problem e g   wrong SKU  A failed  unit can have more  than one problem e g   wrong SKU and wrong       Type of Work General Tab    Enter a code that uniquely identifies this type of work  The code can be any  combination of up to 10 letters and numbers  The type of work   s code is primarily  used when entering data on quality auditor sheets  Therefore it should be short but  easy to recognize  Enter a description of up to 30 characters     Enabling the Measurement of Quality for a Type of  Work    Before the quality of any type of work can be tracked  ProRep   s quality  measurement features must be enabled as described in Appendix B Setting Up the  Quality Features  To track quality for a type of work  on the General tab check the  box next to Track Quality for this Type of Work     The track quality setting will allow units audited and units failed to be entered on  daily quality sheets  Datafields for the type of work will be set up in all three  DataDiaries for audited units  audited occurrences  failed units and failed  occurrences  If the tracking of quality monetary cost and hours features are enabled   datafields will also be set up for failure cost and failure hours     Specifying the Reasons Why an Item Fails a  Quality Audit    To specify why an item fails an audit  on the Mistakes tab  select the mistakes that  can occur when performing the type of work     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 99      
301. rease the incentive   Checking this box will result in the  associate   s quality failure hours being subtracted from their earned hours  The result  is that the associate   s percent performance for incentive purposes is reduced by the  amount of quality failure hours  ProRep   s quality features must be enabled in order  to reduce incentive based on quality results  The calculation of failure hours are  controlled by settings associated with the types of work     Percent of failure hours after which incentive is decreased   The percent of  mistake hours is calculated as a percent of the earned hours  If the percent of  mistake hours is greater than the percent set for this parameter  the incentive hours   earned hours  are reduced by the mistake hours that are in excess of this percent     Minimum Percent Quality Index before any incentive is paid   If the associate   s  quality index is less then the percent specified for this parameter  no incentive is  paid     Recording the Results of Audits    Quality sheets are similar to production sheets  When daily files are created the  quality sheets are created  To add or edit production sheets click on the desired day   click Data  Maintain Quality Sheets     276 e Appendix B  Setting up the Quality Measurement Feature User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Associates    Data    Maintain Quality Sheets _                   A  f          rr  mo                                              
302. rical average  one element must be  selected as the one used as the basis  Since historical standards are based on only  one element  selecting a different element deselects the previous element     To select the element  on the Elements tab  click the Element in the Selected box and  check the Use this Element for Historical Standard check box     Displaying the Settings for all of the Elements    On the Elements tab  pressing the Show All Elements    Settings button changes the  contents of the Elements tab as shown below     Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 117      Edit an Activity Record    Eo       The Activity   s Elements Tab with Show all Elements Selected    The Elements tab now displays how each element has been set up  To return to the  Element setup view  press the Return to Element Setup button     Clicking on the Allocations tab displays the following settings       Edit an Activity Record    Ca    Acme Motor Suppl   Central Business Products  Core Specialty Supplies  Integrated Computer Produc  Penrod Industries    Activity Allocations Tab    The right half of the Allocations tab shows all allocations and whether they are  selected to be valid for this activity or not  The left half of the tab shows the    118 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    standards for the allocation   s elements and other settings for the allocation  highlighted in the selected box     Adding an Allocation to an Activity    On the right half of the Allocati
303. rint Sequence       Group  All Accounts    Year 1998   Ending  Saturday  January 30  1999    Your company   s logo  Report Title oe        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center        Receiving Volume Report This Year vs  Last Year          Cartons       Heading Lower Band    Line Labels    Column Total  or Average    Cartons per       Common Carrier Consolidator Small Shipments                                                                               699 537  650 900 244 458  234 379 36 838             Acolumn with 3 subcolumns  of data for this year  last year   and percent change     Heading   The heading of a report contains descriptive information for the data that  is in the columns  In DataDiary  the heading consists of up to 3 different levels   called bands  The upper and middle bands can span multiple columns     Line Labels   On this month by month report and other time series reports  the line  labels are dates  On a one line report  the line labels are the names of the accounts  and or groups listed on the report     Columns   The first column on a report always contains the line labels which  explain what the data on the line represents  After the first column  columns contain  numerical information extracted from the DataDiary  A column can contain up to  three subcolumns  The first subcolumn is always printed and contains the data for  the current year  The second subcolumn is optional and contains the data for last  year  The third subcolumn is also option
304. rints one account or         Group  All Accounts  group total per page  Receiving Volume Report This Year vs  Last Year    Fiscal Month  December   Ending  Saturday  January 02  1999       The range of weeks is    selected at printing  Receiving    Cartons             Cartons per  Common Carrier Consolidator Small Shipments  12 05 1998 14 963      12 12 1998 15 109  Each week is printed 12 19 1998 14 632       7 12 26 1998 14 318  ona separate line  01 02 1999 13 013    72 035 26 115    3 794                                                    Account Comparison Report   Week by Week    Above is a week by week report printed for the fiscal month of December  which  contains 5 weeks  If this report were printed for a quarter  there would be 13 lines of  data  If this report were printed for a year  there would be 52 lines of data     184 e Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports User   s Guide to ProRep       Prints one account or  group total per page     The range of months is  selected at printing     Each month is printed  on a separate line     User   s Guide to ProRep    Group  All Accounts    Southeastern Distribution Center  ssi   Receiving Volume Report This Year vs  Last Year    Year 1998   Ending  Saturday  January 30  1999       Cartons    Cartons per  Common Carrier Consolidator Small Shipments                                                                         699 537  650 900 244 458  234 379 36 838 8 282             Account Comparison Report   Month by Mont
305. rlie  Carona  Maria  Gonzalez  Jose  Grubbs  John  Hanley  Ruth  McGuire  Carter  Pugmire  Charles  Rockford  June  Smith  Mary  Stillwell  Yolanda  Stuckey  Alice  Washington  Joe  Williams  Tom    All Accounts 104 2 104 7 102 0 90 9 a E H 90 4 96 5                                                                This report shows totals for a year  It could also be printed for a week  month or any  specified number of weeks     Pre Defined Associate Graphs    One of ProRep   s pre defined graphs shows associate percent performance several  different ways  The graph below shows an Associate   s performance this year as  compared to last year     20 e Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides User   s Guide to ProRep    View Graph    Washington  Joe   Percent Performance  1999            Performance             TT Juy  T adgust   september   October  November   December   January    Month    cot  February   March   april T May June       The following graph shows an associate   s performance as compared to the average  of all associates     View Graph       Percent Performance   1999  All Accounts          kl  3                              rere eer  TT Juy  august   september   October  November   December     January  Month    70  T T   7 r  February   March   aprii   May   June       The best way to take advantage of the ProRep   s graphing capability is by viewing  the graphs on screen  The process is very intuitive  interactive and easy to use     While a graph is being d
306. rmance for each of the 52 weeks in the year     The associate   s performance and productivity by activity is shown on the following  pre defined Activity Performance report        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Associates  Week Ending  Saturday  September 23  2000    Activity Performance      Actual Hours   Units Per Hour    Net  Units Unmeas  Earned  Description Produced  Measured ured Total Hours _   Actual    Account  Baxter  Linda  Put Away  Picking  Cycle Counting    Pick Adjustments  Breaks    Recive Consolidator   Put Away Pallets  Picking Cartons  Haul to Shipping Pallets  Breaks    Total of All Activities                         This report shows weekly totals for each activity that the associate performed  This  report could have shown monthly  quarterly or yearly totals     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 3  The Information ProRep Provides e 19    User Defined Associate Reports    ProRep is used in many different types of businesses and operations  Therefore   ProRep provides for the creation of user defined reports that are tailored to your  organization   s specific information needs and reporting style     The user defined report below shows the associates    performances in each of the  company   s work areas     SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Associates  Year 2000   Ending  Saturday  January 27  2001    Percent Performance by Activity      Receiving   Order Filling   Shipping    DataEntry      Consol   Account Carri idator          Boggs  Cha
307. rom the database  Caution  Choose this option  with great care  Once the data is deleted it cannot be restored     Only user defined datafields can be deleted  System maintained datafields cannot be  deleted directly by a user  System maintained datafields are automatically deleted  when the activity that they are associated with is deleted     To delete a datafield  click on the datafield and click the Delete button  The delete  datafield dialog is displayed     82 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    OK to Delete  x     Press the Delete Button to delete the following item from the  AN database     Datafield to be deleted     Eea Os    Add Datafield s data to the following Datafield     Cleanup   Unmeasured Hours       If the datafield   s data is not to be summed into another datafield  select None from  the pull down list  If the data is to be moved into another datafield  select the  datafield from the pull down list  After making the selection  click the Delete  button                                   Datafields   Work Center DataDiary  loj x   Description Record   User defined   inthis DataDiary_  Action a Cancel  Audtor   Failed Units 67 No No  Break   Cost 61 No Yes i Save  Break   Unmeasured Hours 41 No Yes  Cle 82   Yes Yes ed Hours  Cleanup   Cost 64 No Yes  Cleanup   Unmeasured Hours 44 No Yes Print List  Cycle Counting   Cost 55 No Ves  Cycle Counting   SKU s 22   No Yes  Cycle Counting   Unmeas
308. roups to PlOt          ccccecsceeseessceseceseceseceeeceeeseeeneeseeeneeees 230  Selecting the Variables to Plot    ccccccecsccsseessessceesceeseeecesecesecaecseecseeeseeeeeeeseeneees 230  Plotting by Day  Week or Month 0 0 0    eccecccesecsceesseeeeeeeceeeceeeenseeeseceseenseenseceeeneeenes 230  Selecting the Time Period When Plotting by Day          cececesceeseeseceecseeeneeeeeeeeeees 230  Changing the Scale cosicccecssc cetec ienn iiti ie E a EA diealedantevecs tees deve tenes 231  Setting the Scale   s Starting Point           cececeesseesceesceeseeeeceeecesecaecaecseeeaeesseeeeeeeeeees 231  Plotting Arbitrary Horizontal Limes          ccceeccecsesceeseesceesceeeeeseceseenseesseenseeneeeneeenes 231  Using the Same Scale for Daily  Weekly and Monthly Plotting   0 0 0 0  eee 231  Plotting a Line   s Average Value  0       ccccccssesssessceeseeesceeeeesecesecaeceeeseeaeenaeceeeaeeeaes 232  Drawing Symbols at Each Point That is Plotted    cc eceeseesseeseeeseeeseeeeeeneeeeeenes 232  Printing a Logo on a Graph 0    eecceecceseeesecceeseeeseeeneeseceeeeeseenseceseeeseenaeenaeeteeaeeenes 233  Plotting Lines as a Percent Variance from Average          c ccscessesseceteceseceseeeeenseenees 233  Handling Points that Have a Value of Zero    ceecceesceesceseceseceteeeeceeceseenseeseeeneeenes 233  Plotting Only Within a Specific Range of Dates            cecceeceeseeeteeseeeteceseenteeeeenes 234  Printing the  Graph cc s  c2cc cecc2 cies cee ctsce Giese celee sla enc dieses ecevalaes
309. rt  r 8 20  Hanley  Ruth  Rockford  June  Baxter  Linda  warmer  Jack  Bell  William  Stuckey  Alice  Grubbs  John  Washington  Joe  Stillwell  Yolanda     Williams  Tom  Gonzalez  Jose  Puamire  Charles    Print List             indicates earned hours and performance cannot be calculated due to Team and Reflective         List of Associates    Production Sheets    Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep e 147    Highlight another associate to continue to enter production data or click the close  button     Entering a Break and Other Activities Occurring in  the Middle of a Job    In most ProRep systems  an activity is set up for breaks  Breaks normally are taken  at the same time every day  Usually  they occur while in the middle of another  activity     The most convenient way to handle a break is by entering the elapsed minutes of the  break and not a stop time  The break   s elapsed minutes are subtracted from the next  activity entered with a stop time     For example  a picking job is completed and entered on the production sheet at 9 30  and the associate starts a packing job  At 10 00 the associates takes a 15 minute  break which is entered as 15 elapsed minutes  The associate returns from break   finishes and enters the packing job at 10 30  The packing job is assigned 45  minutes  It is the 60 minutes between 9 30 and 10 30  less the 15 minutes assigned  to break time     The time for any activity  even measured activities  can be subtracted out of the time  
310. rts Import Export Help  Active DataDiary   work Account Comparison        4   Pint Daily Reports      Sun D    View Saved Daily Reports                  Associate Analysis             Document History       Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 191    Pre defined  reports are  identified by a  No in the user    defined column     192 e Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports       A list of both pre defined and user defined reports is displayed       Activity Detail Reports   Work Center DataDiary   _  OF x     Activity Pe e   Year ys Year  Detailed Activity Performance   Detailed Activity Performance   Year vs Year  Units and Hours Detail Report            DDRF24   4       Print Report        5 active of 999 maximum       Highlight the report to be printed  by clicking on the report title  and select Print   This will activate the print wizard     E  Print Activity Detail Report Number  2  m Print Sequence   Current Print Sequence               Account   Accounts in Group   Totals      Accounts in Group  4 Customer Service  amp  Admin   Totals  All Accounts  Order Filling First Shift       Order Filling Second Shift    Receiving  Shipping First Shift  Shipping Second Shift    2 Selected             Print Sequences    The list of print sequences on the left contains what will be printed  The list defaults  to the print sequences defined in the report layout  The list can be modified     The window on the right contains what is available to be printed  The right window  
311. s   lt  lt   Receiving Entry Measured Hrs    Receiving Entry Skus   gt  gt    Stage  amp  Verify Cartons    1 Selected 43 Available    la    Add visual Check the boxes to add  separation between a blank space or draw  groups of activities  a line after this line     Line Description    There are two line description boxes  One box is left justified on the printed report  the other is right justified     Specifying the Type of Line    There are three types of lines on an activity detail report  Detail lines contain  information for a specific account or group of accounts  Sub total lines contain a  total of the lines above the sub total line  beginning at the line after last sub total  A  total line contains the total of all detail lines  and is typically the last line on a report   To specify the type of line  on the Line Options dialog box  select the appropriate    type     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 221    Creating Separation Between Lines    To include a blank line or  to draw a line before or after a line of data  check the  options on the Line Options dialog box     Assigning Datafields to the Variables    To select the datafield that is to substitute for a variable on a detail line  click on the  variable tab and select the field s  or expression s   To move a field from the  available list to the selected list  highlight the field to be moved and press the left  arrow button  Alternately  you can double click on a fiel
312. s and Types of Work at  length  Chapters 8  9  10  and 11 describe in detail how to get data into ProRep     50 e Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System User   s Guide to ProRep    User Defined Reports and Graphs are explained in Chapters 16 and 17  It is  recommended that all of the chapters mentioned above be read before starting to use  your new system     Changing the System Title    User   s Guide to ProRep    The system title can be changed after the system has been set up  Select file   Settings  Current System  Title     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers       itt Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help     a asl de    Change User ID      Backup  Zip    Janua    Application  gt       Maintenance  gt  MOEA IS    History Weeks      Track Cost Info                   Quality        The following dialog box will be displayed  Enter the new system title and click  Save     a System Title x     Save   Cancel      System Title   ssi Southeastern Distribution Center       Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System e 51    This Page Intentionally Left Blank    52 e Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System User   s Guide to ProRep    Chapter 6  Creating and  Maintaining the Tables    Work Centers    User   s Guide to ProRep    This chapter discusses how to set up and edit the following tables     Work Centers   Associates   Allocations   Groups of work centers  associates and allocations  Datafields in the DataDiaries    Fiscal Calendar us
313. s displayed    ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  e  x   Ne Data abes Hepons  Uhats Impot Export Help       Sotive DataDiarny BBM aT el ee S a LOLE ES A ES LL PA LLL  Xfi onathan Phenicie  4   Q Ok to Post the data fONbis day   gt    Posting will add the data for t  aday into all the DataDiarys and will make the   Sun day uneditable     Below is a list of the Work Centers showin Nghich have been marked as  approved        Work Center   Re Approved On  7 1  Receiving  2  Order Filling First Shift Yes    3  Order Filling Second Shift Yes  4 4 4  Shipping First Shift Yes  5  Shipping Second Shift Yes  B  Customer Service  amp  Admin  Yes    Sat          28       Ooo a ee T    Post Daily Data Dialog Box       Chapter 8  Daily Procedures e 133    The approval status of each work center   s production sheets is displayed  The daily  files can be posted even if one or more work centers have not been approved by a  supervisor  To post the daily files  click the Post button     A detailed final report is produced as a PDF file when the day is posted  This file is  stored for six weeks  The report is identical to the report generated by printing daily  files described earlier in the chapter  After a day is posted it can not be printed  except by using the PDF file created when posting     ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers       File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   work Center z   l  l User  Jonath
314. s selected     Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries e 167    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers     woren  gt        Ol a       i ptember  Allocation    Then from the menu bar select Data  View DataDiary        ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  PELC       View DataDiary        Create Daily rales    tam Rroducton Sheet    Fost Daily Data    End Processing           This displays the Form View window     168 e Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries User   s Guide to ProRep    To edit the data un   check the Read Only  check box     To automatically save  the data that has been  changed without  clicking the save  button  check the  AutoSave check box     Ei Work Center DataNiam Form View      l  a m      Break   UnMeasured Hours     43  Budgeted Hours   Cleanup   UnMeasured Hours ue Si  22 Cie Coun  ERUS i xe Order Filing Frst Shit  Cycle Counting   UnMeasured Hours   Deleted Activities   Cost   _47  Deleted Activities   Earned Hours   Shipping Second Shift  5  Deleted   ctivities   Measured Hours   46  Deleted Activities   UnMeasured Hours    I AutoSave             Hauling to Shipping   Earned Hours       Hauling to Shipping   Measured Hours  25  Hauling to Shipping   PALLETS    31  Loading   CARTONS  30 Loading   Eamed Hours Date  Friday  January 01  1999    Loading   Measured Hours i      I   January   1999      Sun Mon Tue Wed Th Fr       Meeting   UnMeasured Hours      36  Order Entry   Earned Hours  Order Entry   LINES
315. scussed later in this section     Data can be manually entered into user defined datafields or imported from a file   For more information see Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries     78 e Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables User   s Guide to ProRep    The number of active   available  deleted     allocated  and    maximum datafields is    displayed     User   s Guide to ProRep    Both the automatically defined and user defined datafields can be included on user   defined reports and charts     Adding or Editing a Datafield    To set up a new or edit an existing user defined datafield  make sure that the correct  Active DataDiary is selected     ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools    Active o O EE x g  pen       Then from the menu bar select Tables  gt  Active DataDiary  gt  Datafields     File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help   WorkCenters      Associates      Allocations              Active DataDi       Activities _     Elements      Sur Types of Work      Mistakes            Expressions        Datafields         g Fiscal Calendar  gt        Groups        The list of all datafields in both this DataDiary and the other DataDiaries is  displayed         Datafields   Work Center DataDiary  loj x              a cose    Auditor   Failed Occur  68 No Ne   Auditor   Failed Units 67 No No   Break   Cost 61 No Yes   Break   Unmeasured Hours  4 No Yes Print List  Cleanup   Co
316. ser   s Guide to ProRep    oy MEE        Add a New System  x        The associate DataDiary   s data level can be selected  The most common data level  used is weekly  if unsure of the of the desired level use the default selection of  weekly  Select the desired data level and click the allocation tab     Add a New System       s  g       The allocation DataDiary   s data level can be selected  The most common data level  used is weekly  if unsure of the of the desired level use the default selection of  weekly  Select the desired data level and click next to continue        User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System e 47    a Add a New System       All of the selections that have been made are displayed in this dialog box  Click  Back to change a setting  Click Create to accept these system settings  The fiscal  calendar settings dialog is displayed     Ehsaas O  ProRep supports five different types of fiscal calendars  Month and Week in Month    is the most common type  Select the type of fiscal calendar by clicking on the radio  button and click next     Fiscal Periods       48 e Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep      Fiscal Periods       A fiscal calendar can start in any month  Select the first month in the calendar and  click Next     4    y     z   x    a  a    T  3  a  Z    ebruary  arch  pril    une    ugust  eptember    ctober  ovember    ecember  anuaty    slolz ojel SlElel lel lo   lt
317. sheet file can be opened in spreadsheet applications  like  Microsoft Excel  to analyze the results or to make additional incentive calculations     268 e Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features User   s Guide to ProRep    Microsoft Excel   Paycalc_xls    OF x      File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help lej x        BEE E e eee z le   sila cH a T       Gross Net Measur Adj  Incen  Perform Perform Total ed Earned tive Average tive  ance ance Hours Hours Hours Hours          Z  Baxter  Linda 222 51 2131   9399 11 5231     4 Boggs  Charlie 999 98 1023     Carona  Maria 777 54 0001  6  Gonzalez  Jose 888 77 9968   EZ  Grubbs  John 777 11 0007  8 Hanley  Ruth 000 885 5671        McGuire  Carter 111 12 0078   24  Pugmire  Charles 999 15 9696    22  Rockford  June 666 11 1234  EZ  Stillvell  Yolanda 999 900 2585   2S  Stuckey  Alice 999 008 3214   24   ashington  Joe 666 12 6065   2S williams  Tom 777 11 2523  E Woods  Mary 3999 88 5735    i4  4      iN  Sheet   eee m  Ready Ema    yesssSussssssss    FEST ONnSSSSC 9000       Incentive Spreadsheet File Opened in Microsoft Excel    To print the incentive calculation report  from the menu bar select Reports  Incentive  Calculation     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Active DataDiary   Work Account Comparison      Activity Detail        4 i Print Daily Reports        View Saved Daily Reports  Sun                   Associate Perf
318. sions are global to the employee  work center and allocation  DataDiaries  An understanding of formulas is required before attempting to define  an expression  To set up an expression choose Expressions from the Table menu        ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Reports Charts Import Export Help               Active DataD Work Centers A  a Associates      Allocations      Activities __     Elements      S Types of Work                Active DataDiary  gt     A list of previously defined expressions is displayed     a Expressions ioj x    Description Close      Total   Performance  Total Direct Hours  Total Earned Hours  Total Indirect Hours  Total of All Hours            Print List            5 active of 199 maximum ii    Chapter 14  Setting up User Defined Formulas and Expressions e 201    A list of currently defined expressions will appear  Add a new expression by  clicking the Add button       Add a Expression Record  ioj x     The Expressions tab        also allows other      Multiplicati  expressions to be used it asiansa k  when defining an  expression  Total Cartons Received J Percentage of Missing Cartons  P Total   Performance  Total Earned Hours  Total Measured Hours    Total Non Measured Hours  RE    Total of All Hours    The Constant tab  shows the value of the  constant number        The expression setup interface is the same interface used in the previous section to  demonstrate formulas  The expression is simply a formul
319. st 64 No Yes   Cleanup   Unmeasured Hours 44 No Yes   Cycle Counting   Cost 55 No Yes   Cycle Counting   SKU s 22 No Yes   Cycle Counting   Unmeasured Hours  21 No Yes   Deleted Activities   Cost 48 No Yes   Deleted Activities   Earned Hours 47 No Yes   Deleted Activities   Measured Hours 45 No Yes   Deleted Activities   Unmeasured Hours 46 No Yes   lauling to Shipping   Cost 54 No Yes   auling to Shipping   Earned Hours 24 No Yes   Hauling to Shipping   Measured Hours 23 No Yes   Halling to Shipping   Pallets 25 No Yes   Loading   Cartons 3 No Yes   LoadiNg   Cost 57 No Yes   Loadiny   Earned Hours 30 No Yes Add    Loading  Measured Hours 29 No Yes   Meeting  Cost 62   No Yes  Meeting    nmeasured Hours 42 No Yes   Order Entry  Cost 59 No Yes   Order Entry  Earned Hours 36 No Yes j  Delete     77 active   0 deleted   28 available of 105 allocated  9999 maximum di       List of Active Datafields     i Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 79    In addition to displaying the description of the datafields  this list includes columns  that show the status of each datafield     Action   If the datafield already exists and has not been chosen to be deleted this  field will be blank  If the datafield is new or being deleted an appropriate message  will be displayed in this column     User defined   If the datafield was set up manually by a user this column will  display    Yes     If the datafield was automatically setup by ProRep then    No    will be  displayed     In 
320. st Shift 86  94  91  6 0  7 08 0 92 8 00 76  81  all  C23433 Bell  William Customer Service  amp  Admin  91  88  88  4 87  5 33 2 67 8 00 61  70  73   A12456 Boggs  Charlie Order Filling First Shift 94  106  104  6 79 7 25 0 75 8 00 85  97  91   A21234 Carona  Maria Customer Service  amp  Admin  96  93  97  4 24 4 42 3 58 8 00 53  85  89   C76354 Grubbs  John Order Filling First Shift 94  77  78  0 79 0 80 7 20 8 00 9  66  66    A62215 Hanley  Ruth Shipping First Shift 84  90  92  4 21 5 00 0 25 5 29 80  81  84   A39987 McGuire  Carter Order Filling Second Shift 100  91  88  3 01 3 00 0 75 3 79 80  78  76   Shipping Second Shift 102  91  88  3 73 3 67 0 58 4 25 88  78  76   TOTAL 101  91  88  6 74 6 67 1 33 8 00 84  78  76     154566 Pugmire  Charles Order Filling First Shift 85  110  104     er 2 00 0 25 2 2  76  94  90   Shipping First Shift 76  110  104  3 6  4 83 0 92 5 7  64  94  90   TOTAL 79  110  104  5 37  6 83 AAE 8 00 67  94  90     A65657 Rockford  June Order Filling First Shift 89  95  97  5 09 5 75 2 25 8 00 64  87  88   C29112 Stuckey  Alice Order Filling Second Shift 84  105  108  4 0  4 83 0 67 5 51 74  87  92   Shipping Second Shift 73  105  108  1 6 2 25 0 25 2 51 65  87  92   TOTAL 80  105  108  5 68 7 08 0 92 8 00 71  87  92    c90041 Washington  Joe Receiving 92  91  91  6 91 7 50 0 50 8 00 86  73  72   721223 Williams  Tom Receiving 101  110  112   3 27  3 25 0 25 3 51 93  99  102   Shipping First Shift 91  110  112   3 85 4 25 0 25 451 86  99  102   TO
321. st period for this year only  From the list of years  click the year  click the Edit  button and select the Weeks Per Year tab       Edit Parameters for Fiscal Year  2003 5 x        Start Date f i   Cancel    Weeks in Fiscal Year 2003      52 weeks   C 53 weeks       Weeks Per Year Tab    Click the radio button for 52 or 53 weeks and click the Save button     Fiscal Calendar Structure    The structure of the fiscal calendar is user defined  The structure consists of the  fiscal calendar type  number of accounting periods in a year  first month or period in  the calendar  and the number of weeks per period     The fiscal calendar is set up and maintained through a wizard  The dialog presented  on each page of the wizard is dependent on settings selected on previous pages  The  example presented in this section is for setting up the most popular type of fiscal  calendar  It is used by nearly all retailers and consumer goods manufacturers  This  fiscal calendar has the following characteristics     e 12 months per year that are sometimes called periods  e Each month is either 4 or 5 weeks long  e February is the first month in the fiscal year    To edit the structure of the fiscal calendar  make sure that the correct the active  DataDiary is selected     ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Active DataDiary  work Center   aa   Jel Re      Work Center  Allocation  Then from the menu bar sele
322. standard  on the Calculations tab  in the  How Earned Hours are Calculated section  click the radio button for None     Although  an activity is unmeasured  it can have most of the other characteristics of a  measured activity  An unmeasured activity can have elements for which units are  entered  Document numbers can be entered and time can be allocated     Once an activity has been set up as having no standard  the earned hours calculation  setting of None cannot be changed     Specifying that the Activity has an Individual  Standard    If an activity has an individual standard  the associate performing the activity  receives the resulting earned hours  The associate   s performance is dependent only  on how well the individual performs the task  In most operations  the majority and  in many cases all of the activities have individual standards     To specify that an activity has an individual standard  on the Calculations tab  in the  How Earned Hours are Calculated section  click the radio button for Individual     Specifying that the Activity has a Team Standard    If an activity has a team standard  all associates performing the activity on the same  team will have the same performance  The performance is the team   s average  A  team is defined as all of the associates that work on the team activity in the same  work center and on the same team number  A maximum of 99 teams can work on  the same team activity within one work center     Team standards are used primarily
323. t     To insert a new line between two existing lines  click on the line before which the  new line should be inserted and click the Insert button     To edit an existing line  click on the line and click the Edit button     EJ Line Options   Line  1       Description  left justified   Description  right justified        Cancel              Receive Common Carrier artons                            ee Line T  Bef inti this lit After printing this li    ee ine Type  Before printi g this line  m After printing ine  o Save   line a ATA i   Detail I BlapKLine I  Blank Line m    usua y aaa Sub Total I Araw a Line T Draw a Line a    describe the type   _ Total Start New Page Start New Page    of activity  es   Formulas for Variables on this lip    Primary Units   Measuredfiours   Noh Measured Hours   EamedHous E   F  G JH Ji E alel   The right justified IV Include in Sub Total lines I Include in Total lines  line description is 1 Fields     0 Expressions    used on this r    epor t Receive Comm Carrier Cartons 4   Receive Comm Carner Eam Hrs a     Receive Comm Carrier Meas Hrs  to sp ecify the type   Receive Comm Carrier Shipments  of units that appear Receive Consolidator Cartons      Receive Consolidator Earn Hrs  in the units column Receive Consolidator Meas Hrs  such as cartons  Receive Consolidator Shipments   Il d Receive Small Ship Cartons   pallets  orders  etc  Receive Small Ship Earn Hrs    Receive Small Ship Meas Hrs   Receive Small Ship Shipments   Receiving Entry Earn Hr
324. t in the Look Up File       Units previously recorded C     Always    Prompt for the allocation  account  Only allow  selection of a specific  allocation  Do not allow  selection of the Not  Allocated allocation           to Allocate Production data   Never  Sometimes             Clicking on the Calculations tab displays the following settings     a Edit an Activity Record    oy x     bene Code  EK Close    Available 93    Needed 0 Description   Piekna    General Calculations   Elements   Allocations    Datafields   Incentive            Earned Hours   r How Earned Hours are Calculated        Hone  Whmeasured Activity   Individual Standard       Team Standard    Reflective of Recorded Work Center s Performance    o   s   C Past Average Performance   C   C Reflective of Specified Work Center s Performance  c    Reflective of Specified Group s Performance          I Prorate Hours  based on earned hours  Display of Standard Times   IV All Allocations use the same standards     Minutes per Unit  J Calculate standards based on historical average Units per Hour          IV Include Units in the Total of All Activities             Activity Calculations Tab    Specifying that the Activity has No Standard    Activities like break  meeting and training do not have standards  The performance  of these activities are not measured  Therefore  they are referred to as unmeasured     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities e 109    To specify that an activity does not have a 
325. ted 43 Available    Re    onsolidator Cartons          Items in the available box  are the datafields that can  be included in the  formula     Items in the selected  box will be added  together     Division  Multiplication  Percent  and Subtraction formulas have two sets of  available and selected boxes     We will use a division formula to demonstrate the functionality of these boxes   Division is commonly used to calculate ratios like units per hour  This formula  calculates Total Cartons Received per Hour     User   s Guide to ProRep    If you have more than  one item in a selected  box  the items within the  box are added together  before performing the  desired operation such  as division     In this example  the total  of the 3 datafields in the  upper selected box will  be divided by the total of  the three datafields in  this lower selected box     User   s Guide to ProRep           Edit a Expression Record  iof x   Description   Total Cartons Received Hour Save   Cancel      Type of Formula   Division      3 Fields   Jo Expressions     Constant          Break Indirect Hours  Cartons Lost  Cleanup Indirect Hours   Cycle Counting Indirect Hrs   Cycle Counting Sku s    lt  lt     Haul to Shipping Direct Hours   Haul to Shipping Earn Hrs    gt  gt     Haul to Shipping Pallets x     42 Available    ble Ek    Break Indirect Hours  Receive Cdxsolidator Dir Hrs Cartons Lost    Receive SmakShip Dir Hrs Cleanup Indirect Hours    Cycle Counting Indirect Hrs  Cycle Counting Sku
326. ter of the actual performance or  the incentive performance goal  The result would be that if the associate performed  above goal they would get incentive  but if they performed below goal it would have  no negative impact on incentive that they might earn on other activities  To make  this selection  check the box next to Protect the Earned Hours for this Activity     Caution  This is a seldom used feature that should be used judiciously  There are  alternative ways to prevent incentive pay from being negatively impacted  The  earned hours calculation can be set to None or to Past Average Performance     Paying an Additional Incentive that is not Based on Performance   In some  situations  it is desirable to always pay an associate an extra amount for performing  certain activities  For example  an experienced associate normally works on  activities for which they do well and therefore earn incentive pay  A new associate  is hired and the experienced associate is asked to train the new associate  During the  time that they are training the new associate the experienced associate is working on  the unmeasured activity of Trainer and therefore has no chance of earning incentive    pay   Obviously  the experienced associate might be reluctant to train new associates if it    means loosing incentive pay  To solve this situation  the Trainer activity can be set  up so that associates are paid an extra amount per hour for training other associates     To pay an additional amount p
327. teresstsrrsesersesseesessreeesse 123  Creating Daily I A R E E E E 124  Correcting the Daily Files    Date         cccccccsesseeseesseseeeeeceeeceeeenseenseeeseeaeenseeneeeaeeeaes 125  Deleting Daily Files Without Posting            ccccccesseesseeceesceeseeeeceseeeseenaecneecneeeaeeenes 125  Entering or Importing Data Into Production Sheets  0         cccccsceessesseeesceesceeeeeeeceeeeseeneeeeeenes 125  Entering Data into Quality Sheets           ccccccesccssecssecseeeseeeseeeseeeeeesecnseeeeeseeseeeeseesaeenseeaeeeeenes 126  Printing Daily Reports 2s c3e2scedieeshiess E Rd cee E 126  Approving Daily Files for Posting          ceccccecssessseesceeseeesceeeceseceaeceecsaecseeeaeeeeeeneesereeereneeereees 131  Posting Daily Files 22 08 caweie nh ise eon Charnes oh ea Re es 132  Showing Production Sheet HistOry           cccecceesessesssceeeceeeceseceeeceecseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeereseeseeeeeeeaees 134  Correcting  Posted Data     2   lt csccse  ceclescceiesiececticeiusids stecsecncde sen dubevesteedestdadeceviessadducevteeavosan tents 135  Chapter 9  Weekly Procedures 137  End ot Week Processing unini a n o a Ga ec HE Ae 137  Backing  Up ProRep   04  ein tea te hee Rn kes 139  Automatic LAN Backups s snot sceestc ede deteacdeesesedeestacsieeds 141  Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep 143  Key Entry into Production Sheets           c cccccescssseessecsseeseeeseeeseeeeeeecnseceeeeaecaecaeeceeeaeeseeeeeenes 143  Starting a New Production Sheet for an Associate           cec
328. tes to clock out of ProRep before the actual time that they  leave  For example  an associate in shipping works from 8 00 to 4 30  At 4 20 they  stop shipping and work on cleaning up the area for the remainder of the day  At  4 20 the associate enters the shipping activity  immediately followed by the clean up  activity and immediately followed by the clock out activity for which the associate  changes the pre filled stop time from 4 20 to 4 30  When the Daily Production  Report is printed  it will list the last activity as clean up with a stop time of 4 30     Associates Sharing a PC    By default  an associate is not logged onto a PC  Each time before an associate  scans or enters an activity they scan or enter their associate ID code  associate  number   Therefore  several associates can share a single PC  Also  an associate can  use any number of different PC   s during a day to enter their data     Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep e 153    A Transaction  Modifier User can  modify production  sheets from this dialog  box     Displays the amount of  time it should take to  complete a job     Assigning a PC to an Associate    If advantageous  an associate can log onto a PC for an entire session  When an  activity is entered  the associate is not prompted for their associate ID code  ProRep  assumes that the transaction is performed by the logged on associate  This feature is  useful when an associate must enter an activity every few minutes or seconds  This  f
329. the  calculations tab  in the Display of Standard Times section  click the radio button for  the desired display method  The standards for all elements for all activities are  displayed with the selected method     Clicking on the Element tab displays the following settings     Edit an Activity Record   _  Oy x   Datafields     Code  eK  Close  Available 33     ae  Needed 0 Description   Picking    General   Calculations Elements   Allocations    Datafields   Incentive                         m Element  Lines    m Include the units for this element in the total Cartons  units for this activity Orders       r When using Document Lookup allow the units  to be changed    Standard  min unit     0 75000       I  Use this Element to track Occurrences    I  Use this Element for the Historical Standard             Show All Elements    Settings         3 Selected 7 Available       Activity Elements Tab    The right half of the Elements tab shows all elements and whether they are valid for  this activity or not  The left half of the Elements tab shows the default standard and  other settings for the element highlighted in the selected box     Adding an Element to an Activity    On the right half of the Element tab are two boxes in which elements are listed  The  rightmost box contains a list of the elements that are not on the activity and therefore  available to be included on the activity  The box to the left contains a list of the  elements that are selected as being on the activity
330. the DataDiaries     e Delete the type of work and merge its data into another type of work   s  datafields     e Delete the type of work and its data from the DataDiaries  Caution  Choose  this option with great care  Once the data is deleted it cannot be restored     In ProRep  the associate   s entire work day must be accounted for  The time is  assigned to various user defined activities  The only exception is time for which the  associate is not paid  Examples of this are lunch  a doctor   s appoint or a parent   teacher conference  ProRep handles this by means of pre defined activity codes that  are used when the associate   s production sheet data is entered or imported     Following are the user defined activities in our example system   e Break  e Cleanup  e Cycle Counting  e Hauling to Shipping  e   Loading  e Meeting  e Order Entry  e Pick Adjustments  e Picking  e Put Away  e Receive Common Carrier  e Receive Consolidated  e Receiving Data Entry  e Receive Small Shipments  e Staging  e Training  There can be a maximum of 999 activities     Datafields in each of ProRep   s three DataDiaries are automatically set up when an  activity is added  The datafields hold the results of performing the activity   Depending upon how the activity is set up  datafields are created for     e Measured hours  e Unmeasured hours  e Earned hours    e Cost    102 e Chapter 7  Setting Up Activities User   s Guide to ProRep    User   s Guide to ProRep    e Each element   s units    Note 
331. the desktop for ProRep        Menu items are also added to the Start Programs menu that are titled Spalding  Software s ProRep  and under that an entry for ProRep     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 1  Installation e 5    im Spalding Business  gt           4  Control Panel   gt     Spalding Software  gt   ry Dae 7 Z  StartUp  gt    ProRep User s Guide  eb ee    mn Telecomm Programs       Tutorial  Bind      Utilities  gt  49 Uninstall ProRep  G H cl    mn Winamp  gt     Run    im Wise Installation System  gt       KE MS DOS Prompt  ty  Shut Down    KS Sos       Qy Windows Explorer    When ProRep is installed from the CD  ProRep by default will look for its databases  in the PRData folder on the local drive  If ProRep   s databases are on a network  server  the default folder for files should be changed as described in the next section     Setting the Default Folder for Files    After ProRep is installed  by default it looks for its databases in the PRData folder in  the folder that contain the program files  Ifthe software was installed to a  workstation from the CD  it looks on the local drive for its databases  If the ProRep  databases reside on the network server  the default folder should be changed     To change the default folder for files  right click on the ProRep shortcut on the  Windows desktop and from the pop up menu select Properties  This displays the  ProRep Properties dialog     6 e Chapter 1  Installation    User   s Guide to ProRep    ProRep Properties     
332. the menu bar select File   Settings  Application  License Key     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help                     Load System     i    Gal ea k  Change User ID           4 g   1  Logo File     Maintenance    Current System  gt  Hour Chime      Exit    Mon    27  28l    The license key dialog box is displayed        Installing the Software to a Network Drive    2 e Chapter 1  Installation    When sharing a single copy of the ProRep programs on a network  the software must  first be installed to a network drive from a workstation  Then on each workstation  it  is installed from the network drive to the local hard drive  The result is that most of  the ProRep programs reside on the network drive and a few DLLs and VBXs are  copied to each PC     Note  The software must be installed from a true workstation  Do not install the  software from a PC that shares a local drive with other users     To install the ProRep software to a network drive  run the Setup exe program located  in the main folder of the installation CD  The following dialog box is be displayed     ProRep   4 0 Installation CD Ea    Select the desired action  then press Go  Installing the ProRep 4 0  Software will also install the Tutorial  User s Guide and Acrobat Reader        View the ProRep Tutorial    View or Print the User s Guide    View or Print the Brochure    ce       Select install ProRep 4 0 Software from the dialog box
333. the performance  of a work center or group  on the Calculations tab  in the How Earned Hours are  Calculated section  click a radio button for one of the three types of Reflective  calculations         P Edit an Activity Record    Code   i Close    Description  Picking    Calculations                    General Elements   Allocations   Datafields   Incentive             gt  Famed Hours   How Earned Hours are Calculated        Nore  Unmeasured Activit   Individual Standard  Team Standard       Past Average Performance  C Reflective of Recorded Work Center s Performance  C Reflective of Specified Work Center s Performance          I  Prorate Hours  based on earned hours  r Display of Standard Times     IV AllAllocations use the same standards   Minutes per Unit    I Calculate standards based on historical average Units per Hour          IV Include Units in the Total of All Activities             If a specified work center or group is selected  a pull down list of work centers or  groups is displayed from which a choice is made     Automatically Prorating Measured Hours to an  Activity    The total amount of time spent on activities can be entered into an associate   s daily  production sheet as a single number  The total hours are then prorated to each  activity based on its percent of the total earned hours  Time can only be prorated to  an activity when elapsed times are entered on production sheets and the activity   s  earned hours are calculated using an individual standar
334. the work center  If an associate works in more than  one work center they will appear on each work center   s report        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Detailed Production Sheet Report       Williams  Tom    Work Center  RCV   Receiving Monday  September 25  2000  Associate Activity Allocation Activity Stop Actual Earned  Associate Code Code Team Code Document Element Units Time Hours Hours Perf   Washington  Joe 90041  CLOCKIN Clock In 07 30  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated 0 _ 09 25 1 92 1 72 90   BREAK Break 0 25  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier ORL  1 58 1 39 _ 88    LUNCH Lunch 0 50  RCC 2 Receive Common Carrier 0 _ 01 00 1 25 1 37 _110   RCC i Receive Common Carrier 0 01 40 0 67 0 58 _ 88   BREAK Break 0 25  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier 0 _ 03 40 ET 1 53 _ 88   PUT PI Put Awa  7 _04 00 0 33 0 31 94   Pallets c                                      T21223 RCC 2  Receive Common Carrier 0 _ 02 30 1 50 1 65 _ 110              BREAK Break 0 25   RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier 0 _ 03 50 1 08 0 95 _ 88    PUF  ICP Put Away 15 _04 30 0 67 0 67 _100   Pallets 15          3 50 3 27  101                                                                 Woods  Mary A13542  CLOCKIN Clock In 07 30  RCON 2 Receive Consolidated 0 09 30 2 00 1 79 _ 90   BREAK Break 0 25   LUNCH Lunch 0 50  RCC 1 Receive Common Carrier 0 1215r A00 1 75 _ 88   RCON 2 Receive Consolidated 0 _ 01 45 1 50 1 34 90   BREAK Break 0 25  PUT CORE Put Away 24 _ 03 15 5  1 07 86   Pallets 24  RCON 2 Receive Consoli
335. ther associate who may have only worked a few days   from the performance report and histogram  enter the desired minimum hours in the  Minimum Measured Hours to be included box     Account Comparison Time Series Reports    There are several pre defined Account Comparison Reports built into ProRep   Additionally  users can modify the pre defined reports or create their own user   defined reports     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 183    There are four types of Account Comparison Reports  Three of these report types  are Time Series reports  They list the results for an account or group on a day by   day  week by week  or month by month basis        Prints one account or Southeastern Distribution Center  ssi   group total per page  Group  All Accounts  Receiving Volume Report This Year vs  Last Year  The range of days Week Ending  Saturday  December 12  1998  shown on the report Receiving  are selected at printing  Cartons    Cartons per    Common Carrier Consolidator Small Shipments Hour       1997   1998 1997 1998 1997 1998       937  1 252  Each day is printed 1 198      978  on a separate line  7 1 158                                                                Account Comparison Report   Day by Day    Above is a day by day report  Each day   s data is printed on a separate line  This    style of report is useful when tracking changes over time  This report is typically  printed for a week          Southeastern Distribution Center  P
336. this DataDiary   If the datafield is present in this DataDiary this column will  display    Yes     If the datafield is not included in this DataDiary then    No    will be  displayed     To add a new datafield that is not on the list  click the Add button  To activate a  datafield that is on the list and therefore active in another DataDiary  click on the  datafield to highlight it  then click the Add button and select from the pop up box  that you want to activate the highlighted datafield       Activate or Add  x       You selected to add a datafield that is not active in this system     9 Do you want to Activate the inactive field or to Add an  additional field to the list of datafields        Activate  Auditor   Audited Occur        OK   Cancel         To edit the description of an existing user defined datafield  click on the datafield in  the list and click the Edit button       Add Datafield Record xj  Record Number  f2 Close      Description          Add Datafield Record Dialog Box    Enter a description or title of the datafield up to 30 characters  The description of  the datafield must be unique     After clicking the Save button on the dialog box  the datafield is displayed in the list  with the words    To be added    in the Action column  The datafield is not actually  added into the DataDiary until the Save button on the screen that lists the datafields  is clicked  The datafield is added only into the active DataDiary     Allocating Space for More Datafields 
337. tivity Code   ENDDAY   This is needed for Data Collection and Time and Attendance  modules      Could not find an Activity Code   UNKNOWN   This is needed for Data Collection and Time and  Attendance modules     11  Could not find Element Code      amp  mTravelDistElmCode  amp      This is needed for Data Collection and XYZ  Calculation modules     12  Could not find Element Code     amp  mTravelTimeElmCode  amp      This is needed for Data Collection and  XYZ Calculation modules      Could not open and read all files  Try again later      Could not pull all Associate records from the Quality Staging file  Check the report for which Associates  need to be added      Error Opening Day File exclusively  It may be in use by another user     16  Error opening Scan Text File     amp  ScanTextFile   17  The Date has already been posted     18  The Date supplied on the command line     amp  PValues 2   amp    for   amp  PValues 1   amp    is not active in the  system      The Date supplied on the command line     amp  PValues 2   amp    for    amp  PValues 1   amp    is not in the active  weeks     20  The Date supplied on the command line     amp  PValues 2   amp    for    amp  PValues 1   amp    is not valid     21  The Time and Attendance file had 0 punches for this date     22  There were    amp  ExcOut  amp    exception records written to Exception File     amp  ExcFile  amp  vbLf  amp  vbLf  amp    Check the file for records that were not matched in the upload      There were 
338. to ProRep Chapter 16  Charts and Graphs e 243    Selecting the Data to be Charted    The data to be charted is selected by setting up variables  that are formulas for units  and hours  Setting up variables is the most important part of creating a chart  After  selecting the Add or Edit button the following window is displayed     Variable  Variable  1     _   x            amed Hours   Measured Hours  Receive Common Carrier   Earned Hours  Receive Common Carrier   Measured Hours  Receive Consolidated   E amed Hours  Receive Consolidated   Measured Hours  Receive Small Shipments   Earned Hours  Receive Small Shipments   Measured Hours  Receiving Data Entry   Earned Hours  Receiving Data Entry   Measured Hours                         Order Entry   Lines   Order Entry   Measured Hours   Pick Adjustments   Earned Hours  Pick Adjustments   Lines   Pick Adjustments   Measured Hours  Picking   Cartons   Picking   Earned Hours   Picking   Lines   Picking   Measured Hours   Picking   Orders    Receive   Receive Common Carrier   Shipments  Receive Consolidated   Cartons  Receive Consolidated   Shipments  Receive Small Shipments   Cartons  Receive Small Shipments   Shipments  Receiving Data Entry   SKU s  Staging   Cartons   Staging   Earned Hours   Staging   Measured Hours   Training   Unmeasured Hours    The variable should be given a description that will appear in the title or legend  when the chart is viewed  Next  select the Type of Formula from the pull down list   Then  build a f
339. to create the daily file     Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep e 143       ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary   work Center z   l   User  Jonathan Phenicie  E o y 2000   ae    Sun Tue Wed Sat    I production sheets ae LLT   have been created for  a day it will be noted es  on ProRep  5 calendar Posted Posted ee Posted  15     Production Sheets  Production Sheets  Production Sheets fims ente   Edited 05715 2000 _ Edited mna Edited 05 17 2000  EEEa 00  22       control              ProRep   s Calendar Control    To edit production sheets highlight the desired day  select Data  Production Sheets   Edit     ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  File   Data   Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help  Acti DataDiary Table View               DataDiary Form View                User  Jonathan Phenicie          Greate Daily Files        Maintain Production Sheets        Real Time Self Entry      External Production Data  gt   Maintain Quality Sheets                             Print Daily Reports      View Saved Daily Reports  Approve Daily Data         Post Daily Data        Week End Processing      Show Sheet History  Calendar Note                         Production Sheets  Edited 0617 2000                   Production Sheet Menu Selection    A list of associates will be displayed     144    Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep User   s Gu
340. togram can also be printed that shows the spread and range of associate  performances     SSI Southeastern Distribution Center    Associate Performance Analysis    All Associates          Last 6 Weeks  Number of Cum   From To Associates     Histogram   0  9  0 0  0   10  19  0 0  0   20  29  0 0  0   30  39  0 0  0   40  49  0 0  0   50  59  0 0  0   60  69  0 0  0   70  79  4 T  P ES  80  89  2 13  20  Meenen  90  99  8 53  730 MARAA EAN EAEAN ENEAN AEAN EENEN AN ENEE EENEEEN EEEN AEAN ENNE EIENEN EEEE EEEN ENEAN EEEE ENAN NEEE EEA EENEN  100  109  2 13  B7  tAtRAAERRannnnanannanann  110  119  2 13  100   ttettteeneenneenneenninne  120  129  0 0  100   130  139  0 0  100   140  149  0 0  100   150  159  0 0  100   160  169  0 0  100   170  179  0 0  100   180  189  0 0  100   190  199  0 0  100   15  Last 52 Weeks  Number of Cum   From To Associates     Histogram  0  9  0 0  0   10  19  0 0  0   20  29  0 0  0   30  39  0 0  0   40  49  0 0  0   50  59  0 0  0   60  69  0 0  0   70  79  1 T  ie  SNA  80  89  2 13  20  Meenen  90  99  7 47  G7  SAEEERIRRARHRRAIARERIRRERIANHIARIRRARIARARERYRIRIANANHAYRIARHRRARHRIRIARERRARHANAYARIRNA RH  100  109  4 27  93   EAHAHEANRHRawanennanunananannanunanannananannanae  110  119  1 T  AOI E  120  129  0 0  100   130  139  0 0  100   140  149  0 0  100   150  159  0 0  100   160  169  0 0  100   170  179  0 0  100   180  189  0 0  100   190  199  0 0  100   15          Histograms graphically show how an associate   s performance compares to
341. try  130  135  Support  7  Support Activity  98  235    User   s Guide to ProRep    T    Tables  28  35  39  45  49  53  61  71  77  80  83  85   86  90 91  120  250   The ProRep Desktop  9  107   Tracking Data Not Associated with an Activity  146   Tracking the Number of Times an Activity is  Performed  102   Types of Work  28  32  45  49  83  85 86  86  89  228   241  244  Adding or Editing a Type of Work  86  Deleting a Type of Work  89    U    Understanding the Active Week Concept  107   User Defined Associate Charts  18   User Defined Associate Reports  16   User Defined Work Center Charts  22   User defined Work Center Reports  20   Using the Same Scale for Daily  Weekly and Monthly  Plotting  204    V    Variables  199  203  208  211  214  Viewing an Associate   s Transaction  134  Viewing and Printing Line Graphs  199  Viewing and Printing Pie Charts  209  Viewing Daily Production Reports  159  Viewing Reports  157  171   Viewing the DataDiary  145    WwW    warehouse management system  139   Weekly Procedures  119  End of Week Processing  119   Work Center  9  13   14  13   14  13   14  18 19  18 22   18 22  20 22  22  27 28  27 28  28  33 34  33 34   36  41  45  49 52  55  58  63   65  63  70  89  90  96     97  99  104  109  112  114  142  157 58  160  164   166  169  178  201  207  210  213  232 33  235   257 58   Work Center Account Group  Adding or Editing a Work Center Group  63  How Work Center Group Totals are Calculated  63   Work Center Account Groups  28  
342. ts  together in the same  formula     These Buttons move  the highlighted object  from one box to the  other  The direction of  the move is indicated  by the arrow on the  button     These Buttons will  move all items from  one box to the other     198 e Chapter 14  Setting up User Defined Formulas and Expressions       e Addition   e Subtraction   e Multiplication  e Division   e Percentage    The addition formula is used to create a sum of two or more datafields  The  addition formula is also used if only one datafield  expression  or constant is to be  included in a calculation  All formulas  regardless of where they are used in ProRep   have the same tabbed type interface shown below        e Edit a Expression Record   _  Oy x   Description   Total Cartons Received Save   Cancel      Type of Formula   Addition X      Fields   Jo Expressions    Constant                  Receive Comm Carrier Cartons    Picking Orders  Put Away Dir Hrs   Put Away Earn Hrs   Put Away Pallets   Receive Comm Carrier Earn Hrs  Receive Comm Carrier Shipments  Receive Common Carrier Dir Hrs  Receive Consolidator Dir Hrs  Receive Consolidator Earn Hrs  Receive Consolidator Shipments   Receive Small Ship Cartons   Receive Small Ship Dir Hrs   Receive Small Ship Earn Hrs   Receive Small Ship Shipments   Receiving Entry Dir Hrs   Receiving Entry Earn Hrs   Receiving Entry Skus   Stage  amp  Verify Cartons   Stage  amp  Verify Dir Hrs   Stage  amp  Verify Earn Hrs   Training Indirect Hours      2 Selec
343. ts by  selecting the group rather than by manually selecting each allocation one at a time     Account groups can be created for several different purposes  Same possible  examples of account groups are     e   Inaretailer   s distribution center  the merchandise divisions that the retail  departments belong to such as shoes  furniture  sporting goods  and appliances     e Ina third party logistics center  the type of customer such as cost plus  revenue  per unit and fixed fee     An account can be included in any number of groups  There are a maximum of 999  account groups  In our example system  the allocations are customers  The groups  are defined based on how customers are billed     Group Description  Cost Plus Customers   Accounts in Group  Central Business Products  Core Specialty Supplies  Goober   s Auto Supply    Group Description  Cost Per Unit Customers  Accounts in Group  Integrated Computer Products  Acme Motor Supply  Penrod Industries    User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 75    How Allocation Group Totals are Calculated    No data in ProRep is kept by allocation group  The data is kept separately in each  allocation account  When a group total is printed on a report or plotted on a chart  it  is calculated by summing the data for all of the allocation accounts that are in the  group at that time  Therefore  if the list of allocations in a group is changed  the next  time a report or graph is produced the group totals are
344. tton     ProRep 4 0   BETA TEST  le  xi  File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Help    Active DataDiary                 May y 2000 Ho  Sun ed Thu Fri Sat    Mon Tue W         Data Diary Login    UserID   ADMIN       A password is required to add a system  When ProRep is installed an administrator  level password is automatically set up with the user ID of ADMIN and the password  is ADMIN     Click Login to add a new system     44 e Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System User   s Guide to ProRep      2  x       a Add a New System x     SSI Southeast Distribution Centre       Enter the following information     e System Title The text to appear at the top of all reports  This is  usually the company name     e Start Year The first fiscal year to include in the ProRep Database   This is usually the current year     e Estimated Number of Activities This can be changed after the system  is set up     Click Next to continue     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System e 45    ov MAE        Add a New System xi          Select the first date in the fiscal year and click Next to continue     The following page of the wizard has three tabs       ZEX        Add a New System x     Desidae pons penea     Weer 2 data ponts per year     S Fejod or onn  25 cate ports peryear   f pamte Bt       The work center DataDiary   s data level can not be selected  Itis always daily  Click  the associate tab to continue     46 e Chapter 5  Creating a New ProRep System U
345. tton  This will display the column dialog     Chapter 15  Modifying and Creating Report Layouts e 207    E  Column  Receiving Cartons Common Carrier           i Headings   Formula l    Column width finches   Ti m Fonts   1 50 al This Year     Sub Columns      Arial 8 pts Bold      I Last Year       Last Year     IV Percent Inctease decrease Arial 8 pts      Line by Line  C Cumulative Percent Increase decrease          Format of Numbers         Arial 8 pts Italic    IV Show Thousands Separator  This Year  amp  Last Year decimal laces      Last Line in Column                                  ee ed            Total    pane Change decimal places  a C Average                          Column General Tab    The general tab contains controls for the visual characteristics of a column     Including Last Year   s Data in a Column    By default  a column contains at least 1 subcolumn  This subcolumn will contain this  year   s data  To also include a subcolumn for last year   s data  check the Last Year  check box on the General tab     Including a Percent Increase Decrease in a Column    If last year   s data is to be printed in a subcolumn  you can include a third subcolumn  that will print the percent change  To include the percent change  check the Percent  Increase decrease check box on the General tab  You can choose whether the percent  change is calculated line by line  or cumulatively     Formatting Numbers in a Column    To include a thousands separator  check the Show Thousan
346. ture User   s Guide to ProRep      Edit Type of Work Record  2  x     Datafields  Code  or Save   Cancel    Available 20  Needed 13                      Description  fo rder Filling    General Mistakes   Datafields         m Mistake  Under Pick       Hours per Unit   fo o00    Cost per Unit   fo ca                3 Selected 1 Available    Type of Work Mistake Tab    Datafields for the type of work   s mistakes will be set up in all three DataDiaries for  mistake units and mistake occurrences     Tracking the Cost of Quality Failures   The cost of quality can be measured in  money or time  A monetary or time cost can be specified for both a type of work  failure and its mistakes     To specify the amount of money or hours that a failure costs  on the General tab  enter the monetary amount or hours  To specify the amount of money or hours that  each type of mistake costs  on the Mistakes tab highlight each mistake and enter the  monetary amount or hours     Usually the quality costs are associate with either the failure or the various types of  mistakes  Seldom would there be costs associated with both a failure and the types  of mistakes     For example  if an item is scrapped as the result of a quality failure without regard to  the reason for the mistake  the cost should be associated with the failure  If an item  that fails an audit can be made usable through rework  and the amount of rework  depends on the type of mistake  different costs should be specified for each type 
347. uch as Microsoft Excel and Access     When using this method  the report creation process can be used as a user definable  data extraction tool     To export data  from the menu bar select Export  Delimited File     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 12  Using the DataDiaries e 171    ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers      Export  4   September    ProRep then prompts for the length of time to be exported           Ei Export Data to CS   File   Work Center DataDiary    iso       ne  a ees   ee Pelee eee    BBA Bee  EEE Bip     eeevoeee          Data for any time period in the DataDiary can be exported to a file  In the example  above  a quarter   s worth of data is selected for exporting  To select which quarter to  export click any date in the quarter and then click the Export Data button     This displays a dialog box that prompts for the name of the file to be created           Export Data to CSY   File    C  ProRep PRData Quarterl CS   E             Specify a name for the file and select the folder in which to save it  To finish the  export process  click the Export button     Three delimited files are created  All three file names begin with the name that is  specified  However  two of the file names contain additional characters to  distinguish them  Below are the names of the files that are created and a description  of what they contain     filename CSV   Contains the actual numerical data from the DataDiary along with  information specifyi
348. ugh the  ProRep software license key  The proper license key will activate the incentive  features  A license for the incentive module can be obtained at any time  it is not  necessary that it is enabled when a system is first set up     To determine if the incentive module is enabled  from the menu bar select File   Settings  Application  License Key  The ProRep software registration information is  displayed that indicates which optional modules are included     Incentive Module Parameters    User   s Guide to ProRep    To review or change the incentive module parameters  from the main menu select  Files  Settings  Current System  Incentive     ProRep 4 0   SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    igi Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Load System           x g     Change User ID       gt er    Settings  gt  Application  Maintenance    Current System  gt  Title        Exit History Weeks      Track Cost Info        Quality _                                           The existing incentive parameters are displayed     Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features e 253      Incentive Module Parameters x   Print Settings       Save   Cancel      General   Hours   Rate Scale   Files   Datafields      Use Personal goal or System wide goal   Personal z     System wide goal percent performance  fi 00 00      Use Personal wage rate or System wide wage rate   Personal zl    System wide wage rate  fo  00      Bonus amount paid if goal is reached     ail  
349. uide to ProRep    How the Corporate Wide Reporting System Works    A corporate wide reporting system collects data from multiple remote systems via  Operational Data Exchange  ODE  files  An export file is created at a remote  location and then either e mailed  saved to a LAN WAN  or placed on a corporate  wide intranet  The ODE file is then imported by a central ProRep system  The  importing ProRep system controls all aspects of the data except the length of time in  the file         Add ODE Import Layout Number  1  iol x     r E   ae   Aseme E     D DataDianDDDATA Boston 00E         Import File Layout Window    Once an import layout is defined  as described in Chapter 15  importing is a one step process   The ODE file must exist before an import layout can be defined           Atalanta Import 1 DDODE1  2 _D  DataDiar DDDATAMMHanta ODE False  Boston Import _DDODE2 2 _D  DataDiar DDDATA Boston ODE Tre   Chicago Import   3 DDODE3  2___D  DataDiar DDDATA Chicago ODE True  Denyer   4 DDODES  2_ D  DataDia DDDATA Denver  ODE True                                                                                     a    Listing of ODE Import Layouts    User   s Guide to ProRep Appendix D  Corporate Wide Reporting Systems e 287    By simply clicking Import or Import All the corporate system will import the data from    remote locations     Using a Corporate Control File    The corporate controls are available to restrict the remote access of the ProRep  system  Since importation depe
350. uide to Spalding Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep e 145       ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers         The associate   s work  center is pre filled with  either the associate   s home  work center or the last  entered work center     aP odi  i  Edit Production Line  1    An Activity must be  assigned for every minute  of an associates work  day  The first line on the  production sheet is  always a clock in        ProRep understands both  12 hour and 24 hour clock  formats  However  do not  change the type from one  line to another     Save   Cancel     4  z Total Hours  0 00  Add   Insert   es  Delete   Print   PaA E    Edit Production Sheet Dialog Box        Enter the associate   s start time and click save  Each entry in the dialog box is a line  on the production sheet  When a line is saved the next line automatically opens              ER  ProRep 4 0   SGLS Atlanta Distribution Center   Work Centers  Some activities must be       is setting i SAD  allocated  This setting is aAA w  Edit Production Line  2 x   specified when the activity Home X Work Center   SHIP2  Shipping Second Shift      is setup        Activity   PIK Picking M    Team      location     If a document number  is required enter it       ICP Integrated Computer Products hi    Peus 4  H  Stop Time   10 30 BI       Document        Enter the clock time at  the completion of the  activity or the elapsed  time it took to complete  it   Depending on the activity   differ
351. ulas    User   s Guide to ProRep    Formulas are defined independently on each user defined report and chart  To  eliminate the need to repeatedly define the same calculation  Expressions can be set  up  Expressions are portable  reusable formulas defined separately from reports and  charts  They can be used in the formulas on multiple reports and charts     Formulas are used as a definition of which datafields are to be extracted from the  DataDiary  They also specify how the data should be mathematically manipulated   There are formulas that will calculate totals  units per hour  percentages and other  calculations using DataDiary s datafields  The Formula setup is the same for any  use in ProRep  Formulas are used in     e User Defined Reports  e User Defined Charts  e Expressions    Formulas are defined in each of the above features of ProRep  There is no Menu  Item for Formulas  How they are set up is nearly identical in all instances  The  formula examples depicted in this chapter are shown through the setup of  Expressions     This is the only section of the manual that provides detailed information on the setup  of Formulas  Therefore  it is necessary that the information provided in this chapter  is understood before trying to create a user defined report or chart     Common Formulas    There are five types of common formulas available     Chapter 14  Setting up User Defined Formulas and Expressions e 197    The tabs allow you  to use expressions   fields and constan
352. ults to the exact same  period of time from the previous year    The following user defined report provides a snapshot of how much unmeasured  time there is in each area and shift        SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Year 2000   Ending  Saturday  January 27  2001    Unmeasured Hours Breakdown    Total   Unmeasured  Total of  Account ini i i Hours All Hours   Receiving r y   4 6 691 20   Order Filling First Shift i i   3 3 981 28  Shipping First Shift i j i   2 494 26  Customer Service  amp  Admin  i    3 f 3 256 51  First Shift   f i if   1 693 81 16 423 25    Order Filling Second Shift i i i I j 923 74 7 781 96  ing Second Shift K   i   308 66 3 868 01  1 232 40 11 649 97                               2 926 21 28 073 22             In addition to printing the reports  they can be viewed on screen and exported to  Excel  Access  dBase and most other programs     Pre Defined Work Center Charts    Pre defined graphs like the one shown below can be displayed or printed  This type  of graph can show the performance of any work center or group of work centers  It  can compare a work center   s performance to last year  another work center or the  average of all work centers     i View Graph    Percent Performance   2000  Order Filling First Shift Order Filling Second Shift                   0  February   Maroh    April June    T Juy  august   September   October  November   December   January    Month       Other pre defined graphs can plot an activity   s p
353. ure use     Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 193           By ProRep PDF Report Viewer    BS ts  Seo  Bik          lt   gt  DORA g 0o    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers        This button  advances the  report on page  at a time          Total Hours and Performance   Year vs Year      of Hours                                  This button goes  to the end of the  PDF document                                                   ssl iad wiih 3              Printed  0771872000 13 5          ProRep   printed by Administrator on HP LaserJet 4050 Series PCL Se       laf oes aa 1 orr essin Lalla    The button above the report provides controls such as zooming  panning  and  searching for text  Place the cursor above each button for a pop up description of the  buttons    functionality     Distributing Reports    Report   s can be distributed electronically by saving the report from the ProRep PDF  Viewer  The report can then be viewed by anyone using Adobe   s free Acrobat  Reader        Si ProRep PDF Report Viewer    HOEREER       Click the save button  to save a report for  electronic distribution         EEEE AET    SSI Southeastern Distribution Center   Work Centers  Year 2000   Ending  Saturday  January 27  2001  Total Hours and Performance   Year vs Year    Account  Receiving    Actual Hours                   This displays a dialog used to save the file     194 e Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports User   s Guide to ProRep    Save As   21 x   Sa
354. ured Hours 21 No Yes  Deleted Activities   Cost 48 No Yes  Deleted Activities   Earned Hours 47 No Yes  Deleted Activities   Measured Hours 45 No Yes  Deleted Activities   Unmeasured Hours 46 No Yes  Hauling to Shipping   Cost 54   No Yes  Hauling to Shipping   Earned Hours 24  No Yes  Hauling to Shipping   Measured Hours 23  No Yes Add  Hauling to Shipping   Pallets 25 No Yes  Loading   Cost           77 active   1 deleted   32 available of 110 allocated  9999 maximum    The datafield is displayed in the list with the words    To be deleted    in the Action  column  Ifthe data is to be merged into another datafield the Action column will  also display this datafield  The datafield is not actually deleted from the DataDiary  until the Save button on the screen that list the datafields is clicked  The datafield is  then deleted from the active DataDiary     If any datafields are being deleted the following message is displayed   a    The DataDiary contains deleted datafields  The space occupied by deleted datatields cannot be re used until the DataDiary is purged   The DataDiary can be purged now or later when itis more convenient  To purge  from the File menu  select Maintenance then Purge  Deleted Datafields        The DataDiary must be purged before the space can be reclaimed     The master file can be purged at any time  Purging the database may take some  time  the system will not be adversely affected if it is not purged immediately     The next time the list of datafiel
355. user ID and password can be any character  up to 10 characters in length  They  are not case sensitive     282    Appendix C  User IDs and Passwords User   s Guide to ProRep    E  Add a User Record Ea  Name   George P  Burdell Cancel    User ID   GEORGE Gate      Password   12345  Level    Data Entry       Administrator    Phone Number     Last System           Transaction Entry  Transaction Modifier  Self Transaction Entry  Last Login  Self Full Screen Entr        The level of a user determines the user s access the features of ProRep     Administrator    Operator    Data Entry    Viewer    Transaction Entry    Transaction Modifier    Self Transaction Entry    Self Full Screen Entry    User   s Guide to ProRep    Administrator level users have access to all ProRep  features and options     Operator level users have access to all ProRep features  except  adding and editing users  reports  graphs   editing activities  and elements     Data Entry level users have the same restrictions as the  operator  In addition  Data Entry is restricted from  changing any of the tables     Viewer level users can only view data     Transaction Entry can start ProRep for self transaction  entry of production data into ProRep     Transaction Modifier can start ProRep for self  transaction entry and edit production sheets     Self Transaction Entry allows individual associates to  enter their own production sheets without repeatedly  entering their associate number  Associates can not  enter dat
356. usses how to set up the activities that the associates perform  This  includes those activities that have performance standards and those that do not  This  chapter also discusses how to setup the tables necessary to support quality  measurement and reporting     Before activities are set up  elements and types of work should be entered into their  respective tables  Elements are the different kinds of units produced when an  activity is performed  Types of work are categories used to group activities and  produce subtotals on reports     Quality is audited  measured and reported by type of work  Before setting up types  of work for quality measurement  entries should be entered into the mistake table   Mistakes are the different reasons for an item failing a quality audit     When an activity is entered on an associate   s production sheet  time and optionally  units produced are also entered  The units produced are called elements  When an  activity is set up  elements that will be recorded for the activity are selected from a  list     Following are the elements in our example system   e Cartons  e Lines  e Pallets  e Shipments  e SKU   s    Activities that are measured nearly always have one or more elements for which  units produced are recorded  Activities like breaks  meetings and cleanup that do not  have standards usually do not have elements  However  activities that do not have  standards can have elements  Following is an example of the elements for the  Receive C
357. ve DataDiary is selected     ProRep 4 0   SSI Souteastern Distribution Center   Work Centers    File Data Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    sore our fr J      0 9  ajal       Then  from the menu bar select Tables  Active DataDiary  Fiscal Calendar  Years     File Data Tables Reports Charts Import J        WorkCenters      Associates _    Allocations           Active DataDi       Activities       Elements      Sul Types of Work      Mistakes                Expressions        Datafclds    o MEE    Structure      Groups             The years currently in the system are displayed       Years   Work Center DataDiary d  loj x        E 52 S  Jenuary 28  2001    2002 52 Sunday  January 27  2002           3 active of 9 maximum    Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 85    To add a new year click the Add button  This displays the following dialog box       OK to Add Year        Add Year Options    When a year is added to the DataDiary  space for that year must be created  The  DataDiary will hold up to nine years  There are two ways to create space in the  DataDiary     e Delete an old year to make room for the new year  The data for the oldest year  in the DataDiary will be deleted     e Increase the space DataDiary uses on the disk  The new year is added without  deleting any previous years     Click on the desired radio button and then click the Add Year button        A year can not be deleted until six weeks are left in the current year     86 e Chapter 
358. ve in    9 ProRep Reports      l c  3           File name   Year End Total Performance Report  Save as type    Acrobat    pdf    al Cancel      Select a folder and name for the file     The PDF file can even be shared with others not running ProRep via the web  an  intranet  e mail  or a network     Exporting Report Data    Account Comparison and Activity Detail reports can be exported to most  spreadsheets and databases  Exporting a report is nearly identical to printing a    report   e Account Comparison Reports   _  OY x                    Close      etail Report DDRF11   1    and Orde     east         ed Hours Analysis Ss DDR 13               l 1   Click the Export 5 Receiving Volume This Years Last Year DDRF15   1   Data button to 6 Shipping Detail Report DDAF16   1   create a report ra Customer Service  amp  Administration DetaitRe DDRAF17   1    dsheet 8 Put Away  amp  Order Filling Detail Report DDAF18   1 Print Report   as a spreaasnee 9 Unmeasured Hours Breakdown  1    or database  Receiving  amp  Shipping Summary     9 active of 999 maximum       From the window that lists the user defined Account Comparison or Activity Detail  Reports  highlight the desired report and select the Export Data button     The export wizard is displayed  This wizard is identical to the print wizard except  that the last page of the wizard prompts for the file type and name     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 13  Printing and Viewing Reports e 195    Type of Export  Cancel         File
359. w Report  191  or Deleting Work Centers from a Group  65  Report Column  193    Type of Work  86  Work Center Group  63  Adding or Editing a Graph  207  Adding or Editing a Work Center  49  Adding or Editing Associates  53  Allocating Space for More Datafields  73  90  Allocation  Adding or Editing an Allocation  61  Deleting an Allocation  62  Specifying an Allocation   s Description  62  Specifying an Allocation   s Identification Code  62  Allocation Account Groups  33  68  How Allocation Group Totals are Calculated  68  Allocations  29  60  Allowing Units from the Lookup File to be Changed   102  Approving Daily Files for Posting  113  Assigning a PC to an Associate  134  Associate Account Groups  33  65  Adding or Deleting Associates from a Group  67  Adding or Editing an Associate Group  66  Deleting an Associate Group  68  How Associate Group Totals are Calculated  66  Associate Analysis  160  Associate Cost Analysis  161  Associate Performance Analysis  160  Associates  29  53  Associates Entering Their Own Data  129  Associates Sharing a PC  134  Automatically Prorating Measured Hours to an  Activity  99    B  Backing Up ProRep  120  Building Column Headings  185  Cc    Calculating Performance for a Support Activity  98   235    User   s Guide to ProRep    Index e 321    Centering a Column Heading Across Multiple  Columns  186   Changing a Column Heading   s Font  Size  or Color   186   Changing the Logo  6   Changing the Scale  203   Charts and Graphs  199   Clockin
360. w were accidentally closed  it  might take some time before the supervisor or lead could re start the Real Time Self   Entry  To prevent accidental closure  a user ID and password is required to close the  window     Entering Data Into Quality Sheets    Quality sheets are similar to production sheets  When daily files are created the  quality sheets are created  To add or edit quality sheets click on the desired day   then select Data  Maintain Quality Sheets    File   Data   Tables Reports Charts Import Export Tools Help    Pace DataDiary Table View      DataDiary Form View              Greate Dany Files           Maintain Production Sheets      Real Time Self Entry           External Production Data     Maintain Quality Sheets _         Print Daily Reports      View Saved Daily Reports  Approve Daily Data      Post Daily Data              Week End Processing      Show Sheet History    Calendar Note      Julian Date             A list of associates is displayed     User   s Guide to Spalding Chapter 10  Entering Data Directly into ProRep e 155     amp  Quality Sheets for Tuesday  October 31  2000    Carona  Maria  McGuire  Carter  Hanley  Ruth  Rockford  June        11131   Baxter  Linda Print List  C23433 Bell  William  C29112 Stuckey  Alice  C 6354 Grubbs  John  C90041 Washington  Joe  K92954 Stillwell     Yolanda  721223    Williams  Tom  743267     Gonzalez  Jose  T54566  Pugmire  Charles    Delete          List of Associates    Quality sheets are usually entered into Pr
361. wer band defaults to     Column x    and should be replaced  To enter text for the upper and lower bands   from the Heading tab  select the Show This Band check box and type in the desired  heading  Note that the Middle Band cannot be enabled unless the Upper Band is  enabled     Changing a Column Heading   s Font  Size  or Color    Each heading band also has its own font button  on the Heading tab which can be  clicked to change a heading   s font  size  and color  These selections affect the  corresponding heading band in all columns on the report     Centering a Column Heading Across Multiple    Columns  There are two check boxes on the Headings tab provided for this purpose  The Show  this Band check box determines if a particular band will be displayed for a column     while the Continue from Previous Column check box will carry the heading at that  level from the previous column into the current column     Selecting the Data to Appear in the Column    The data to be printed in a column is defined by setting up a formula on the Formula  tab         E  Column  Receiving Cartons Common Carrier                      General   Headings  Fe    Type of Formula   Addition z     1 Fields   Jo Expressions    0 Columns    Constant                 Break Indirect Hours  Cleanup Indirect Hours   Cycle Counting Indirect Hrs  Cycle Counting Sku s   Haul to Shipping Direct Hours  Haul to Shipping Earn Hrs  Haul to Shipping Pallets  Loading Cartons   Loading Dir Hrs   Loading Earn Hrs    
362. with the number of lines and  cartons  ProRep can look up the units as the document numbers are entered  The  look up can occur either during manual key entry of production sheets  or as an  associate performs real time self entry of production data     To instruct ProRep to lookup the document  on the General tab  check the box next  to Search for Document in the Lookup File  From the pull down list on the right  side  select one of the Look Up rules            Edit an Activity Record   _  OF x   Attempt to find  poeet Code   PK Save   Cancel    Look for the document in the Available 93 AN T p   PAE Needed 0 Descriphon   Picking  lookup file  If it is not found     allow the user to manually General   Calculations  enter units completed for the    document  Type of Works   Order Filling X    Documents   Maust find  M Prompt for Document   Look for the Document in the  lookup file  If it is not found   consider it an invalid document  number and do not allow the  user to enter units completed              Elements   Allocations   Datafields   Incentive              T Allow Multiple Documents foNsve ti       Lookup File  IV Search for Document in the Look Up File Attempt to find    Attempt to find         Units previously recorded                 m Allocation     When to Allocate Production data   C Never  Sometimes    Always                The above lookup settings are applied as stated when an associate performs real time  self entry of production data  However  when a produ
363. x     General Shortcut            Target type  Application    Target location  DataDiar    Target   CD ataDiar PROREP32 EXE    Start in   CADATADIAR  Shortcut key   None    Bun    Normal window          Find Target      Change Icon         Cancel   Apply         The Target  or command line  will probably look like the following   C  ProRep ProRep32 exe    The Target above tells windows to run the ProRep32 exe program located in the  C  ProRep folder  The Target can include two additional parameters     The first parameter is a number between 0 and 9  This is the ProRep database  system to automatically load  Entering a 0 tells ProRep not to automatically load  any system and instead display the list of the ProRep systems in the default folder     For example  to direct ProRep to automatically load system number 4  the command  line would read     C  ProRep ProRep32 exe 4    The second parameter is the folder to be used as the default folder for the ProRep  database files     For example  to direct ProRep to display all of the systems in the G  ProRep PRData  folder  the command line would read     C  ProRep ProRep32 exe 0 G  ProRep PRData    Running ProRep    Every time ProRep is run a user ID and password must be entered  By default   ProRep has one pre established user  This user s ID is Admin  and the password is  Admin  The Admin user ID and password should be changed for security reasons     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 1  Installation e 7    SM tao  Pow    Pa af    
364. ypes and  mainframe reports into a CSV file  The Datalmport software can be installed from  the ProRep CD     All fields do not have to be present in the records  At a minimum  the imported CSV  file must have the associate  code  number  From a practical stand point  the records  should include the Last Name and First Name fields     When the CSV file is imported  if the Associate Code is not found  a new associate  record is added to the table     If the Associate Code is found  the existing associate record is updated with the  information from the CSV file  Ifa field in the CSV file is blank  contains no data   and there is data in the existing associate s record  the information in the associate  record is not changed  For example  if the CSV file only contains data in the  Associate Code and Hourly Cost  pay rate  fields  the associates  Hourly Cost is  updated in ProRep without changing or deleting their names     User   s Guide to ProRep Chapter 6  Creating and Maintaining the Tables e 65    Associate Delimited Import File Layout    Associate Code   number     Home Work Center  Code    Social Security  Number  with or  without dashes        a a FT    Date of Hire in  YYYY MM DD  format   13 M N Hourly Cost  pay  rate    14 N N Performance Goal   used only with  incentive module    ps fo Primary Group    Example 1  All fields are in these records     i       HHH  A       TA  Q  z       A12456 Burdell  George  OF1  900 98 1023      1 1994 10 28 7 15 100 00 Full Time Per
365. yroll reports  If there is an associate such  as a working supervisor whose pay is considered confidential  they can be excluded  from the report by un checking the On Payroll check box     Making an Associate Ineligible for Incentive Pay   By default  all associates are  eligible for incentive pay  Depending on an organization   s policies  an associate  such as a working or salaried supervisor may not be eligible for incentive  If this  associate performs only non measured activities  they are not working on activities  that could result in an incentive pay  However  if this associate performs activities  that are measured  the default is to calculate incentive pay  To prevent the associate  from getting an incentive  un check the Pay Incentive check box     Specifying the Associate s Incentive Performance Goal   The percent  performance that must be met before an associate earns an incentive can either be a  system wide goal or a unique personal goal for each associate  If personal  performance goals are being used  enter the percent in the Performance Goal box     Appendix A  Using the Incentive Features e 263    Activity Table Settings Related to Incentives    To make the  performance for this  activity the same as the  associate    s past average  performance  click the  past average radio  button             Some settings related to incentives are specified separately for each activity  To  specify these settings  maintain the activity table     Below is the activity r
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Strion #997517_July'05  Operating & Maintenance - Hindley Electronics, Inc.  Mission Locale - Le blog d`Astrid Baud Roche  きぐるみ 取扱説明書  取扱説明書 - ノイズ研究所  ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS  ZT-9266 User Manual V1.2  耐衝撃ドーム型防犯カメラ 取扱説明書  Graco 3A1939G User's Manual    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file